Informasi terbaru 36 Episode Jejoongwon (??? (???) from January 4, 2010 every Monday & Tuesday at 21.55 pm (Korea Time) - Episode 1 - 16 kami sediakan khusus untuk pembaca setia surattresna.blogspot.com, semoga informasi 36 Episode Jejoongwon (??? (???) from January 4, 2010 every Monday & Tuesday at 21.55 pm (Korea Time) - Episode 1 - 16 memberikan pengetahuan lebih untuk kita semua.
Title: (??? (???) / Jejoongwon - Episode 1 - 12
Genre: Medical, Historical
Episodes: 36
Broadcast Network: SBS
Broadcast Period: January 4, 2010
Air time: Monday & Tuesday, 21:55 Korea time
Starring/Cast:
Park Yong Woo as Hwang Jung
Han Hye Jin as Yoo Seok Ran
Yeon Jung Hoon as Baek Do Yang
Kang Nam Gil as Watanabe
Jang Hyun Sung as Min Young Ik
Yoo Tae Woong as Kim Ok Gyun
Kim Seung Wook as Hong Young Shik
Jang Hang Sun as Hwang Jung Byu
Cha Hwa Yun as Hwang Jung Mo
Jung Suk Yong as Lee Kwak (Jak Dae)
Suh In Suk as Baek Tae Hyun
Lee Hyo Jung as Baek Kyu Hyun
Kwon Hae Hyo as Oh Chung Hwan
Yoon Gi Won as Yoon Je Wook
Won Ki Joon as Jung Po Gyo
Kim Gab Soo as Doctor Yoo (Seok Ran's father)
Geum Bo Ra as Seok Ran Mo
Seo Hye Rin (???) as Kim Mak Saeng
Kim Gyu Jin (???) as Chil Bok
Ricky Lee Neely as He Ron
Do Ki Suk as Mong Chong
Yoo Hye Jung as Park So Sa
Kim Tae Hee (???) as Mi Ryung
Shin Ji Soo as Nang Rang
Song Young Gyu (???) as Go Jang Geun
Choi Jong Hwan as Emperor Gojong
Jung Kyu Soo
oon Seo Hyun
Short Synopsis
Jejoongwon is the first modern hospital in Korea established in the Joseon era in 1885. Baek Do Yang is a nobleman who gives up his status to enter its ranks. Hwang Jung is a butcher’s son who becomes a physician, while Seok Ran enters Jejoongwon as an interpreter but takes on medical training to become a doctor.
Synopsis/Summary of Jejoongwon The Hospital (??? (???) Episode 1
The year is 1884. The scene opens with a Buddhist monk praying as a group of men enters a hut over some performance traditional animal ritual. There are many talismans hanging in the hut & joss stick burning & many apparatus hanging above. As the village elders invites a cow to enter the temple that is about to be slaughter is being tied. Hwang Jeong bows to the cow in respect as their eyes meets as the village elders asked a red clothes to cover the cow & sanctify the cow with sprinkle of water. Then village elder asked Hwang Jeong who name is now So Geun Gae to prepare by taking a sledgehammer as a soldier from the outside is watching. So Geun Gae mediates & swings the sledgehammer & strikes it at the cow’s head as the cow collapse with the blow to the head
This ritual sacrifices is a cow called “Jitaeâ€. It is slaughtered at the ‘Dang-san’ shrine before opening the ritual and is the most valuable among the sacrifices.
The police reports that they are all inside as the Captain acknowledge & orders his men to storm into the ritual. So Geun Gae opens his box of knives as he picks one then goes to the cow about to gutted the cow, the blade from his knife falls from the handle. Then the soldiers storm the hut as they are rounded up. The captain asked the apprehended to be drag outside. It is obvious that this ritual is against the law. Although Joseon adopts Confucianism belief, but the common folks in Joseon subscribe to Shamanism & it is illegal during Joseon time
The Shamanism ritual practitioners are all rounded up. The Captain asked them to stretch up their hands out as he checks everybody’s hand then asked where is 6th finger. The person who is born with 6th finger. The villager elder asked what the matter in looking for that person. The captain asked them to stop pretending that they don’t know why that person is being seek for
6th finger is the congenital physical anomaly known as polydactyl. The captain said that whoever this person with 6 or 7 fingers had gone against the law of the land that prohibits illegal butchering. The villager elder said that the 6th finger is not in the Baekjeong trade or group & thus the village elder has chase him out of the village a long time ago. So Geun Gae concurs with the village elder that they can’t be involve with 6th finger & asked the Captain not to carry on his search here
Baekjeong itself means butcher is the lowest social class in the Joseon chaste society. They are 4 class of Joseon Society. The Yanban (aristocrat), Jungin (the nobles), Sangmin (commoner) & Baekjeong (untouchable or the pariah class). Baekjeong are primary designated with occupation like Grave diggers, prison wardens, wicker workers, hostesses, travelling entertainers, shamanist healers, monks, and nuns were all in the unfortunate Chonmin (vulgar commoner). The lowest of the low were butchers and tanners.
The Captain kicks So Geun Gae away & tells them they have yet to taste the cudgel yet. The captain asked his men to beat & strike at this people & whack then until the truth is out from them. So Geun Gae begs them to stop as he tells the Captain that the illegal butchering, to their Baekjeong class; it is as equivalent as murder. The 6th finger has betray this principle & condone illegal butchering & that person who acted & utterly devoid of all conscience, even if it not for the Captain & his men, if ever the 6th finger person was to fall into their hands, it will also be his death & will died in their hands without a doubts, they definitely wouldn’t harbour the 6th finger & begs the Captain to let them off the hook with some kind benevolence
So Geun Gae goes back to butcher the cow but the village elder said that the knife has been contaminate then takes the blade with the red cloth & asked So Geun Gae to only return in a month time & there is no need to sharpen any blades & go back to ponder over his mistakes. So Geun Gae tries to explains. The village elder said that if he hastily without any consideration were to pick up the knife or to just merely wield it. It will reap disaster & calamity. So Geun Gae said that village elder that if he doesn’t use the knife to sustain his livelihood as the village elder assures So Geun Gae can use his knife after a month, then during this time, there is no necessity for So Geun Gae to come here & leaves. So Geun Gae staggers out after being given a “sackâ€. One of the villager console him that the village elder is doing this for So Geun Gae’s own good, so tried not to be too disappointed. Then coming back to So Geun Gae, the villager asked what he is going to do for the time being. So Geun Gae said that at this moment, this is not important
So Geun Gae goes to the magistrate office to get 20 lashes of punishment as So Geun Gae walks out of the magistrate office. A noble man comes to say that So Geun Gae took quite a beating & pay So Geun Gae for his service. So Geun Gae acted as proxy for the noble’s man crimes. Then So Geun Gae finds that the nobles short change him & demand the agree payment & some extra for medical expenses as So Geun Gae advertise that he is just playing proxy. The noble man pays extra & embarrassing walks away as So Geun Gae tells the noble man that he welcome his errands that he will do his utmost best to expedite it & bid the nobleman farewell.
So Geun Gae brew medicine as someone in the house is galloping in cough as she calls out So Geun Gae what is he doing outside. So Geun Gae calls to his mother inside to asked him to wait a while longer. The room is paste with talismans as So Geun Gae comes in with the medicine. So Geun Gae mother asked where the money comes from to buy the medicine every day. So Geun Gae said he did some odd jobs for the physician & asked his mother to drink. So Geun Gae mother said that he work so hard that she will have to get well soon to reimburse his effort. So Geun Gae said she certainly will become well, & asked her to drink the medicine to get well. So Geun Gae mother drinks up & choke herself that she spill her medicine. Then his father came back scream his name & asked him to come out. So Geun Gae doesn’t know what is happening as his father drag him out. So Geun Gae mother is anxious as what her husband is going to do with his son
So Geun Gae is throw to the grounds as his father scold him for being brainless & whack him with a broom & asking where his son went to the whole day that he didn’t adhere to Village elder’s words that he was suppose to ponder over his mistakes. So Geun Gae’s mother tries to stop her husband in her frail health & pushes his wife away as he asked his son who is wailing in pain, then kick his son in the butt as So Geun Gae asked his father why he needs to hit him at that place. So Geun Gae asked who has asked So Geum Gae to act as proxy for people’s punishment. So Geun Gae’s mother is shock as So Geun Gae tells his son if this was to be known by Villager elder that he will never allow So Geun Gae to wield a knife again & hit the son with the broom as So Geun Gae’s tell her husband that it is all her fault that their son did this to pay for medicine for her ailment. So Geun Gae’s mother goes to see to her son. So Geum Gae mother screams to see blood from his pants as So Geun Gae assures his mother that he is alright as his mother wails that it was better that she dies that she didn’t even know that her son has suffer so much for her & she drank the medicine in big gulps that she deserves death, then So Geun Gae’s mother start her galloping cough as So Geun Gae showed concern on his mother’s cough.
So Geun Gae’s father asked how could his son lose his knife from the handle & on the contrary that if he wants his mother’s illness to get well that he needs to managed his emotion. So Geun Gae suggest that he will hire a shaman priest to ward off evil spirit for his mother’s illness. So Geum Gae asked how can those superstitious indigenous beliefs can help his mother to recover. So Geun Gae’s father asked him what book he has read that he has change his mindset & don’t asked his son to be cheated by false knowledge & just obediently listen to what his father’s word is. So Geun Gae sends his son to go into the house & stay put there. So Geun Gae refuse to listen to his father & leaves. So Geun Gae’s mother tries to call her son back as his father shouts where does he think he is off to. So Geun Gae’s mother cough.
So Geun Gae walks with a limp from his buttock injury. Then a man comes to the tavern to give some hunting game for the lady in the tavern to cook & tells that the meat is delicious, then see So Geun Gae pass by & invites him over as So Geun Gae greets the man. The man tells that he is so glad to bump into So Geun Gae or else he was just about to look for So Geun Gae. So Geun Gae asked why. The man sees So Geun Gae sitting down rather gingerly & asked if So Geun Gae is not feeling well in any place. So Geun Gae said he is not sick as the man offer him wine to drink. The man asked that there is a mercantile trader entertaining some foreign legation is having some banquet & will like to have some delicious meat that the man needs about 20 catties. So Geun Gae said that he needs to speak to the village elder for his meat order. The man said that he can’t have the order all of the sudden, so asking So Geun Gae to assist in getting the meat order for him. So Geun Gae said that he is currently in the period of ponder over his mistake. The man asked whether he physically is pondering over his mistake that he can’t use his mouth to do anything. So Geun Gae said he will tried to help the man in his meat order. The Man said that the meat needs to be palm size & the thickness is like the hand, & asked So Geun Gae to cut accordingly to the description. So Geun Gae asked how are they going to use this, with such a big slice of meat. The man said he doesn’t know but they go by the name that they called “steakâ€. So Geun Gae asked what is a “steakâ€, the man doesn’t have a clue either. He only heard it is a western style cuisine & there must be western dishes. The man tells that tomorrow all the Hanseong (Seoul) foreign delegate will gather in that banquet, there are military, business trader & Doctors. So Geun Gae asked what are Doctors. The man said that the person who has knowledge in Western Medicine, there is a person from Wae (a derogative term to mean Japanese) that he has seen that he has use a knife to make a cut (incision) then sew it (suture) back & it is not other that they doing the butchering
So Geum Gae grew with curiousity & enquires when this Japanese man does his medical procedures, he uses a knife (scalpel, Surgeon still call them knife). The man said that this is indeed but however the Doctor can save a dying man & return him to life. So Geun Gae laughs of can that be possible. The man said that he has nothing else to do, then to crack jokes like that. Anyhow, the man said that the Western medicine is far superior that he has heard that there is no illness that they can’t treat. So Geun Gae how can there be possible all illness can be cured then enquire about the slices called “steakâ€
Then in Sungkyunkwan, a class in ongoing as the teacher recites a text. Baek Do Yang is in the class but more busy reading anatomy books, but his classmate is giving signal that Baek Do Yang will soon get caught reading other book than what is in the class. The teacher notices Baek Do Yang is not attentive in his class & walks over towards him, as his class mate jolts Baek Do Yang but ignore his pester, until the teacher come to point his baton at the book & asked Baek Do Yang to surrender the book. Bae Do Yang hands over the book as the teacher runs through the pages. Baek Do Yang tries to explains as the teacher tells the class that the lecture stops here & asked Baek Do Yang to come follow him
Quanti-chanwei (1881) is the first technical book on human anatomy written in Chinese and brought to Modern China. It was compiled and translated on the basis of Anatomy, Descriptive and Surgical (first edition in 1858) by Henry Gray. Quanti-chanwei was published with intent to establish Chinese translations for terms referring to anatomy, and it gained broad support from medical missionaries who mainly served in Guangdong, Shanghai, and Fuzhou at that time. Quanti-tongkao (1886) was also complied and translated on the basis of Gray’ Anatomy, Descriptive and Surgical. It was published from The Academy of Foreign Languages in the Qing dynasty, and they selected different words for the translation into Chinese from Quanti-chanwei. Thus, although Gray’ Anatomy, Descriptive and Surgical played a great role in the introduction of Western Medicine into Modern China, there was no accordance between the national government and the provinces regarding Chinese translations for terms referring to anatomy. Baek Do Yang goes out to see the teacher in private
Gwanghyewon (later Jejungwon), the first western hospital in Korea, was founded in 1885. The first Medical School in Korea was open in 1886 under the hospital management. Dr. O. R. Avison, who came to Korea in 1893, resumed the medical education there, which was interrupted for some time before his arrival in Korea. He inaugurated translating and publishing medical textbooks with the help of Kim Pil Soon who later became one of the first seven graduates in Severance Hospital Medical school. The first medical textbook translated into Korean was Henry Gray’s Anatomy. However, this twice translated manuscripts were never to be published on account of being lost and burnt down. The existing early anatomy textbooks, the editions of 1906 and 1909, are not the translation of Gray’s Anatomy, but that of Japanese anatomy textbook of Gonda. The remaining oldest medical textbook in Korean is Inorganic Materia Medica published in 1905. This book is unique among its kinds that O. R. Avison is the only translator of the book and it contains the prefaces of O. R. Avison and Kim Pil Soon. The publication of medical textbook was animated by the participation of other medical students, such as Hong Suk Hoo & Hong Jong Eun. The list of medical textbooks published includes almost all the field of medicine. The medical textbooks in actual existence are as follows. Inorganic Materia Medica (1905); Inorganic Chemistry (1906); Anatomy I(1906); Physiology(1906); Diagnostics I(1906); Diagnostics II(1907); Obstetrics(1908); Organic Chemistry (1909); Anatomy (1909) & Surgery (1910).
The teacher asked isn’t this the book about Western medicine. Then teacher said that person who favours fallacy & absurd theories will be penalise & he knows that Baek Do Yang is aware of the school regulations. Baek Do Yang defense that this book is not out to confuse or cheat the world, on the contrary it explains in great detail what life is. The teacher laughs that Baek Do Yang is play acting in front of him. Baek Do Yang said that he doesn’t dare as the teacher asked him to shut his mouth. The teacher said that he will never able to speak through to Baek Do Yang then he will proceed to discuss this matter with Baek Do Yang’s father, Baek Tae Hyeon. The teacher asked will his father be thrill when he learn of this. Baek Do Yang said that his father may not be very happy in regards to this matter but however Baek Do Yang said he may put a good word to his father in regard to the potential of his teacher, will that be a better option for the teacher. Baek Do Yang tell his teacher that he is up for greater achievement that just merely a Professor in an educational institute is deem a pity, he will bring this up to his father. The teacher relents over Baek Do Yang’s proposal to bring up his teacher’s credential to the attention of his father, the change the subject that Baek Do Yang reads the book out of curiousity. Baek Do Yang apologise that he was wrong that he was attentively listen to the teacher lecture that he is willing to accept any appropriate penalty for his wrong doing. Baek Do Yang bid his teacher good bye. The teacher excuse Baek Do Yang
Baek Do Yang’s classmate waiting outside Sungkyunkwan for him & asked Baek Do Yang what happens. Then his other classmate approaches him & asked what was the book confiscate that he was reading in the class. Baek Do Yang looks at his classmate that shakes his head that he didn’t divulge anything to them. The other classmate said that it doesn’t seem like it is just an ordinary book that he was reading. Baek Do Yang affirms that it is not an ordinary book then comes to whisper in his other classmate’s ear that it is pornography. Baek Do Yang said that the teacher is now really studying the content of the book & if the other classmate want to get a hand at reading then he will need to wait at least a season. Baek Do Yang excuse that he is really busy & take his leave. The other classmate is left in rage
We are inform that the year is 1884, 20th year of Emperor Gojong’s reign
So Geun Gae goes to deliver the meat on a jige to the intended place that has place the order with the man. Then reaching the residence, he meets with Yoo Seok Ran to is handing out candies to the children in the street, telling the children to suck the candies slowly & not chew. So Geun Gae is mesmerise by her beauty as she is happily giving out the candies that her beauty stun him on his track. Yoon Seok Ran looks towards So Geun Gae but she is thrill seeing him as he bashfully avoid eye contact but the fact that Baek Do Yang was behind him & Yoo Seok Ran was acknowledging Bae Do Yang as he calls her & Yoo Seok Rang greets him. Baek Do Yang said that he has mentioned that being generous is also an illness. Yoo Seok Ran said that she has received a lot of candies & she is not a keen person to eat sweet as she offer one candy to Baek Do Yang. Baek Do Yang said it is fine that he too doesn’t like to eat sweets either. Bae Do Yang invites Yoo Seok Ran back to her house. Then Baek Do Yang’s classmate Chil Bok gave So Geun Gae a kick in the butt to asked what a scum like him doing in this part of town
A Frame carrier or jige is traditional laden carrier that attribute in its development of the unique carrying device to Korea’s rough mountainous terrain, which made the building of roads difficult. It was invented centuries ago, the ‘jige’ is the precursor to the modern day backpack. When viewed from the front it looks like the letter ‘A’, viewed sideways like the letter ‘Y’ with straight pine or cedar branches are used to make the frame of a ‘jige’. It is made of two long wooden poles, each with a prong sticking out backwards to rest a load on. The two poles are connected by crossbars, which are wider at the bottom and narrower at the top & often the backrest is padded with a woven straw mat and two straw straps allow the frame to be carried on the shoulders with the support of a third pole, the ‘jige’ is able to stand on its own. to make it easier for the carrier to stand up with a heavy load on his back, short crutch supports are used in rough terrain, and longer ones in flat areas. The A-frame is still used today, mainly on construction sites & in the countryside, whenever there is heavy load to carry.
Yoo Seok Ran’s residents are entertaining foreign legation as they have a buffet table. The residence servant asked So Geun Gae what his purpose of visit. So Geun Gae said he is here to deliver the meat, then the servant quickly show So Geun Gae to the kitchen & hurry him along as So Geun Gae looks at the surrounding of the residence with foreign dignitaries, then western barn square dancing to the music of Oh Susanna. So Geun Gae is taken aback by the surrounding as the servant has to drag him to hurry along. We see Yoo Hee Seo entertaining his foreign guests.
The song Oh Susanna was publish in 1848, popular associated with the California Gold Rush
Mrs Yoo is waiting for the meat to arrives & wonder why it is so late that they need to breed the cow before it gets slaughter that she already give ample notice for the meat & why isn’t it here yet. The western cook asking for her meat; hasn’t it come & exclaims “Oh My Godâ€. Mrs Yoo calls Mak Saeng. Mak Saeng calls out to Mrs Yoo that the meat has arrived. So Geun Gae puts his A frame time as Mrs Yoo wants to inspect the goods to have a look. Mak Saeng opens a package to show the freshness of the meat that is cut accordingly to requirement. Mak Saeng tells that it is indeed really fresh. Then Mrs Yoo asked how did her daughter tell them to address the Western cook to come. Mak Saeng said it is “come on†but they accent & pronunciation is not accurate. Mrs Yoo calls the Western cook to come on. The Western cook realise what they are trying to say & come over. Mak Saeng shows the meat to the Western cook which lead them to ready heated pan. Then the servant asked whether this is what they called “steakâ€. This arouse So Geun Gae curiousity. The western cook confirms that this is indeed steak. The western cook said that this is indeed Joseon beef, very good as she sear the meat on the hot pan. Mrs Yoon concurs that the Joseon beef is indeed the best. But Mrs Yoon wonder why the westerners eat their meat half cook as she look they don’t look cook at all, as Mrs Yoo takes a closer look at the meat, the western cook grinds pepper with the pepper mill as everybody starts to sneeze. The western cook exclaims another “Oh My God†as So Geun Gae also sneezes from the affect of the pepper
Han Woo or Korean native beef in comparison to a Holstein beef that Han Woo beef had higher ash contents, aroma, and flavour, whereas meat tenderness was higher in Holstein counterpart. In fatty composition, the ratio of unsaturated fatty acid was higher, and saturated fatty acid was lower in Holstein. Han Woo beef is a niche market
While dancing, one of the Joseon nobleman Chil Bok is drowning himself with glasses of brandy as he excuse himself to have more. Yoo Hee Seo surprise that Baek Do Yang has request the book of anatomy from him & he asked what is the purpose of looking for that book. Yoo Seok Ran said that it seem that Baek Do Yang want to be a physician. Yoo Hee Seo asked his daughter not to butt in as she leaves the discussion. Baek Do Yang said that his copy he has lost it. Yoo Hee Seo advise that Baek Do Yang is to obsessed with western medicine that in Sungkyunkwan that rumour has spread that it has come to his ears & if by chance that Baek Do Yang’s father Hyeon Ban Dae Gam were to learn of the matter. Baek Do Yang said that even Yoo Hee Seo is getting shrewish. Baek Do Yang assures Yoo Hee Seo that he will know how to manage the situation & that Yoo Hee Seon just keep the status quo at the current pacing will be fine will be a big help. Yoo Hee Seo acknowledged & calls her daughter to come. Yoo Hee Seo asked Yoo Seok Ran to the cellar to help Baek Do Yang to look for the book he requested. Yoo Seok Ran acknowledged & asked Baek Do Yang to come with her. Bae Do Yang excuse himself & leaves
Hyeong Ban Dae Gam is the Minister of Justice or Punishment. The 6 Ministries of Joseon (Yukjo) were the major executive bodies of the Korean Joseon Dynasty. They included ministries of Personnel (Ijo), Taxation/Revenue (Hojo), Rites (Yejo), Military Affairs/War (Byeongjo), Punishment /Justice (Hyeongjo), & Public works (Gongjo).
Then the drunken nobleman Chil Bok who is filling his glass from brandy kegs or barrel then stops Baek Do Yang to ask him to have a glass of brandy & give it a try. Baek Do Yang has a whiff of it & finds it strong & asked the drunk to drink up on his own & comment that he is already drunk stupor in the daytime. The nobleman said that he will carry on with his drinks & start gulping the glasses & finds that his stomach is really heating up
Yoo Seok Ran looks through the shelves for the book. Baek Do Yang is interest in the trinket found like the globe & telescope in the cellar & play with it. Baek Do Yang view the navigation telescope & looks at Yoo Seok Ran busy finding the book. Yoo Seok Ran notice Baek Do Yang is looking through the telescope & asked whether he wants to see her that way. Bae Do Yang said that he is not looking at Yoo Seok Ran but to see the long focal length of the telescope & finds it not bad. Baek Do Yang should asked her father to give him this telescope. Yoo Seok Ran said that the telescope is hers & takes it away from Baek Do Yang & pass him the said book he requested. Baek Do Yang looks through the book & see Yoo Seok Ran standing in front of him as Yoo Seok Ran said that he needs to move aside for her to leave the cellar. Baek Do Yang said what if he refuses, what then. Yoo Seok Ran smiles & just leaves
Then the foreign dignitary in a Hanbok asked for everybody’s attention & invites the host Yoo Hee Seo to say a few words. Yoo Hee Seo speaks English that he host the party in appreciation for the foreign dignitaries contribution to Joseon in their support & effort & asked them to enjoy themselves with the food & beverage served in their honour. So Geun Gae looks at Yoo Hee Seo speaking. The foreign dignitary propose a toast. The drunken nobleman bottom up then collapse backwards & having fits. Yoo Hee Seo goes to see the nobleman then calls for Mr. Watanabe. Mr. Watanabe is a Medical Doctor comes with his medical bag as Dr Watanabe checks the Chil Bok’s vitals. So Geun Gae witness the incident recalls the man talking to him about a Western Physician calls Doctors & that person is from Wae that he has seen him cut & sew, it is similar to what they do in their butchering. So Geun Gae puts down his A Frame for a closer look
Dr Watanabe light a match to see the patient light reflex â€" Contraction of the pupil of the eye in response to an increase in light & blow out the match then shakes his head that it doesn’t look good. Dr Watanabe administrate an injection of anaesthesia to the patient to the patient arms
Hanaoka Seishu (November 30, 1760 â€" November 21, 1835) was a Japanese Doctor, who was the first to perform surgery using general aneasthesia that was almost forty years before Dr. Crawford Williamson Long operated in Georgia using aneasthesia.
Yoo Seok Ran envies that Baek Do Yang that he can be a governmental official & a western Doctor as well if he wants to. Yoo Seok Ran said that if she isn’t born a female, she will able to have some ambition. The servant comes calling to Baek Do Yang & tells that Chil Bok has collapse & plea him to come quickly. Baek Do yang & Yoo Seok Ran runs to the scene.
Dr Watanabe sterilise the wound area with alcohol that he is about to suture the wound up as Chil Boo wail in pain. Dr Watanabe suture Chil Bok’s head, he must have sustained head injuries when he collapsed. Bae Do Yang comes to his friend aide & asked what happens. Yoo Hee Seo said that Chil Bok challenge the foreigner on drinks. Yoo Seok Rang said that Dr Watanabe is suture the skull as asked that can this be done. Dr Watanabe said that the skull is similar to the skin. Yoo Hee Seo introduce that Dr Watanabe is a Medical physician from the Japanese legation
Baek Do Yang finds his name familiar & asked whether Dr Watanabe is being called as Japan Hippocrates
Japan opens to western medicine since 1557 by the Portuguese Jesuit Luis Almeida. In 1861, Yojosho a western hospital was established by the Dutch in Nagasaki. In 1906; Nurses in Jejungwon were 3 Japanese nurses
Hippocrates (circa. 460 BC â€" 370 BC) was an ancient Greek physician & was considered one of the most outstanding figures in the history of medicine. He is referred to as the Western father of medicine in recognition of his lasting contributions to the field as the founder of the Hippocratic School of medicine. This intellectual school revolutionized medicine in ancient Greece, establishing it as a discipline distinct from other fields that it had traditionally been associated with (notably theurgist & philosophy, thus making medicine a profession. The Hippocratic Oath is an oath historically taken by doctors swearing to ethically practice medicine to treat patient to the best of theirs ability. It is widely believed to have been written by Hippocrates. This is the modern version of the oath. I swear to fulfill, to the best of my ability and judgment, this covenant: I will respect the hard-won scientific gains of those physicians in whose steps I walk, and gladly share such knowledge as is mine with those who are to follow. I will apply, for the benefit of the sick, all measures which are required, avoiding those twin traps of overtreatment and therapeutic nihilism. I will remember that there is art to medicine as well as science, and that warmth, sympathy, and understanding may outweigh the surgeon’s knife or the chemist’s drug. I will not be ashamed to say “I know not,†nor will I fail to call in my colleagues when the skills of another are needed for a patient’s recovery. I will respect the privacy of my patients, for their problems are not disclosed to me that the world may know. Most especially must I tread with care in matters of life and death. If it is given me to save a life, all thanks. But it may also be within my power to take a life; this awesome responsibility must be faced with great humbleness and awareness of my own frailty. Above all, I must not play at God. I will remember that I do not treat a fever chart, a cancerous growth, but a sick human being, whose illness may affect the person’s family and economic stability. My responsibility includes these related problems, if I am to care adequately for the sick. I will prevent disease whenever I can, for prevention is preferable to cure. I will remember that I remain a member of society, with special obligations to all my fellow human beings, those sound of mind and body as well as the infirm. If I do not violate this oath, may I enjoy life and art, respected while I live and remembered with affection thereafter. May I always act so as to preserve the finest traditions of my calling and may I long experience the joy of healing those who seek my help.
Dr Watanabe laugh that he is indeed embarrass to be called that sobriquet. Bae Do Yang asked that he has many things to learn from Dr Watanabe’s tutelage as Dr Watanabe acknowledge. In the night, So Geun Gae recalls the scene of emergency attention that Dr Watanabe gave to Chil Bok as it play on his head. So Geun Gae’s mother asked what is her son so engrossed in his thoughts as So Geun Gae mother call him several time before he answers. So Geun Gae is sewing a shoe. So Geun Gae mother sits up & asked her son what is so engross in his mind & thought. So Geun Gae tells his mother that today he witness something strange today. So Geun Gae mother asked what is so strange. So Geun Gae said there was a Doctor said to have come from Japan, name some Wata….that he save a dying man back to life & wow it is amazing to see. So Geun Gae said that Dr Watanabe hands can set fire then with him he brings out a needle that contain some medication….then in the head as So Geun Gae reenacted for his mother about Dr Watanabe suturing. So Geun Gae disbelieve that this way can able to sure illness. So Geun Gae said that he witness this with his own eyes. So Geun Gae’s mother coughs hard & finds that she is hemoptysis as she covers it up by cleaning her blood on her clothes. So Geun Gae said that her son is not a person who lies. So Geun Gae said that in Namsan there is a western hospital, he wish to take his mother one day to that place to take a look at her illness. So Geun Gae’s mother brushes it off as no need. So Geun Gae said that she is recovering from the medicine brew that So Geun Gae is brewing for her. So Geun Gae said that his mother will recover but he wants his mother to have a fast recovery. Then So Geun Gae said that his sewing skill has now surpass her & he tells how can that be possible, his mother sewing is still the best
Then he hears a commotion & comes out as the Shaman Mudang checks the house’s surrounding for evil spirits. She looks like the same Shaman Mudang from “Painter of the Windâ€. The Shaman Mudang said that the vicinity is filled with wandering ghost & spirits & tells that it is a miracle that people can still survive in this environment. So Geun Gae’s father asked what are they supposed to do to rectify the situation. The shaman priestess said that they should chase away the evil spirit & invites the deity to come & protect them. So Geun Gae’s father goes to get money as So Geun Gae persuade his father that the Shaman Mudang is hoax & a swindler. So Geun Gae said that honestly where have ever they hear that Shaman Mudang has ever heal a person that he gave example of Tul Seok’s father or Gae Dong’s brother all dies, even with Shaman intervention. So Geun Gae father said that they are not religious enough in their belief. So Geun Gae’s mother persuade her husband that she is alright & there is no need to seek any divine help. Then the Shaman Mudang looks in & exclaims that she sees a evils spirit in the covers of the blanket & finds it hard if So Geun Gae’s mother will ever recover. Shaman Mudang said that if it is not dealt properly, it will be definitely see death as she goes around exclaiming, So Geun Gae wants to shut the trap of the Shaman Mudang. So Geun Gae confronts the Shaman Mudang that how can see said such awful things. Shaman Mudang said that she is only saying what she say. Shaman Mudang said that once she has done his mother’s kut, So Geun Gae should do one for himself
Historically, the Korean culture has been very deeply shaped by shamanism until today having survive in ridicule & persecution over the centuries . In Korean shamanism, a woman is typically the shaman, or Mudang, and communicates with gods or spirits not only to drive out evil but also to resolve financial problems or improve a person’s health. Some Koreans still believe in multiple spirits that are active and present whether an illness is physical or emotional, it is evil done by these spirits. Kut is the Shaman’s religious services or rites.
So Geun Gae is appalled. Shaman Mudang said if there is nothing, she will leave as So Geun Gae’s father stops her from leaving. So Geun Gae tell his father that this money is for western medical treatment in Namsan & asked his father there is no use consulting this paltry Shaman practices. The Shaman Mudang is insulted that So Geun Gae said that Shaman practices are paltry as So Geun Gae confirm that it is indeed. So Geun Gae apologise to the Shaman Mudang for his son’s insolence then hands the money & said that this is all their assets. So Geun Gae tries to snatch the money back from his father but the Shaman Mudang was quicker & telling So Geun Gae’s father that she will help them 7 tells them there is so many evil spirits that need to be cast away & leaves. So Geun Gae is upset with his father
Then Chak Dul in the corner meowing as So Geun Gae asked what he is doing. So Geun Gae asked where did Chak Dul went lately. Chak Dul said that he has matter to attend but needs So Geun Gae to follow him. So Geun Gae asked where as Chak Dul just asked him to follow him. Then they go to meet 6th finger who is well dressed where Yuk Seon (6th finger) greets So Geun Gae that long time no see. So Geun Gae grabs Yuk Seon to tell him that because of him, the whole village nearly was killed. Chak Dul tries to stop So Geun Gae. Yuk Seon said that he aware about the police coming to the place. So Geun Gae said Yuk Seon is create trouble that he is playing & betray the fate of the Baekjeong that he forgets how his parents has died. Yu Seon force So Geun Gae off him & tells So Geun Gae how can he has forgotten that incident. Yuk Seon said that his parent was brutally killed & is known knowledge of the villagers; that the way of the Baekjeong that they never able to help, will he forget that. Yu Seon said whether is there any important if he is Baekjeong or not, even the lowly of the chaste also prejudice against them, that So Geun Gae knows about that matter. So Geun Gae grabs the collar & tells Yuk Seon hasn’t come to his senses. Chak Dul splits them up as So Geun Gae asked what is Yuk Seon intend to do. So Geun Gae comments on his dressing that Yuk Seon want to ascend to become Yanban class & tells Yuk Seon whether that is possible. Yuk Seon asked why it is not possible. Yuk Seon said that if he is dressed this way, who know that he is from Baekjeong or has done illegal activities which include hire murder, everybody just treat him as human. So Geun Gae said how long will his incognito lasted. Others he may not know that he is able to conceal, but however, he has his finger, how will he able to conceal his finger. Yuk Seon undo his bandage in his hands & showed the suture that he has his 6th finger surgically removed. So Geun Gae & Chak Dul is shocked as Yuk Seon said that they know & can see that the his 6th finger is gone that he will never been label as 6th finger. So Geun Gae examines the suture & asked what has happened
Then Dr Watanabe explain to Baek Do Yang that it is his most recent surgery that he surgically remove a finger in a simple operation as Dr Watanabe show 6th finger extra finger now preserve under formaldehyde. It seems Yuk Seon’s surgery was done by Dr Watanabe. Dr Watanabe said that he removed the 6th finger. Baek Do Yang said it is indeed amazing. Baek Do Yang asked why this is keep as Dr Watanabe said that this are consider his trophy of all his surgery removal of the anatomy. Baek Do Yang said that if he follows Dr Watanabe, it is indeed a privilege. Dr Watanabe said that there is a differences between Western & Eastern medicine. The eastern medicine depends on experiences but western medicine depends more on clinical medicine & forensic. Dr Watanabe asked whether Baek Do Yang has any knowledge on dissection. Baek Do Yang said that he has seen it in books. Dr Watanabe said however that reading from book is not important. Dr Watanabe shows Bae Do Yang a cadaver specimen as he turns away.
Baek Do Yang asked whether the cadaver is Joseon. Dr Watanabe confirm that it is then asked who is the corpse, but Dr Watanabe is not bother who the cadaver corpse was formerly was that there are plenty of corpses around in Joseon. This will enable to continuous improvement on medical clinical advancement. Dr Watanabe said that if a Western practitioner requires to qualify is to at least dissect 3 cadaver in his training. Baek Do Yang is surprise that it has to be done to that many cadavers that is needed. Dr Watanabe confirms that the same qualification applies to Japan. From dissection that they able to see the anatomy of the human body, & gain knowledge where the tissues, bones, nervous & respiratory systems, organs are positioned & function that is able to attain from dissection then this will able to render great assistance in finding the cure. Dr Watanabe said that if Baek Do Yang wishes to study Western medicine, he can’t avoid or bypass doing this area of dissection
Yuk Seon said that he will leave the village soon as anyhow no one on the village like him to stay. Chak Dul said that he is also leaving too. So Geun Gae tells that both are really singing in tandem, & asked them to leave if they want to, but why asked him to come over. Chak Dul said that among them, only So Geun Gae has learn to read. Yuk Seon wants So Geun Gae to read the Hu Pae to them then to give some details of which family registered that they belong to, the least they must have knowledge of what family background the Hu Pae belongs to
Hu Pae is a Joseon family identity card or registered citizen. The Baekjeong are not registered citizen of Joseon as they are consider outcast of society
So Geun Gae leaves as Chak Dul asked So Geun Gae to have a farewell drink with him. So Geun Gae said asked his friend to come to his senses that his friend were to follow with this people like Yuk Seon, he will not know the reason of his own death. Chak Dul honestly doesn’t want to stay in this village, he is not a Baekjeong but consider a son of a Shaman Mudang but has no spiritual powers, if he wants to survive, the future is just a blank, then he tells the Yuk Seon is faring well in his life in good fortune, the least, Chak Dul said he is never hungry when he is with Yuk Seon. Chak Dul said once So Geun Gae parts, he will never know when they will meet again, so that is why he wants to invite for a farewell drink. 6th finger asked Chak Dul to let So Geun Gae go, but then want to asked a question from So Geun Gae. 6th finger said that So Geun Gae is Baekjeong, why did he learn to read & write. Chak Dul said it is because there was once a terminal ill scholar who came to their house, so as for medical expenses, ne barter by teaching him to read & write. Yuk Seon said that if wants is willing to teach, the other may not willing to study. So Geun Gae asked what is Yuk Seon trying to imply with his hints, what is trying to get at. 6th finger said that honestly he knows that So Geun Gae is not satisfied to be a Baekjeong all his life. So Geun Gae said that he is not the same with Yuk Seon . Yuk Seon agrees that they are not the same but then every day his feeling of unjust is choked to his throat. So Geun Gae’s mother is gravely ill, that it is frustrating that the Physicians has decline & refuse to even want to come here to read his mother pulse that is driving him mad. What is the use to learn those paltry characters to read & write, just be content with his destiny fate in his natal chart, why need to learn something that is totally obsolete to him, but if this can able to break away from the prejudices of his destiny, So Geun Gae would have done this long ago, but it is a pity he doesn’t seize the opportunity to do so that it is driving him to certain madness. So Geun Gae leaves as Yuk Seon asked whether he doesn’t feel weary about the matter
While walking, So Geun Gae recalls his childhood that he is bullied although he look like any ordinary human being with eyes & nose, as the other boys laughs at him. The boys said that this Baekjeong is telling them that he is just as human as them. One of the boys tells that Baekjeong runs on their fours & tights a rope round So Geun Gae’s neck & pull him like an animal as the other feed hay to him & force the hay down his throat. Then a friend comes to the rescue & ward them off from So Geun Gae with a stick & if they come any closer, it will be their death. It is Yuk Seon who comes to save him from the bullies & reach out his hands to pick up So Geun Gae, on his right hand Yuk Seon has the 6th finger. He is somewhat indebted to Yuk Seon.
The next morning, Chak Dul comes to tell So Geun Gae that Yuk Seon left alone without him & complaints that Yuk Seon had drop him callously. Chak Dul goes early in the morning to looks for him & finds that he took the clothes, Chokbo & the Hu Pae with him. Chak Dul wails that the Hu Pae he spent 5 nyang to pitch it & Yuk Seon took it all away that this is driving him mad. So Geun Gae walks away as Chak Dul chase after So Geun Gae to listen to his grievances that he was “jilted†by Yuk Seon. So Geun Gae calls his mother that he is home without taking heed to Chak Dul’s complains & wants to seek revenge, as So Geun Gae call his mother & enter the house to finds his mother unconscious that having cough up blood in her hands & tries to call his mother to regain consciousness. Chak Dul comes to look & call Go Geun Gae’s mother. So Geun Gae gets his stash money & piggy back his mother & runs to the hospital as Chak Dul follow behind. Chak Dul direct that this is the way to the Physician but So Geun Gae is heading straight & running for the Western hospital in the Japanese Legation as Chuk Dul is marvel by the legation surroundings, as the nurse attends to So Geun Gae’s mother as So Geun Gae pleas with her to save his mother
Dr Watanabe comes as So Geun Gae on his knees begging Dr Watanabe to save his mother. Dr Watanabe check her eyes assessment then count her pulse with the slight pressure at her wrist & nods. Dr Watanabe asked the nurse to bring up So Geun Gae’s mother to a sit up position as he listen to her lungs with the stethoscope for auscultation of lungs help determine the airway and alveolar integrity, ventilation and presence of abnormality. Dr Watanabe doesn’t look optimistic about So Geun Gae’s condition. Then Dr Watanabe spoke in Japanese to his nurse to say that the illness looks like it is pyothorax. Dr Watanabe ask Nurse Suzuki inject antibiotic intravenously. Nurse Suzuki said that the patient is a Baekjeong & the possibility that they don’t have the means to pay for medication. Dr Watanabe has a private moment with Nurse Suzuki that if they refuse to provide medical assistance will be an embarrassment for their country then whisper that they will be perfunctorily in administrating their treatment & finds an excuse to chase them away. Dr Watanabe is doing thoracentesis procedure by using a needle into the chest rib cage to drains out the abscess of pus & fluid from the lungs. Care must be taken not to puncture the lung when inserting the needle. Thoracentesis should never be performed by inserting the needle through an area with an infection. An alternative site needs to be found in these cases. Then Dr Watanabe puts a through the needle catheter then a tube to drain out the abscess into a dish
Pyothorax is empyema is most common ofter refer to collection of pus in the space arohnd the lungs in plural cavity
Thoracentesis was 1st describe in 1852
Dr Watanabe finished with the procedure as he wipes his hands with the towel. Nurse Suzuki is finishing with the dressing as So Geun Gae thanked Dr Watanabe. Dr Watanabe said that at present there is no risk of danger, as So Geun Gae said that will his mother be fine. Dr Watanabe said that it is not a simple common flu but the symptoms of pleurisy. So Geun Gae is finding hard to understand Dr Watanabe medical terms. Dr Watanabe explains that if this were to continue to proceed this way, death by tomorrow will not be consider strange but however that because So Geun Gae came to this hospital to seek treatment, his mother will likely be saved. So Geun Gae kneels & thanked Dr Watanabe for saving his mother’s life. Dr Watanabe tells Nurse Suzuki to finish up as he leaves.
Pleurisy is inflammation of the lining of the lungs and chest (the pleura) that leads to chest pain (usually sharp) when you take a breath or cough. Pleurisy may develop when you have lung inflammation due to infections such as pneumonia or tuberculosis. It is often a sign of a viral infection of the lungs. This inflammation also causes the sharp chest pain of pleurisy.
So Geun Gae’s mother is resting at the ward. Nurse Suzuki comes to So Geun Gae to pay the medical bill. Nurse Suzuki said that the stay in hospital is 10 nyang a day & the medical procedure & medicine is separate. Chak Dul asked what is the total expenses will cost them. Nurse Suzuki tells that it is about 100 nyangs. So Geun Gae gives whatever he has as deposit. Nurse Suzuki said that this is not even enough for the stay in the hospital & without money, they need to leave the hospital. So Geun Gae said he has & he will bring the money over to them to pay for the hospital expenses. Nurse Suzuki gives them by tomorrow noon to pay up the medical expenses. So Geun Gae mother is so sad hearing the conversation as she feel a burden to her son over her illness. Chak Dul said that how is So Geun Gae going to get that amount of money, will he be able to cumulate so much money. So Geun Gae said no matter what means, he will have to get that money. So Geun Gae looks at his mother resting
So Geun Gae father wondering where his wife & gone to, even his son So Geun Gae there is no sight of him either. So Geun Gae father is doing the Shamanism ritual with the Shaman Mudang as she mentioned that the sun will set & she will able to perform the ritual when the sun set. So Geun Gae’s father asked the Shaman Mudang to be patient & wait a while longer.
So Geun Gae runs back & meet with some thug who recognise him as So Geun Gae & said that he heard that So Geun Gae has somewhat retire & asked if So Geun Gae wants to work for them, as anyhow, they really need people who could wield a knife. So Geun Gae wants to leave but is block in his path. So Geun Gae asked them to move aside. The thug asked So Geun Gae to consider. In the slaughterhouse, they can slaughter 100 head of cow, it was with So Geun Gae’s skilled, it is seem like peanuts to him. So Geun Gae said that he doesn’t do private enterprise or free lancing & makes his way through. So Geun Gae goes to see the man who order the steaks as he throws the money & said that this is all there is & So Geun Gae begs him to give more as this is not sufficient. The man said that if he has, he would have given to So Geun Gae, but he truthfully doesn’t have any to spare with him. So Geun Gae said that he has never come to ask for payment from the man, this is really an emergency that he really needs the money to save life & promise that he will return the money. The man said that So Geun Gae is really irritating nag, that if it is such an emergency then asked So Geun Gae to work for private enterprise. If he doesn’t what else will he be able to do. The man tells that “100 nyangs†is not the name of the house door of which household. Where is there the possibility to cumulate 100 nyangs. The man said that So Geun Gae is an understanding person but yet he is such a knack to open up.
So Geun Gae comes back to the hospital with some money & then finds his mother leaving the hospital. Chak Dul supporting her, said that So Geun Gae insists to leave the hospital. So Geun Gae mother said that she is feeling much better & asked her son not to be overly anxious & concern. So Geun Gae insists that his mother needs to have seeks more treatment that this place will able to treat her illness. So Geun Gae mother assure her son not to worry & asked her son to take her home as she said she is fine that her breathing is not difficult anymore as his mother begs him to take her home. So Geun Gae sadi that his mother must be hungry & piggy back his mother on his back. While on the way back, So Geun Gae asked whether his mother is alright as the mother gives a “huh†as So Geun Gae makes conversation to asked whether his mother is feeling cold as his mother already having slur speech. Go Geun Gae said that he will heat up the room for her & asked his mother to just endure a while longer. So Geun Gae mother in going in & out of consciousness has So Geun Gae tries to make his mother stay awake & asked what she wish to eat. So Geun Gae mother said she doesn’t have the appetite but his father may be starving that they need to hurry their paces for her to prepare the meal for her husband. So Geun Gae asked his mother not to worry about his father so much. So Geun Gae tells her son that before Winter set in, she needs to sew a quilt for his father. So Geun Gae asked that his mother worries about his father quilts. So Geun Gae’s mother said that she will arrange So Geun Gae to be married. So Geun Gae mother starts to gallop in her cough then cough up blood. So Geun Gae asked whether she is alright as Chak Dul check out on So Geun Gae’s mother that she is vomiting blood (hemoptysis). So Geun Gae turns back & rushes back to the hospital
Nurse Suzuki deny them entry to the hospital that if they don’t pay they can’t enter. So Geun gae said that he will pay her. Nurse Suzuki said she will call the guards. So Geun gae said that he will pay & rushes into the hospital as Nurse Suzuki tries to stop So Geun Gae. So Geun Gae outs his mother on the stretcher & tell his mother to hold on a little longer. So Geun Gae hands over his mother for Chak Dul’s care as he goes back to get the money. Chak Dul asked him to return as soon as he can. So Geun Gae runs for his life to the private slaughter house. The butcher said that the people who work in this trade is really pitiful. The thug said that even they don’t have teeth, they need to bite their gum as they about to leave. So Geun Gae comes in & catches them by surprise. So Geun Gae tells the thug that he is willing to wield the knife. The thugs asked who has honourably come to their domain that did he has heard wrongly & asked So Geun Gae to repeat what he has just said. So Geun Gae asked how much are they willing to pay him. The thug laughs that in this living world, they can encounter all sort of happenings. So Geun Gae name his price of 100 nyangs that he needs 100 nyangs
The cow is lead to slaughter. So Geun Gae recalls that her mother telling him as a child that cow is heaven’s Prince. The young So Geun Gae asked his mother how can a Royal Prince changed into a cow. So Geun Gae mother said that he has committed a crime, so he was punished by the Jade Emperor & reincarnate to become a cow & make him work for a living. Young So Geun Gae said that the cow is so pitiful. So Geun Gae said that is indeed that on earth, they need to earn a living by working all their life, so that one day, they can return back to Heavens. The young So Geun Gae asked how are they going to return to heaven. When Baekjeong slaughter the cow, the soul of the Prince will return to Heavens. Young So Geun Gae understand after his mother’s explanation as So Geun Gae mother adds that Baekjeong is doing something sacred, then when they died, they too will return to Heavens. Young So Geun Gae said will they able to go to Heaven. So Geun Gae mother assures him that they will of course, therefore his mother tells him that he must not go against the personal integrity of Baekjeong & he must understand
So Geun Gae cleans his knife & looks at the blade then recalls Dr Watanabe’s diagnose of his mother’s condition that if this were to continue to proceed, death is most certain to happened but however if he seek treatment in the hospital there is a chance she will survive. So Geun Gae piggyback his sick mother & her hemoptysis & leaving her at the hospital in the care of Chak Dul. The police are around to search for illegal slaughters. So Geun Gae is skinned the cow. For skinning, it is best to leave the fat on the cow as much as it is able, it help to ease with the skinning. So Geun Gae works to cut the meat as the police sends probe to observe the illegal slaughter the goes back to report to the Captain as they take action. So Geun Gae is still in his efficient butchering. The thug comment that So Geun Gae butchering skills is extraordinary & goes without saying. The thug tells his men to address So Geun Gae as “Hyungnim†The sidekick said that seeing So Geun Gae so skilled with his knife, there is no other person that surpass his skills. The thugs is jingle the 100 nyangs in front of So Geun Gae. Then the shout of warrant of arrest as they make a run for it. The thug drops the money while fleeing & So Geun Gae about to flee, he sees the money
The police starts to round them up as some tries to make their escape & get cudgel whacks by the police. So Geun Gae is surrounded by a few police who tries to arrest him as he asked them to let him go & plea with them as he needs to get away from here. As the police attacks, So Geun Gae managed to get a police at hostage point with his knife & shout at the other not to come near that he needs to leave here & he needs to go to his mother. A police jump behind So Geun Gae & whack him cold. The Police Captain lecture the arrest that they are really bold in not abiding to the laws. So Geun Gae is brought cold to the Captain as the Captain has a look at him & recognised him from the other day when he was looking for Yuk Seon as So Geun Gae said that illegal butchering is the same equivalent as murder for the Baekjeong & laughs that it is him that what he has said were all rubbish that he should have figure it out earlier. The Captain said that he will personally interrogate the butcher & tells his men to bring the rest back to the magistrate cells
So Geun Gae is tied up & throw some cold water to regain consciousness as Baek Do Yang is there to ask him to untied So Geun Gae. The police Captain tells So Geun Gae if he misbehave, then be forewarn that his life will be….The police Captain asked So Geun Gae not to raise his head. So Geun Gae sees a line of knives. Baek Do Yang mysteriously behind a screen to hide his identity as he tells So Geun Gae if he was to sent So Geun Gae to the magistrate, he will definitely will not lived. Baek Do Yang tells that So Geun Gae must be aware of this fact. But however if So Geun Gae obediently listen to watch he is about to tell him, he will able to spare So Geun Gae’s life. Baek Do Yang asked So Geun Gae what will it be. The police Captain asked So Geun Gae to answer what will his answer be. So Geun Gae doesn’t understand what they are implying. Bae Do Yang wants So Geun Gae’s knife skills to be shown to him then he will spare So Geun Gae’s life. So Geun Gae asked how can this be shown that he can’t understand but he is willing to do so
The police Captain show him a cadaver which is happened to be Yuk Seon as he could see his bandage hand from the surgery & mutter his name. Bae Do Yang said that now he needs to dissection that cadaver. So Geun Gae asked he wants it now to do dissection. Baek Do Yang asked him to take the knife up & dissect quickly. So Geun Gae looks shock that he is about to butcher his friend Yuk Seon
Episode 1
Episode 1 Part 1
Episode 1 Part 2
Episode 1 Part 3
Episode 1 Part 4
Episode 1 Part 5
Episode 1 Part 6
Episode 1 Part 7
Synopsis/Summary of Jejoongwon The Hospital (??? (???) Episode 2
The police Captain later we know him as Jung Bok Gyo show So Geun Gae a headless cadaver which is happened to be Yuk Seon as he recognise his bandage hand from the surgery & mutter his name. Bae Do Yang said that now he needs to dissection that cadaver. So Geun Gae asked he wants it now to do dissection. Baek Do Yang asked him to take the knife up & dissect his abdomen quickly. So Geun Gae looks shock that he is about to butcher his friend Yuk Seon. So Geun Gae said that he can’t do it. Bae Do Yang said that this is his occupation & his skilled. So Geun Gae said that it is true that the cadaver is already dead, but t dissect him, that it is not humane thing to do even though he is a convicted criminal that deserve death should be treated this way after death. Baek Do Yang said that So Geun Gae has already said that he is a convicted criminal. According to the law if it is a criminal that is convicted of high treason then the punishment will by quartering of the body, so what is it consider if the body is being dissected. Baek Do Yang hurries So Geun Gae to proceed with the dissect the thorax. So Geun Gae shivering with fear & asked Baek Do Yang as So Geun Gae makes a futile escape that is stop by who Jung Bok Gyo drew his swords at So Geun Gae’s throat & tells So Geun Gae that it seems that So Geun Gae don’t wish to live
So Geun Gae confesses that this cadaver is his friend. Jung Bok Gyo nods to Baek Do Yang as So Geun Gae begs Baek Do Yang to reverse his orders. Baek Do Yang said if he takes it back, then does So Geun Gae wishes to be sent to police bureau, if he goes there, there is indeed point of no return for So Geun Gae & force So Geun Gae to pick up the knife. So Geun Gae takes a knife & goes to cadaver & recalls his friendship with Yuk Seon as So Geun Gae is emotionally overcome & refuses, almost driving him insane. So Geun Gae wants to runs away but the Jung Bok Gyo steps on So Geun Gae & telling them that this is sinful that he can’t do it. The police Captain said that it seem this is not possible as he suggest that they killed So Geun Gae & go & find another person who will do it. Bae Do Yang agrees that since it is not possible to proceed, then that it should be settle this way. The police Captain said that illegal butchering is a death penalty, so don’t blame him for killing So Geun Gae.
Jung Bok Gyo draws his sword as So Geun Gae pleas to spare his life. Baek Do Yang asked whether So Geun Gae is willing to do it. So Geun Gae recalls Dr Watanabe saying that if this continues & without treatment, death comes tomorrow will not be strange then Nurse Suzuki telling that his payment in insufficient, this medical expenses is 100 nyangs. Scene of his mother having thoracentesis & carry her on his back where she vomits blood. The Captain said that Baek Do yang is asking So Geun Gae a question that So Geun Gae wants to live or die. So Geun Gae finally said that he will do it. Baek Do Yang smiles & said that this is fine
Baek Do Yang comes out from his screen & observe closely. So Geun Gae undo the garment. So Geun Gae makes a cut through the chest then starts to take out the internal organs like heart, lungs, stomach, kidney, diaphragm, spleen, liver, pancreas, large and small intestine, gallbladder, bladder & placing it on the board. Baek Do Yang asked whether So Geun Gae has finished with the dissection as Baek Do yang comes out to have a better look & cross reference with his anatomy book. So Geun Gae recognise baek Do Yang from Yoo Hee Seo’s banquet that he was with Dr Watanabe as Dr Watanabe was suturing the skull & Baek Do Yang looks rather attentive to the suture as So Geun Gae shy his face away not to be seen
Baek Do Yan tells that the liver is rather dull than what is illustrated in the book but the liver should be bright red but then this is a little dull like a dead rat. Baek Do Yang derive that the cadaver’s liver isn’t healthy. Baek Do Yang said that even if he was sentence to death by execution, it may not have long to lived. Baek Do Yang said that this lesson is well learned with knowledge. So Geun Gae asked that Baek Do Yang is having a lesson. Jung Bok Gyo asked what does he think this place is. Baek Do yang said that he will take leave. Baek Do yang said that to return everything to norm & makes sure that So Geun Gae is sufficient rewarded. Jung Bok Gyo understands as Baek Do Yang leaves, So Geun Gae hold him back saying that they can’t leave the cadaver like this, so he asked if he can stitch back the organ to the body. Jung Bok Gyo said that once it is in the ground, it will decompose, this is just a waste of time. So Geun Gae begs them as this is his friend. Jung Bok Gyo asked whether they will adhere to So Geun Gae’s request. Baek Do Yang allows So Geun Gae to do as he requested, let him stitch up the organ back & be buried. Jung Bok Gyo acknowledged that he will proceed as instructed. So Geun Gae cries over his friend
Baek Do Yang comes back to the Sungkyunkwan east wing where there is a commotion as his classmate Chil Bok who still have a bandage around his head asked him to leave quickly. Baek Do Yang asked what is the matter. One of his Seniors has heard rumours that some student has been sneaking out of Sungkyunkwan in late at nights to embroiled themselves in wine & woman, so they are here to confirm that matter but however, Bae Do Yang seems to be come from that direction & in this late a night. Baek Do yang said that he went to Ban Cheon to visit & treat a friend. The Senior asked if it is indeed & snatch the anatomy book from Baek Do Yang & asked what book is this. Baek Do Yang tries to get it back but his stop. The Senior takes a look & sees it is anatomy book, then reads the title as Cheon Jae Si Ryeong (Technical of Anatomy). The Senior asked this is what he mean by pornography. The Senior said that they are using state funds for their livelihood & studies & Baek Do Yang dare to read this kind of books & fool the colleagues in Sungkyunkwan. The Senior want to summon a student meeting, this matter definitely need to be reprimanded & be punished to deter others
So Geun Gae finally making a burial mount for Yuk Seon as Jung Bok Gyo asked whether he has finished & done with it. So Geun Gae said he has finished, where the Jung Bok Gyo draw his sword at So Geun Gae as he asked what is he doing. Jung Bok Gyo said that So Geun Gae has done well but there must be an end to this matter. So Geun Gae begs for his life that he didn’t see anything tonight. The Police why should he trust So Geun Gae that to spare the scum’s like them, it will probably leave after effect that may haunt later that he will not suffer, if he deals quickly with So Geun Gae, so that he can live continuously in peace of mind. So Geun Gae takes a rock from the mount, as the police Captain swings his sword, So Geun Gae avoids his swords & hits the Captain leg with the rock, as the Jung Bok Gyo collapse in pain, So Geun Gae makes his escape. Then Jung Bok Gyo gets up limping to give chase. So Geun Gae runs & falls over a ridge & rolls down & manage barely to elude the Jung Bok Gyo’s pursuit as he lost sight of So Geun Gae
So Geun Gae runs back to the Japanese Hospital & finds the door locked as he bangs the door for attention. Nurse Suzuki opens the door but block So Geun Gae’s access. So Geun Gae said that he brought the money. Nurse Suzuki said that the patient is no longer on the premises. So Geun Gae asked what is going on, as Nurse Suzuki explains that after So Geun Gae left, his mother passed away after a while. So Geun Gae is shock as he force his way through to the hospital calling Chak Dul only to finds the stretcher that he left his mother soiled with blood. Dr Watanabe comes to tell that his mother condition deteriorated so rapidly, there is no method of treatment, as Dr Watanabe gave a large yawn. So Geun Gae runs back to his house as he hears his father asking his wife to open her eyes/ He opens the door as Chak Dul asked where did he go so long. So Geun Gae’s father attack his son what has he done to his mother. Chak Dul tries to calm down an angry So Geun Gae’s father.
So Geun Gae goes to his mother & asked why is she doing here. So Geun Gae said that the room has not been heated & the floor are cold, he asked his mother must not be here & asked his mother to leave. Chak Dul tries to hold delirious So Geun Gae as So Geun Gae’s father asked what is his son trying to do. So Geun Gae said that he will find a cure for his mother by going to seek treatment. Chak Dul asked So Geun Gae not to do it. So Geun Gae said he has the money now, So Geun Gae shows the money to them & to tell them this money is for his mother to seek treatment & it will save his mother. So Geun Gae collects back the money saying that it will save his mother. So Geun Gae’s father asked his son whereabout did the money come from. So Geun Gae tell his mother that they are going. Chak Dul tells So Geun Gae not to do it & tells So Geun Gae that his mother has passed away. So Geun Gae denies that he mother hasn’t & carrying his dead mother on his back. So Geun Gae’s father asked where does he want to take his dead mother to that he know looks like he has gone mad & lose his sense of reality. So Geun Gae just pushes his father away as So Geun Gae’s father call his son back but his son doesn’t listen. So Geun Gae’s father asked Chak Dul to go & follow So Geun Gae to see what he is up to. So Geun Gae struggling under her mother dead weight & without shoes & the day is pouring with rain & he could no longer carry his mother, as he sees the sky open up in rain & looks to his dead mother, then hugs & finally mourns his dead mother in accepting the truth. Chak Dul & So Geun Gae’s father look at a distance
Queen Myeongseong asked Gojong is going out for an excursion as he drinks tea in a Western tea cup. Gojong confirms it that he really wants to hear what the people voices. Hyeminseo was abolished don’t know how the people are going to seek treatment. Empress Myeongseong wants to know who is accompany Gojong on this excursion. Gojong name Kim Ok Gyun & Hong Yeong Sik. Empress Myeongseong asked whether they were the person who proposes the suggestion. Gojong confirm that they did. Empress Myeong express caution that these people are in Gaehwapa movement who favour of modernization, they intention is clouded suspicious. Gojong assures his Empress not to worry that this is just an excursion to survey the people, what other ulterior motive may they have to that. Gojong will go to the excursion & return as soonest
Hyeminseo is Joseon Government run clinic for the common folk. Naeuiweon is the Royal Hospital. This is of course made famous by Heo Jun & Dae jang Geum.
Gojong is still Joseon King who reign from 1874, it was until 1897 that he declare Korea as an Empire & took the title Emperor
Gojong is taken to see the Japanese Hospital as Kim Ok Gyun informs that this is a Western medicine hospital. Hing Yeong Sik said that now they still not really well verse in western medicine but the patient are aplenty from people & official have use their medical services. Kim Ok Gyun said that if Gojong is interested in western medicine, does he want to want to go in to take a tour of the place as Kim Ok Gyun explains that this is the hospital establish by a foreign legation that he is quite acquainted with the person in charge in running the place. Gojong said there is no need & want to leave
Kim Ok Gyun is the leader of Gaehwapa means modernisation faction or the enlightenment party who is a pro Japanese faction. Kim Ok Gyun was an elite who passed the civil exam with the highest score, sort of Valedictorian. During his national civil service, Kim found many others who agreed with him, and they formed the Dongnidang, or “Independence Party.†He became involved in the Shirhak (Practical Learning) movement which advocated government reform, industrialization, and other reforms to improve Korea. In the early 1880s he went to Japan to report to Gojong on the rapid modernization of Japan and if it had plans to invade Korea. Kim Ok Gyun discovered that the Japanese did not feel strong enough go to war with Qing China, but that it would in the future. Kim Ok Gyun wanted to Korea to implement Western learning so it could become independent and would not be taken over by Japan, which he foresaw. He agreed to support the Japanese planned coup & planned with his reformist group, the Gaehwapa faction, to assassinate conservative political leaders during the chaos of the coup. After the 1884 Gapsinjeongbyeon failed coup Kim Ok Gyun escape to Incheon & seek political asylum in Japan. Kim Ok Gyun was lure to China to meet his death at the hands of an assassin Hong Jong Wu in Shanghai 28th March 1894 who were probable agent of Yuan Shi Kai. I don’t want to go further about Qing China interference in Joseon domestic politics with Yuan Shi Kai’s meddling
Hong Yeong Sik was the Vice Ambassador to the 1st Korea goodwill to US in July 1883 7 the son of Chief State Councilor Hong Sun Mok. The mission tour US for 40 days. Hong Yeon Sik is from the Modernisation faction which became the instigator for the 1884 Gapsinjeongbyeon coup, failing to gain support from Lord Min Yeon Ik & ultimately become a military target for the coup, as they tried to overthrow the Conservative faction. Hong Yeon Sik was executed for the coup, he was only 30
Gojong on horseback viewing the people & he finds destitution in the street where Gojong tells Kim Ok Gyun & Hong Yeong Sik his wish to build a western hospital for his people is imminent to have but however although not to mentioned national coffer doesn’t allow, they don’t even have a suitable expertise to run the hospital, this is the reality that is looking at them. Hong Yeong Sik said that now they will need to solve matter gradually one matter at a time. Gojong asked whether Hong Yeong Sik have any solution in mind. Kim Ok Gyun asked whether they should accept Japanese assistance, will that be fine. Gojong is clearly not pleased. Kim Ok Gyun said that they must accept modernization that presently that they had to compromise. Gojong asked whether it is to compromise or it is better to be seen as a humiliation. Kim Ok Gyun asked Gojong to open up on his prejudices towards Japan in order for them to progress to be a great nation. Hong Yeong Sik concurs that Joseon can no longer maintain as frog at the bottom of a well in her isolation policy. Hong Yeong Sik uses the Chinese idiom, frog at the bottom of the well means said of a person with limited vision. Hong Yeong Sik said that Japan now in compare to be the England of Asia, then Joseon must become the France of Asia. Gojong can only sigh
Gojong is still bitter over the treaty of Ganghwa in 1876. This forced open Korea to trade with Japan
The Police captain having his badly contusion foot looked at by a physician the injury sustain when So Geun Gae smash his foot with a rock. The Physician apply antiseptic & tell that he is lucky that nothing is broken. The Captain tries to stand up & enduring the pain. The physician said that he needs to rest that foot for a few days. The police Captain acknowledge the physician advice then hear commotion that they found a body & it is a strange corpse as they place in at the courtyard of the police bureau. There are shouts that the corpse have been cruelly mutilated as everybody run to have a look, some asked who discover the body. The court forensic is call to look at the body as the Captain asked his Police Chief what is going on. The Police Captain is called Jung Bok Gyo. The Police Chief was up in the mountain gathering herb, when he came upon this body that astonished him. Jung Bok Gyo asked what is so astonish. The Captain shocked to see that it is Yuk Seon’s body from his bandage hand. The Captain asked why would this body be found there. The Police Chief agrees that this body was a criminal that was executed by the Captain & then brought to the morgue
The Police captain pretend he can’t believe. The Police Chief that there is some mystery in between this matter. But however why does the body abdomen has been sew up. The forensic expert said that in his view that his internal organ might have been removed. The Captain express “surprise†The Police Chief asked why would the body have its internal organs removed. The forensic expert said that he has heard that people with ulcer will need to apply medication within. The Police Chief said that it is a method use by lepers. The Captain concurs that it must be. In the nearby of Do Seong (Capital) that there is a leper colony. The Police Chief said that it is not, it doesn’t seem so, & asked to take a look. Firstly the way that it is cut is really straight & uniform therefore & the stitching is done systematically. If it is a person with ulcer, his hair & body hair will have drop away, the mouth will not be align & the hands & leg will not seen to be mobile & flexible. The police chief said that a person who can cut & sew has definitely done this. This is the work of a Baekjeong, however it is not ordinary Baekjeong that has done this moreover there is suspect that it could be done by the people who did illegal slaughter. This people has insulted the body & must be really cruel. The Police Chief will report this to the Ministry of Justice & expedite other police bureaus that needs for a thorough investigation to the matter to close this case quickly & their action must be fast as the Police Chief asked his men are they clear on the matter
So Geun Gae carries his mother’s body on the A frame to be buried. So Geun Gae touches his mother face before burying her to the ground. Then the man start to shovel the dirt into the hole as So Geun Gae shouts not to dirty his mother face with dirt as he wails for his loss as he sweeps the dirt of his mother face. So Geun Gae respectfully bow to his mother’s burial mount & tells his mother that she no longer will suffer now.
So Geun Gae goes back to his village where the captain comes to his village then notices So Geun Gae & orders his arrest. So Geun Gae ward off the police by swinging his A frame then throws the A frame at them & makes a run for it. Chak Dul call So Geun Gae as he is hold back by the police & So Geun Gae’s father shouts what is going on here. So Geun Gae trying to lose his pursuers as he runs through the woods as they police split up to search the area. So Geun Gae managed to lose their tail as he catches his breath
The police come back to report to the Captain that they has lost So Geun Gae. The police said that So Geun Gae can really run like he has wings on his legs, they lost him on the blink of an eye. So Geun Gae’’ father asked what is happening here that what has his son done wrong. The police asked So Geun Gae’s father to tell him what place does his son frequents. So Geun Gae’s father asked what has his son done any crime. The Captain said that he has committed a crime of illegal slaughter that his father doesn’t have any knowledge of it. So Geun Gae’s father is shocked that So Geun Gae has done illegal slaughter & exclaims that his son will never do that. Chak Dul realise that So Geun Gae may have done it for his mother medical expenses. So Geun Gae’s father said that money is from…..how can this happen. The Captain asked that So Geun Gae’s father has no prior knowledge of his son’s illegal slaughter. Chak Dul said that they have no knowledge of that matter. So Geun Gae’s father disbelieve that his son will do such a despicable thing that he has ruined & tarnish the reputation of his ancestors’ occupation. So Geun Gae’s father blame So Geun Gae for ruin the family that he deserve to die, then goes & bangs his head onto a post. Chak Dul tries to stop So Geun Gae’s father but was held down by the police. The police drag So Geun Gae’s father off the post & wailing that he deserve to die
In Sungkyunkwan, the offense is read out to Baek Do Yang for reading illicit materials & he is unrepentant & he has gone against the principal of this education institute & the student general consensus has voted that he been strike off from the register & no longer able to receive education & therefore expels from Sungkyunkwan
Chon Geum Lo is the student register
Baek Do Yang said since there is a decision, so be it, there is no reason for him to wish to linger in this kind of existence. The Senior is shock & asked whether he is mad to utter such insolence. Baek Do Yang tells that Joseon, is like in the times of the Spring & Autumn Period (BC 722- 481) facing great turbulences & if that turbulences were to become & if this education institute has no room to understands his aspiration then as the student of this education institute, it is best that he leaves as being proper. Baek Do Yang undo his hat & throw it on the floor & walks out of Sungkyunkwan
Baek Do Yang gets slap by his Baek Tae Hyun how dare his son tarnish the family reputation & he dares to create troubles in Sungkyunkwan that end up in chaos. Baek Do Yang’s uncle tells his nephew to quickly acknowledge his wrongdoing & apologise to his father. The Uncle apologise that he is in the wrong that he didn’t tutor his nephew well & assure his elder brother that he will teach him properly. Baek Do Yang’s western books are place in a fire pile to be burnt. Baek tae Hyun demands to have the torch e Baek Do Yang’s Uncle said that Baek Do Yang to diminished his eagerness of western education like the brunt out fire & start over. Baek Do Yang gave his Uncle a dead stare. Baek Tae Hyun takes the torch & throw it onto the pile & set fire t the books as Baek Do Yang watches his book burn that rages him. Baek Tae Hyun said the matter with Sungkyunkwan, he will help his son to settle & he can return. Baek Do yang tries to save his book from the fire, & take a half burn book & extinguish the flame out, then apologise to his father that he will not give this up
Baek Do Yang said that Western education is practical & it will be how Joseon will flow towards that trend & asked why his father can’t understand. Baek Do Yang said that his father chose on purpose to ignore & don’t see this. Baek Tae Hyun chokes that his son answers him back, Baek Do Yang said that the people in high position in the government like his father doesn’t wish to see this world had change, they are seen only wanting to secure their status & position. Baek Tae Hyun can’t how his son is being so insolent towards him. His Uncle tries to calm the tempers flaring. Baek Do Yang said that his father can chase him out of the house, the same that his father has done to his mother. Baek Do yang said that it is because his in law (Baek Do Yang’s maternal grandparents) condone western education practices, that he chase away a 5 years old child’s mother from the house. Baek Do yang said that the scene is still very fresh in his mind that for his father high position reputation that he has destroy someone’s life & drove her to her death. Baek Tae Hyun chases his son out of the house. Baek Do Yang confirms that he has prepare to do so. Baek Do Yang said that he will not permit his father to destroy his life. Baek Do Yang bow to his father who can’t utter any words, take his anatomy book & leaves his residence
Chak Dul sneaks to a temple & calls on the Abbott then asked if So Geun Gae is here. The Abbott directs the direction. Chak Dul comes to So Geun Gae, in his surprise nearly hits him with a stick. Chak Dul tries to calm down So Geun Gae. Chak Dul said that the village is filled with police. So Geun Gae asked whether his father is alright. Chak Dul tells that his is fine but the police are keeping a close watch on his movements. Chak Dul said So Geun Gae’s father has asked his son to escape as soon as possible that he doesn’t wish to see his son again. So Geun Gae is shocked & sat down in a thud. Chak Dul asked how can So Geun Gae create such a disaster. Chak Dul asked So Geun Gae to leave, this place can’t be consider safe & drags a shock So Geun Gae along
So Geun Gae & Chak Dul goes to the village to see that the police presence is still visible as he sees his father being harasses by the police. So Geun Gae apologise to his father. Chak Dul said that they need to leave & make their escape from the capital by today. While walking, they hear noises then goes to hide somewhere to hide & then sees a nobleman walking in the woods with his servant. So Geun Gae said if they continue to do it this way, they will not go far. Chak Duk asked what does So Geun Gae want to do then. So Geun Gae asked Chak Dul to come follow him. Chak Dul asked where as So Geun Gae said that he don’t need to asked question, just follow
So Geun Gae & Chak Dul goes & “rob†the nobleman & the servant of their clothings as Chak Dul points a knife at them but So Geun Gae return the nobleman’s money & asked them to buy new clothes. Chak Dul asked that aren’t they going to eat or sleep in their journey. So Geun Gae tells Chak Dul to cut the nonsense & apologise to the nobleman for the inconvenience caused. The nobleman takes the money into safe keeping. So Geun Gae clean himself & put up a top knot as Chak Dul said that he really look like a Yanban dress in those clothes. Chak Dul said the next life, So Geun Gae should be a Yanban. So Geun Gae said that this is nonsense. So Geun Gae asked why Chak Duk is in the man servant clothes. Chak Dul said doesn’t he look better with this outfit. So Geun Gae asked Chak Dul to go home quickly, what Chak Dul is going to do if he get caught. Chak Dul said that now he consider himself as a fugitive. So Geun Gae is surprise as Chak Dul said that there must be a man servant beside a Yanban that follow him behind, so that they must look their part & address So Geun Gae as “Sirâ€. So Geun Gae said that this can’t do & asked Chak Dul to go home. Chak Dul shuts So Geun Gae with a Hu Pae & said that he will send So Geun Gae to Jemulpo (Port of Incheon).
Chak Dul asked So Geun Gae what is it written in this Hu Pae. So Geun Gae thanked Chak Dul but he insist to know what is written on the Hu Pae. So Geun Gae reads it as Yi Gua. Chak Dul said it is a nice name. Then Chak Dul asked what does his name means. So Geun Gae said that it is the surname Yi then the given name of Gua. Then So Geun Gae explains his given name means but it is not fanciful to the means of diarrhea & vomit. Chak Dul asked what kind of name is this. Chak Dul said compare to his former name, Yi Gua sounds better. Chak Dul said what is his name then. So Geun Gae said it is alright as Chak Dul insist of knowing. So Geun Gae then reads the Hu Pae as ‘Hwang Jeongâ€. Chak Dul said that it is more greater than his name So Geun Gae, then asked the character “Jeong†what it means. So Geun Gae said it means “strongâ€. Chak Dul said that his name is really great. Chak Dul always wanted to asked this for a long time from So Geun Gae. His name So Geun Gae, what does it means. So Geun Gae explains that his name means “a dog that weighs littleâ€. Then Chak Dul laughs & has Hu Pae sip to his mouth. Chak Dul laughs that calling So Geun Gae was calling him a puppy all the time then after, Chak Dul will call him his new name…Hwang Jeong…Sir Hwang Jeong. So Geun Gae said there is no time left, they need to get some travelling expenses.
I will start to use their new assume names
Hwang Jeong (So Geun Gae) goes to pawn the Nobleman’s book. Yi Gua (Chak Dul) advertise that this is his Esquire’s favourite books & shopkeeper finds some pornographic books stash in between & laugh whether he wish to sell this. Yi Gua takes it back. Yi Gua apologise to & Hwang Jeong that the book is his. Hwang Jeong said that his servant can stash this kind of book. The shopkeeper said what is there between Esquire & his servant. The shopkeeper said that the book look relatively new in condition. There are not many people who buy this book, so the price may be a little. Chak Dul said that there are really new.
Baek Do Yang comes from behinds to say that he will have a look at it. Hwang Jeong can recognise Baek Do Yang & turns away. The shopkeeper welcome Baek Do Yang to the his shop. Baek Do Yang comes to have the covers of his book changed. The shopkeeper acknowledge & tells that it have been burn. Baek Do Yang said it was accidentally caused slightly. The nobleman books are traditional oriental medicine & western medicine
I will differentiate the termology between Western Medicine as it is & Eastern medicine as oriental medicine
Baek Do Yang doesn’t recognise Hwang Jeong as So Geun Gae. Baek Do Yang said that Hwang Jeong has both books of Western Medicine & Oriental medicine that has spark Hwang Jeong interest. Hwang Jeong hesitate that he has some interest with some knowledge. The shopkeeper said that this book that Baek Do Yang wants to change its cover talks about the internal organs of the human body. Baek Do Yang said that this book gives a detail description of the internal organs. Yi Gua said that this book tells about Human’s internal organs. The shopkeeper said that looking at this book, reminds him that in the police station there is a executed criminal’s body that has been beheaded & don’t know who he is has his internal organs remove, then put it all back & was stitch up. Baek Do yang pretend that why will someone do such a thing. The shopkeeper said that it seems they want to sell those internal organs but then it will be known once they are able to arrest the perpetrator. It is because of this case, then it mobilise the whole police force on the matter. It is apprehended, the punishment will be severe. Baek Do yang said that something of this has happened. Baek Do Yang makes an excuse that he forgot to do something & take his leave & asked the shopkeeper that he will leave this book in his hands. The shopkeeper acknowledge. Baek Do Yang leaves hastily. Yi Gua is upset that Baek Do Yang pretend that he wanted to buy their books. Hwang Jeong said that they need to leave & asked the shopkeeper how much will the book be sold for. The shopkeeper goes to calculate for them as Yi Gua said to be lenient on the pricing as Hwang Jeong looks outside then asked the shopkeeper to hurry with his calculation
The nobleman goes to the police bureau to lodge a report then go to have the description of his robbers drawn as he describe their features. Jung Bok Gyo asked what is the matter as the police tell the Captain that these people were rob of their clothes in the woods. Jung Bok Gyo recognise So Geun Gae’s facial description drawing then asked to draw him another copy. The servant said that he overheard that they are going to Jemulpo. Then a police comes calling on Jung Bok Gyo that he has a visitor. Jung Bok Gyo greets baek Do Yang outside the police bureau. Baek Do Yang asked him to speak in private. Baek Do yang corner Jung Bok Gyo & asked what on earth is going on. Jung Bok Gyo apologise that it is deliration of duty on his part that he didn’t settle this well & has allow him to escape. Baek Do yang is shock. Baek Do yang said that if he is arrest & then confess to what has happened, what Jung Bok Gyo suppose to do. Sooner or later Jang Bok Gyo will be found out & the next, Jung Bok Gyo may know who is next on that list
Jung Bok Gyo assures that he will do within his jurisdiction to do him in & definitely will not get Baek Do Yang be indicated to be involved. If they were to finds out that he is behind him, his reputation will be down the drain. Jung Bok Gyo assures Baek Do Yang that they are now in the midst of apprehending him. Baek Do yang said that it si not only Jung Bok Gyo is finding So Geun Gae, he has heard that the whole police force in involve in the matter. Jung Bok Gyo said he has knowledge of So Geun Gae’s whereabouts. Baek Do Yang said that no matter what the method is that this matter needs to be settle within today & report to him & he will meet him at their rendezvous place. Jung Bok Gyo acknowledge. Baek Do Yang reminds that he has nothing to do with this matter at all
Jung Bok Gyo has the drawing of Yi Gua & Hwang Jeong with the clothes that stolen from the nobleman. Jung Bok Gyo takes out a pistol. Yi Gua & Hwang Jeong in the jetty as Yi Gua asked Hwang Jeong to go on a larger boat to see the world. Hwang Jeong doesn’t want to listen to nonsense about adventures as once they reached Jemulpo; Yi Gua is to go home. Hwang Jeong notices Yoo Seok Ran wearing a straw head waiting for her boat with her father Yoo Hee Seo & again Hwang Jeong is mesmerize by her beauty as he pull Yi Gua along. Yoo Hee Seo said that he should be arriving soon as they seem to be waiting for someone. Yoo Seok Ran asked who will it be that will disembarked from the boat. Yoo Seok Ran said that her father has done his calculation that he will arrive today.
Then Kim Mak Seong, a servant from their household asked what is the name of the Westerner. Yoo Hee Seo said that he is Allen…Dr. Allen. Kim Mak Seong repeats his name & finds it strange. Then Horace Newton Allen comes by boat as the other passenger sees a Westerner on board & Horace Newton Allen smiling at them politely & trying to be friendly. Then a mother who is feeding the child some bread suddenly get choke as his mother calls her son Dul Da. Horace Newton Allen comes to the mother & asked her to let him help her. The mother holding to her son to see a strange looking man of unknown origin. Horace Newton Allen said that he can help her child if she give him her child, but the mother ward him off like a casted spirit. Then a man tries to help but Horace Newton Allen punches him down & grabs the child then administrates Heimlich Maneuver by giving the child some abdominal thrusts then the child managed to choke out the piece of bread. The child calls his mother as the mother hugs her child as Horace Newton Allen stroke the back of the child & his mother thanked him for saving her child. Then Horace Newton Allen finds another patient who has a wound. Horace Newton Allen takes his Doctor medical bag then starts to dress the wound. The passenger crowding to see Horace Newton Allen doing his “magicâ€. The patient thanked Horace Newton Allen. Then passenger start showing their wounds to Horace Newton Allen & other ailments. As Horace Newton Allen disembark from the book, moist passenger already got treatment from him
Yoo Hee Seo greets Horace Newton Allen & welcomes him to Korea. Horace Newton Allen shakes Yoo Seok Ran hands & tell him that she has heard a lot about Horace Newton Allen & asked about his journey as Horace Newton Allen said it was interesting. Yi Gua said that Horace Newton Allen is a westerner & asked what is he speaking. Yoo Seok Ran asked Horace Newton Allen to come this way. Horace Newton Allen walks with Yoo Hee Seo as Horace Newton Allen tells that the air is so clean & fresh. Kim Mak Saeng notice Hwang Jeong & tells Yoo Seok Ran that he is really handsome. Yoo Seok Ran turns around to have a glimpse at Hwang Jeong as Hwang Jeong looks at her as he board the boat, but reaching the boat, the boat has finished its trip & will not be sailing anywhere as it has been done for a day. The boatman asked Hwang Jeong to come back tomorrow morning. Hwang Jeong still wants to get on board & asked for leniency that he is on urgent matter. The boatman said that he has already said that he is not sailing. Yi Gua tells Hwang Jeong to come back tomorrow morning to catch the boat. They need to find somewhere nice to eat & rest. Yi Gua said that they are now dress this way, there is no one who able to recognise them. Yi Gua said finds a place to rest, he is starving. Hwang Jeong said that a hungry stomach is not important as it is. Yi Gua tells the boatman that they will come by tomorrow
Yoo Hee Seo apologise about the people staring at Horace Newton Allen that they do it out of curiousity. Horace Newton Allen said he doesn’t mind it all that he gets the same expression from when he was in Shanghai. Yoo Seok Ran asked whether Horace Newton Allen is here on missionary work. Yoo Hee Seo cautious his daughter to be careful as someone might overhear her. Yoo Seok Ran apologise as Kim Mak Saeng said that speaking a foreign language, who will know how to understand. Horace Newton Allen said he came to spread the gospel through medicine & called it medical missionary. Horace Newton Allen asked what is the headgear that Yoo Hee Seo wearing. Yoon Hee Seo introduce as “gatâ€
Christianity is not taken kindly by Joseon & consider as a heretic belief especially the time of Daewongun but relax with during Queen Myeongseong
Jung Bok Gyo goes around in asking about Hwang Jeong’s whereabouts with his drawing & enquire the boatman who have a look at the drawing & gives a nod. Jung Bok Gyo asked if they have cross the river, but the boat man said they have not as he already anchored his boat for the day before they came. The boatman said that he told them that tomorrow the boat will set sail again. The boatman mentioned that Hwang Jeong look rather anxious. Jung Bok Gyo smiles that he finally caught up with Hwang Jeong
In Yoo Hee Seo’s residence. Horace Newton Allen introduce a parasol to Mrs. Yoo as Yoo Seok Ran translate for her mother. Horace Newton Allen opens the parasol for Mrs. Yoo to see as she comments it is beautiful. Yoo Seok Ran said that parasol are not just for rainy days, when it is shinning hard can be use to shed the sun. Horace Newton Allen said he will like to present this parasol to Mrs. Yoo. Mrs. Yoo could utter “Thank you†& want a confirmation from her daughter over the pronunciation. Horace Newton Allen has a gift for Yoo Hee Seo which is a shaver for Yoo Hee Seo’s bread. Yoo Hee Seon express appreciation. Horace Newton Allen also have a gift for Yoo Seok Ran which is a fire cracker. Yoo Seok Ran recognise it as firecrackers & is thrilled in receiving the gift
Jung Bok Gyo asking around the tavern for Yi Gua & Hwang Jeong whereabouts as the replies is that they haven’t been sighted as he goes around seeking for potential suspects but finds naught in his search. Yi Gua & Hwang Jeong eating their broth as Yi Gua returns the food tray & comments that they are finished & thanked for the meal. Yi Gua sits down & finds it so comfortable. Hwang Jeong asked Yi Gua to sleep a while. Yi Gua after eating a full meal that his bowel are acting in action so he needs to pay a visit to the latrine, but then the pornographic book as “toilet readingâ€. Yi Gua tell that it might get bored squatting at the latrine. Hwang Jeong stretch his legs
Finally Jung Bok Gyo reaches the tavern where Yi Gua & Hwang Jeong is resting. The tavern lady welcomes Jung Bok Gyo to her tavern. Jung Bok Gyo asked the tavern lady whether she has seen Yi Gua & Hwang Jeong. The tavern lady take a look at the drawing then asked why is Jung Bok Gyo looking for them. Jung Bok Gyo just asked whether she has see them or not. Yi Gua goes to the latrine reading the pornographic material in concentrated attentiveness. Hwang Jeong making the bed for the night. Then Jung Bok Gyo calls out whether they have room to share to sleep over. Hwang Jeong said that it is fine then Jung Bok Gyo comes in & caught Hwang Jeong by surprise. Jung Bok Gyo asked who might this be. Jung Bok Gyo points the pistol at Hwang Jeong. Jung Bok Gyo asked don’t force him to kill Hwang Jeong is someone else residence then asked where is Yi Gua. Hwang Jeong said that after Yi Gua send him here, he left. Hwang Jeong tells that Yi Gua doesn’t know anything
Hwang Jeong is bound & being escort by Jung Bok Gyo at gun point as Yi Gua finished his business in the latrine witness it & then follows them. Jung Bok Gyo leads Hwang Jeong to the woods as Yi Gua kept a close trail. Yi Gua startled some bird & distracts Jung Bok Gyo to open fire with his pistol. His pistol looks like a double barrel dueling pistol & finds the bird drop dead. We know that the pistol can fire 2 simultaneous shots. Why can it be the Remington 1875, the gun that conquer the Wild West with the 6 chamber bullet. Yi Gua is so scared after the shot was fire that pee in his pants. Jung Bok Gyo asked Hwang Jeong to quickly walk on. Yi Gua continues to trail.
Jung Bok Gyo force Hwang jeong to fill a sack with rocks. Jung Bok Gyo warns Hwang Jeong not to be up to tricks as his pistol will fire. Jung Bok Gyo orders Hwang Jeong to carry the sack. Then they board a boat as Hwang Jeong rows the boat to the middle of the river at Jung Bok Gyo’s gun point then asked Hwang jeong to halt. Then Jung Bok Gyo throw the rope & asked Hwan Jeong to tie the sack of rock with this rope at his feet & asked Hwang Jeong to hurry. Then fire crack starts to fire up in the sky & distracts Jung Bok Gyo as Hwang Jeong takes the opportunity to jump into the water. Yi Gua sees Hwang Jeong jumping into the water. Jung Bok Gyo is shooting into the water in his many rounds like 14 bullets. 2 bullet managed to hit Hwang jeong in the shoulder blade & the other in his abdomen
Shooting into water, you can protect yourself from a bullet by diving underwater. If the shooter were directly overhead, you would probably be safe from most guns at 8 ft. At a 30 degree angle, you would only have to be 3 ft underwater to be safe, this was seen & proven in Myth busters
Double barrel dueling pistol shooting many loaded rounds of bullets without reloading like Magnum Beretta F92 in which is 17 in the magazine + 1 on the barrel is really uncalled for
Yoo Seok Ran having fun with Horace Newton Allen fire cracker gift as Kim Mak Saeng said that this is frightening with all the banger & noise but thrills the see the display so beautiful lighted up in the night sky. Kim Mak Saeng said that fire crackers shoot up in the sky look like a mad woman running aimlessly. Yoo Seok Ran goes to light up some more as Kim Mak Seong stops her. Kim Mak Saeng that it is not lady like for Yoo Seok Ran to play with fire, don’t get engross with playing & asked her to return home at once. It will be trouble if Yoo Hee Seo finds out that Yoo Seok Ran has sneak out. Yoo Seok Ran said that her father is currently too busy entertaining Dr. Horace Newton Allen, there is no time for him to be concerning about her. Yoo Seok Ran strikes a match.
Baek Do Yang is burning the evidence of the autopsy. This is their rendezvous place. Then he hears horse hooves that ride in, Jung Bok Gyo comes to greet Baek Do Yang as Baek Do Yang how did everything go. Jung Bok Gyo assures baek Do Yang not to worried as it has been taken care of without flaws. Baek Do Yang whether it is a definite confirmation. Jung Bok Gyo affirms him. Baek Do yang sigh with relief
Yoo Seok Ran light a fire cracker but finds that one is defective & failed to light up & disappointed that Horace Newton Allen must have spend a lot of money in purchasing these fire crackers. Kim Mak Saeng said that it is not Yoo Seok Ran who food out the money, why she is so upset about. Kim Mak Saeng encourages that Yoo Seok Ran to light up the rest of the fire crackers & then quickly return home. Yoo Seok Ran & Kim Mak Saeng hears groaning as Kim Mak Saeng asked what kind of noise is that. Yoo Seok Ran indeed heard some noise & takes the lantern to go investigate where the noise coming from. Kim Mak Saeng discourages Yoo Seok Ran not to go as the place is a little ghastly spooky. Yoo Seok Ran will not take heed & asked for the lantern as Yoo Seok Ran is curious to know what noise is that, as she cross the bridge, she finds Hwang Jeon on the banks & got frighten that Hwang Jeong is cover with blood. Kim Mak Saeng exclaims that it is a body & it is bad luck to look at a body. Yoo Seok Ran stops Kim Mak Saeng from going hysteria. Yoo Seok Ran said she definitely heard moaning as Kim Mak Saeng asked why Yoo Seok Ran is approaching the “body†that it is a body. Yoo Seok Ran asked to wait as she check Hwang Jeong as Kim Mak Saeng that this is none of their business & they don’t need to get involve & it is best to go home. Yoo Seok Ran check for breathing then finds Hwang jeong is alive & asked if he is dead. Hwang Jeong gave out a few cough as an indicator
Yoo Seok Ran recognise Hwang Jeong from this evening at the jetty. Yoo Seok Ran tells Kim Mak Saeng, this was the gentleman they met recently at the jetty. Yoo Seok Ran calls out to Hwang Jeong. Hwang Jeong opens his eyes & mutter to asked Yoo Seok Ran to save him & fell into unconsciousness
Episode 1
Episode 1 Part 1
Episode 1 Part 2
Episode 1 Part 3
Episode 1 Part 4
Episode 1 Part 5
Episode 1 Part 6
Episode 1 Part 7
Synopsis/Summary of Jejoongwon The Hospital (??? (???) Episode 2
The police Captain later we know him as Jung Bok Gyo show So Geun Gae a headless cadaver which is happened to be Yuk Seon as he recognise his bandage hand from the surgery & mutter his name. Bae Do Yang said that now he needs to dissection that cadaver. So Geun Gae asked he wants it now to do dissection. Baek Do Yang asked him to take the knife up & dissect his abdomen quickly. So Geun Gae looks shock that he is about to butcher his friend Yuk Seon. So Geun Gae said that he can’t do it. Bae Do Yang said that this is his occupation & his skilled. So Geun Gae said that it is true that the cadaver is already dead, but t dissect him, that it is not humane thing to do even though he is a convicted criminal that deserve death should be treated this way after death. Baek Do Yang said that So Geun Gae has already said that he is a convicted criminal. According to the law if it is a criminal that is convicted of high treason then the punishment will by quartering of the body, so what is it consider if the body is being dissected. Baek Do Yang hurries So Geun Gae to proceed with the dissect the thorax. So Geun Gae shivering with fear & asked Baek Do Yang as So Geun Gae makes a futile escape that is stop by who Jung Bok Gyo drew his swords at So Geun Gae’s throat & tells So Geun Gae that it seems that So Geun Gae don’t wish to live
So Geun Gae confesses that this cadaver is his friend. Jung Bok Gyo nods to Baek Do Yang as So Geun Gae begs Baek Do Yang to reverse his orders. Baek Do Yang said if he takes it back, then does So Geun Gae wishes to be sent to police bureau, if he goes there, there is indeed point of no return for So Geun Gae & force So Geun Gae to pick up the knife. So Geun Gae takes a knife & goes to cadaver & recalls his friendship with Yuk Seon as So Geun Gae is emotionally overcome & refuses, almost driving him insane. So Geun Gae wants to runs away but the Jung Bok Gyo steps on So Geun Gae & telling them that this is sinful that he can’t do it. The police Captain said that it seem this is not possible as he suggest that they killed So Geun Gae & go & find another person who will do it. Bae Do Yang agrees that since it is not possible to proceed, then that it should be settle this way. The police Captain said that illegal butchering is a death penalty, so don’t blame him for killing So Geun Gae.
Jung Bok Gyo draws his sword as So Geun Gae pleas to spare his life. Baek Do Yang asked whether So Geun Gae is willing to do it. So Geun Gae recalls Dr Watanabe saying that if this continues & without treatment, death comes tomorrow will not be strange then Nurse Suzuki telling that his payment in insufficient, this medical expenses is 100 nyangs. Scene of his mother having thoracentesis & carry her on his back where she vomits blood. The Captain said that Baek Do yang is asking So Geun Gae a question that So Geun Gae wants to live or die. So Geun Gae finally said that he will do it. Baek Do Yang smiles & said that this is fine
Baek Do Yang comes out from his screen & observe closely. So Geun Gae undo the garment. So Geun Gae makes a cut through the chest then starts to take out the internal organs like heart, lungs, stomach, kidney, diaphragm, spleen, liver, pancreas, large and small intestine, gallbladder, bladder & placing it on the board. Baek Do Yang asked whether So Geun Gae has finished with the dissection as Baek Do yang comes out to have a better look & cross reference with his anatomy book. So Geun Gae recognise baek Do Yang from Yoo Hee Seo’s banquet that he was with Dr Watanabe as Dr Watanabe was suturing the skull & Baek Do Yang looks rather attentive to the suture as So Geun Gae shy his face away not to be seen
Baek Do Yan tells that the liver is rather dull than what is illustrated in the book but the liver should be bright red but then this is a little dull like a dead rat. Baek Do Yang derive that the cadaver’s liver isn’t healthy. Baek Do Yang said that even if he was sentence to death by execution, it may not have long to lived. Baek Do Yang said that this lesson is well learned with knowledge. So Geun Gae asked that Baek Do Yang is having a lesson. Jung Bok Gyo asked what does he think this place is. Baek Do yang said that he will take leave. Baek Do yang said that to return everything to norm & makes sure that So Geun Gae is sufficient rewarded. Jung Bok Gyo understands as Baek Do Yang leaves, So Geun Gae hold him back saying that they can’t leave the cadaver like this, so he asked if he can stitch back the organ to the body. Jung Bok Gyo said that once it is in the ground, it will decompose, this is just a waste of time. So Geun Gae begs them as this is his friend. Jung Bok Gyo asked whether they will adhere to So Geun Gae’s request. Baek Do Yang allows So Geun Gae to do as he requested, let him stitch up the organ back & be buried. Jung Bok Gyo acknowledged that he will proceed as instructed. So Geun Gae cries over his friend
Baek Do Yang comes back to the Sungkyunkwan east wing where there is a commotion as his classmate Chil Bok who still have a bandage around his head asked him to leave quickly. Baek Do Yang asked what is the matter. One of his Seniors has heard rumours that some student has been sneaking out of Sungkyunkwan in late at nights to embroiled themselves in wine & woman, so they are here to confirm that matter but however, Bae Do Yang seems to be come from that direction & in this late a night. Baek Do yang said that he went to Ban Cheon to visit & treat a friend. The Senior asked if it is indeed & snatch the anatomy book from Baek Do Yang & asked what book is this. Baek Do Yang tries to get it back but his stop. The Senior takes a look & sees it is anatomy book, then reads the title as Cheon Jae Si Ryeong (Technical of Anatomy). The Senior asked this is what he mean by pornography. The Senior said that they are using state funds for their livelihood & studies & Baek Do Yang dare to read this kind of books & fool the colleagues in Sungkyunkwan. The Senior want to summon a student meeting, this matter definitely need to be reprimanded & be punished to deter others
So Geun Gae finally making a burial mount for Yuk Seon as Jung Bok Gyo asked whether he has finished & done with it. So Geun Gae said he has finished, where the Jung Bok Gyo draw his sword at So Geun Gae as he asked what is he doing. Jung Bok Gyo said that So Geun Gae has done well but there must be an end to this matter. So Geun Gae begs for his life that he didn’t see anything tonight. The Police why should he trust So Geun Gae that to spare the scum’s like them, it will probably leave after effect that may haunt later that he will not suffer, if he deals quickly with So Geun Gae, so that he can live continuously in peace of mind. So Geun Gae takes a rock from the mount, as the police Captain swings his sword, So Geun Gae avoids his swords & hits the Captain leg with the rock, as the Jung Bok Gyo collapse in pain, So Geun Gae makes his escape. Then Jung Bok Gyo gets up limping to give chase. So Geun Gae runs & falls over a ridge & rolls down & manage barely to elude the Jung Bok Gyo’s pursuit as he lost sight of So Geun Gae
So Geun Gae runs back to the Japanese Hospital & finds the door locked as he bangs the door for attention. Nurse Suzuki opens the door but block So Geun Gae’s access. So Geun Gae said that he brought the money. Nurse Suzuki said that the patient is no longer on the premises. So Geun Gae asked what is going on, as Nurse Suzuki explains that after So Geun Gae left, his mother passed away after a while. So Geun Gae is shock as he force his way through to the hospital calling Chak Dul only to finds the stretcher that he left his mother soiled with blood. Dr Watanabe comes to tell that his mother condition deteriorated so rapidly, there is no method of treatment, as Dr Watanabe gave a large yawn. So Geun Gae runs back to his house as he hears his father asking his wife to open her eyes/ He opens the door as Chak Dul asked where did he go so long. So Geun Gae’s father attack his son what has he done to his mother. Chak Dul tries to calm down an angry So Geun Gae’s father.
So Geun Gae goes to his mother & asked why is she doing here. So Geun Gae said that the room has not been heated & the floor are cold, he asked his mother must not be here & asked his mother to leave. Chak Dul tries to hold delirious So Geun Gae as So Geun Gae’s father asked what is his son trying to do. So Geun Gae said that he will find a cure for his mother by going to seek treatment. Chak Dul asked So Geun Gae not to do it. So Geun Gae said he has the money now, So Geun Gae shows the money to them & to tell them this money is for his mother to seek treatment & it will save his mother. So Geun Gae collects back the money saying that it will save his mother. So Geun Gae’s father asked his son whereabout did the money come from. So Geun Gae tell his mother that they are going. Chak Dul tells So Geun Gae not to do it & tells So Geun Gae that his mother has passed away. So Geun Gae denies that he mother hasn’t & carrying his dead mother on his back. So Geun Gae’s father asked where does he want to take his dead mother to that he know looks like he has gone mad & lose his sense of reality. So Geun Gae just pushes his father away as So Geun Gae’s father call his son back but his son doesn’t listen. So Geun Gae’s father asked Chak Dul to go & follow So Geun Gae to see what he is up to. So Geun Gae struggling under her mother dead weight & without shoes & the day is pouring with rain & he could no longer carry his mother, as he sees the sky open up in rain & looks to his dead mother, then hugs & finally mourns his dead mother in accepting the truth. Chak Dul & So Geun Gae’s father look at a distance
Queen Myeongseong asked Gojong is going out for an excursion as he drinks tea in a Western tea cup. Gojong confirms it that he really wants to hear what the people voices. Hyeminseo was abolished don’t know how the people are going to seek treatment. Empress Myeongseong wants to know who is accompany Gojong on this excursion. Gojong name Kim Ok Gyun & Hong Yeong Sik. Empress Myeongseong asked whether they were the person who proposes the suggestion. Gojong confirm that they did. Empress Myeong express caution that these people are in Gaehwapa movement who favour of modernization, they intention is clouded suspicious. Gojong assures his Empress not to worry that this is just an excursion to survey the people, what other ulterior motive may they have to that. Gojong will go to the excursion & return as soonest
Hyeminseo is Joseon Government run clinic for the common folk. Naeuiweon is the Royal Hospital. This is of course made famous by Heo Jun & Dae jang Geum.
Gojong is still Joseon King who reign from 1874, it was until 1897 that he declare Korea as an Empire & took the title Emperor
Gojong is taken to see the Japanese Hospital as Kim Ok Gyun informs that this is a Western medicine hospital. Hing Yeong Sik said that now they still not really well verse in western medicine but the patient are aplenty from people & official have use their medical services. Kim Ok Gyun said that if Gojong is interested in western medicine, does he want to want to go in to take a tour of the place as Kim Ok Gyun explains that this is the hospital establish by a foreign legation that he is quite acquainted with the person in charge in running the place. Gojong said there is no need & want to leave
Kim Ok Gyun is the leader of Gaehwapa means modernisation faction or the enlightenment party who is a pro Japanese faction. Kim Ok Gyun was an elite who passed the civil exam with the highest score, sort of Valedictorian. During his national civil service, Kim found many others who agreed with him, and they formed the Dongnidang, or “Independence Party.†He became involved in the Shirhak (Practical Learning) movement which advocated government reform, industrialization, and other reforms to improve Korea. In the early 1880s he went to Japan to report to Gojong on the rapid modernization of Japan and if it had plans to invade Korea. Kim Ok Gyun discovered that the Japanese did not feel strong enough go to war with Qing China, but that it would in the future. Kim Ok Gyun wanted to Korea to implement Western learning so it could become independent and would not be taken over by Japan, which he foresaw. He agreed to support the Japanese planned coup & planned with his reformist group, the Gaehwapa faction, to assassinate conservative political leaders during the chaos of the coup. After the 1884 Gapsinjeongbyeon failed coup Kim Ok Gyun escape to Incheon & seek political asylum in Japan. Kim Ok Gyun was lure to China to meet his death at the hands of an assassin Hong Jong Wu in Shanghai 28th March 1894 who were probable agent of Yuan Shi Kai. I don’t want to go further about Qing China interference in Joseon domestic politics with Yuan Shi Kai’s meddling
Hong Yeong Sik was the Vice Ambassador to the 1st Korea goodwill to US in July 1883 7 the son of Chief State Councilor Hong Sun Mok. The mission tour US for 40 days. Hong Yeon Sik is from the Modernisation faction which became the instigator for the 1884 Gapsinjeongbyeon coup, failing to gain support from Lord Min Yeon Ik & ultimately become a military target for the coup, as they tried to overthrow the Conservative faction. Hong Yeon Sik was executed for the coup, he was only 30
Gojong on horseback viewing the people & he finds destitution in the street where Gojong tells Kim Ok Gyun & Hong Yeong Sik his wish to build a western hospital for his people is imminent to have but however although not to mentioned national coffer doesn’t allow, they don’t even have a suitable expertise to run the hospital, this is the reality that is looking at them. Hong Yeong Sik said that now they will need to solve matter gradually one matter at a time. Gojong asked whether Hong Yeong Sik have any solution in mind. Kim Ok Gyun asked whether they should accept Japanese assistance, will that be fine. Gojong is clearly not pleased. Kim Ok Gyun said that they must accept modernization that presently that they had to compromise. Gojong asked whether it is to compromise or it is better to be seen as a humiliation. Kim Ok Gyun asked Gojong to open up on his prejudices towards Japan in order for them to progress to be a great nation. Hong Yeong Sik concurs that Joseon can no longer maintain as frog at the bottom of a well in her isolation policy. Hong Yeong Sik uses the Chinese idiom, frog at the bottom of the well means said of a person with limited vision. Hong Yeong Sik said that Japan now in compare to be the England of Asia, then Joseon must become the France of Asia. Gojong can only sigh
Gojong is still bitter over the treaty of Ganghwa in 1876. This forced open Korea to trade with Japan
The Police captain having his badly contusion foot looked at by a physician the injury sustain when So Geun Gae smash his foot with a rock. The Physician apply antiseptic & tell that he is lucky that nothing is broken. The Captain tries to stand up & enduring the pain. The physician said that he needs to rest that foot for a few days. The police Captain acknowledge the physician advice then hear commotion that they found a body & it is a strange corpse as they place in at the courtyard of the police bureau. There are shouts that the corpse have been cruelly mutilated as everybody run to have a look, some asked who discover the body. The court forensic is call to look at the body as the Captain asked his Police Chief what is going on. The Police Captain is called Jung Bok Gyo. The Police Chief was up in the mountain gathering herb, when he came upon this body that astonished him. Jung Bok Gyo asked what is so astonish. The Captain shocked to see that it is Yuk Seon’s body from his bandage hand. The Captain asked why would this body be found there. The Police Chief agrees that this body was a criminal that was executed by the Captain & then brought to the morgue
The Police captain pretend he can’t believe. The Police Chief that there is some mystery in between this matter. But however why does the body abdomen has been sew up. The forensic expert said that in his view that his internal organ might have been removed. The Captain express “surprise†The Police Chief asked why would the body have its internal organs removed. The forensic expert said that he has heard that people with ulcer will need to apply medication within. The Police Chief said that it is a method use by lepers. The Captain concurs that it must be. In the nearby of Do Seong (Capital) that there is a leper colony. The Police Chief said that it is not, it doesn’t seem so, & asked to take a look. Firstly the way that it is cut is really straight & uniform therefore & the stitching is done systematically. If it is a person with ulcer, his hair & body hair will have drop away, the mouth will not be align & the hands & leg will not seen to be mobile & flexible. The police chief said that a person who can cut & sew has definitely done this. This is the work of a Baekjeong, however it is not ordinary Baekjeong that has done this moreover there is suspect that it could be done by the people who did illegal slaughter. This people has insulted the body & must be really cruel. The Police Chief will report this to the Ministry of Justice & expedite other police bureaus that needs for a thorough investigation to the matter to close this case quickly & their action must be fast as the Police Chief asked his men are they clear on the matter
So Geun Gae carries his mother’s body on the A frame to be buried. So Geun Gae touches his mother face before burying her to the ground. Then the man start to shovel the dirt into the hole as So Geun Gae shouts not to dirty his mother face with dirt as he wails for his loss as he sweeps the dirt of his mother face. So Geun Gae respectfully bow to his mother’s burial mount & tells his mother that she no longer will suffer now.
So Geun Gae goes back to his village where the captain comes to his village then notices So Geun Gae & orders his arrest. So Geun Gae ward off the police by swinging his A frame then throws the A frame at them & makes a run for it. Chak Dul call So Geun Gae as he is hold back by the police & So Geun Gae’s father shouts what is going on here. So Geun Gae trying to lose his pursuers as he runs through the woods as they police split up to search the area. So Geun Gae managed to lose their tail as he catches his breath
The police come back to report to the Captain that they has lost So Geun Gae. The police said that So Geun Gae can really run like he has wings on his legs, they lost him on the blink of an eye. So Geun Gae’’ father asked what is happening here that what has his son done wrong. The police asked So Geun Gae’s father to tell him what place does his son frequents. So Geun Gae’s father asked what has his son done any crime. The Captain said that he has committed a crime of illegal slaughter that his father doesn’t have any knowledge of it. So Geun Gae’s father is shocked that So Geun Gae has done illegal slaughter & exclaims that his son will never do that. Chak Dul realise that So Geun Gae may have done it for his mother medical expenses. So Geun Gae’s father said that money is from…..how can this happen. The Captain asked that So Geun Gae’s father has no prior knowledge of his son’s illegal slaughter. Chak Dul said that they have no knowledge of that matter. So Geun Gae’s father disbelieve that his son will do such a despicable thing that he has ruined & tarnish the reputation of his ancestors’ occupation. So Geun Gae’s father blame So Geun Gae for ruin the family that he deserve to die, then goes & bangs his head onto a post. Chak Dul tries to stop So Geun Gae’s father but was held down by the police. The police drag So Geun Gae’s father off the post & wailing that he deserve to die
In Sungkyunkwan, the offense is read out to Baek Do Yang for reading illicit materials & he is unrepentant & he has gone against the principal of this education institute & the student general consensus has voted that he been strike off from the register & no longer able to receive education & therefore expels from Sungkyunkwan
Chon Geum Lo is the student register
Baek Do Yang said since there is a decision, so be it, there is no reason for him to wish to linger in this kind of existence. The Senior is shock & asked whether he is mad to utter such insolence. Baek Do Yang tells that Joseon, is like in the times of the Spring & Autumn Period (BC 722- 481) facing great turbulences & if that turbulences were to become & if this education institute has no room to understands his aspiration then as the student of this education institute, it is best that he leaves as being proper. Baek Do Yang undo his hat & throw it on the floor & walks out of Sungkyunkwan
Baek Do Yang gets slap by his Baek Tae Hyun how dare his son tarnish the family reputation & he dares to create troubles in Sungkyunkwan that end up in chaos. Baek Do Yang’s uncle tells his nephew to quickly acknowledge his wrongdoing & apologise to his father. The Uncle apologise that he is in the wrong that he didn’t tutor his nephew well & assure his elder brother that he will teach him properly. Baek Do Yang’s western books are place in a fire pile to be burnt. Baek tae Hyun demands to have the torch e Baek Do Yang’s Uncle said that Baek Do Yang to diminished his eagerness of western education like the brunt out fire & start over. Baek Do Yang gave his Uncle a dead stare. Baek Tae Hyun takes the torch & throw it onto the pile & set fire t the books as Baek Do Yang watches his book burn that rages him. Baek Tae Hyun said the matter with Sungkyunkwan, he will help his son to settle & he can return. Baek Do yang tries to save his book from the fire, & take a half burn book & extinguish the flame out, then apologise to his father that he will not give this up
Baek Do Yang said that Western education is practical & it will be how Joseon will flow towards that trend & asked why his father can’t understand. Baek Do Yang said that his father chose on purpose to ignore & don’t see this. Baek Tae Hyun chokes that his son answers him back, Baek Do Yang said that the people in high position in the government like his father doesn’t wish to see this world had change, they are seen only wanting to secure their status & position. Baek Tae Hyun can’t how his son is being so insolent towards him. His Uncle tries to calm the tempers flaring. Baek Do Yang said that his father can chase him out of the house, the same that his father has done to his mother. Baek Do yang said that it is because his in law (Baek Do Yang’s maternal grandparents) condone western education practices, that he chase away a 5 years old child’s mother from the house. Baek Do yang said that the scene is still very fresh in his mind that for his father high position reputation that he has destroy someone’s life & drove her to her death. Baek Tae Hyun chases his son out of the house. Baek Do Yang confirms that he has prepare to do so. Baek Do Yang said that he will not permit his father to destroy his life. Baek Do Yang bow to his father who can’t utter any words, take his anatomy book & leaves his residence
Chak Dul sneaks to a temple & calls on the Abbott then asked if So Geun Gae is here. The Abbott directs the direction. Chak Dul comes to So Geun Gae, in his surprise nearly hits him with a stick. Chak Dul tries to calm down So Geun Gae. Chak Dul said that the village is filled with police. So Geun Gae asked whether his father is alright. Chak Dul tells that his is fine but the police are keeping a close watch on his movements. Chak Dul said So Geun Gae’s father has asked his son to escape as soon as possible that he doesn’t wish to see his son again. So Geun Gae is shocked & sat down in a thud. Chak Dul asked how can So Geun Gae create such a disaster. Chak Dul asked So Geun Gae to leave, this place can’t be consider safe & drags a shock So Geun Gae along
So Geun Gae & Chak Dul goes to the village to see that the police presence is still visible as he sees his father being harasses by the police. So Geun Gae apologise to his father. Chak Dul said that they need to leave & make their escape from the capital by today. While walking, they hear noises then goes to hide somewhere to hide & then sees a nobleman walking in the woods with his servant. So Geun Gae said if they continue to do it this way, they will not go far. Chak Duk asked what does So Geun Gae want to do then. So Geun Gae asked Chak Dul to come follow him. Chak Dul asked where as So Geun Gae said that he don’t need to asked question, just follow
So Geun Gae & Chak Dul goes & “rob†the nobleman & the servant of their clothings as Chak Dul points a knife at them but So Geun Gae return the nobleman’s money & asked them to buy new clothes. Chak Dul asked that aren’t they going to eat or sleep in their journey. So Geun Gae tells Chak Dul to cut the nonsense & apologise to the nobleman for the inconvenience caused. The nobleman takes the money into safe keeping. So Geun Gae clean himself & put up a top knot as Chak Dul said that he really look like a Yanban dress in those clothes. Chak Dul said the next life, So Geun Gae should be a Yanban. So Geun Gae said that this is nonsense. So Geun Gae asked why Chak Duk is in the man servant clothes. Chak Dul said doesn’t he look better with this outfit. So Geun Gae asked Chak Dul to go home quickly, what Chak Dul is going to do if he get caught. Chak Dul said that now he consider himself as a fugitive. So Geun Gae is surprise as Chak Dul said that there must be a man servant beside a Yanban that follow him behind, so that they must look their part & address So Geun Gae as “Sirâ€. So Geun Gae said that this can’t do & asked Chak Dul to go home. Chak Dul shuts So Geun Gae with a Hu Pae & said that he will send So Geun Gae to Jemulpo (Port of Incheon).
Chak Dul asked So Geun Gae what is it written in this Hu Pae. So Geun Gae thanked Chak Dul but he insist to know what is written on the Hu Pae. So Geun Gae reads it as Yi Gua. Chak Dul said it is a nice name. Then Chak Dul asked what does his name means. So Geun Gae said that it is the surname Yi then the given name of Gua. Then So Geun Gae explains his given name means but it is not fanciful to the means of diarrhea & vomit. Chak Dul asked what kind of name is this. Chak Dul said compare to his former name, Yi Gua sounds better. Chak Dul said what is his name then. So Geun Gae said it is alright as Chak Dul insist of knowing. So Geun Gae then reads the Hu Pae as ‘Hwang Jeongâ€. Chak Dul said that it is more greater than his name So Geun Gae, then asked the character “Jeong†what it means. So Geun Gae said it means “strongâ€. Chak Dul said that his name is really great. Chak Dul always wanted to asked this for a long time from So Geun Gae. His name So Geun Gae, what does it means. So Geun Gae explains that his name means “a dog that weighs littleâ€. Then Chak Dul laughs & has Hu Pae sip to his mouth. Chak Dul laughs that calling So Geun Gae was calling him a puppy all the time then after, Chak Dul will call him his new name…Hwang Jeong…Sir Hwang Jeong. So Geun Gae said there is no time left, they need to get some travelling expenses.
I will start to use their new assume names
Hwang Jeong (So Geun Gae) goes to pawn the Nobleman’s book. Yi Gua (Chak Dul) advertise that this is his Esquire’s favourite books & shopkeeper finds some pornographic books stash in between & laugh whether he wish to sell this. Yi Gua takes it back. Yi Gua apologise to & Hwang Jeong that the book is his. Hwang Jeong said that his servant can stash this kind of book. The shopkeeper said what is there between Esquire & his servant. The shopkeeper said that the book look relatively new in condition. There are not many people who buy this book, so the price may be a little. Chak Dul said that there are really new.
Baek Do Yang comes from behinds to say that he will have a look at it. Hwang Jeong can recognise Baek Do Yang & turns away. The shopkeeper welcome Baek Do Yang to the his shop. Baek Do Yang comes to have the covers of his book changed. The shopkeeper acknowledge & tells that it have been burn. Baek Do Yang said it was accidentally caused slightly. The nobleman books are traditional oriental medicine & western medicine
I will differentiate the termology between Western Medicine as it is & Eastern medicine as oriental medicine
Baek Do Yang doesn’t recognise Hwang Jeong as So Geun Gae. Baek Do Yang said that Hwang Jeong has both books of Western Medicine & Oriental medicine that has spark Hwang Jeong interest. Hwang Jeong hesitate that he has some interest with some knowledge. The shopkeeper said that this book that Baek Do Yang wants to change its cover talks about the internal organs of the human body. Baek Do Yang said that this book gives a detail description of the internal organs. Yi Gua said that this book tells about Human’s internal organs. The shopkeeper said that looking at this book, reminds him that in the police station there is a executed criminal’s body that has been beheaded & don’t know who he is has his internal organs remove, then put it all back & was stitch up. Baek Do yang pretend that why will someone do such a thing. The shopkeeper said that it seems they want to sell those internal organs but then it will be known once they are able to arrest the perpetrator. It is because of this case, then it mobilise the whole police force on the matter. It is apprehended, the punishment will be severe. Baek Do yang said that something of this has happened. Baek Do Yang makes an excuse that he forgot to do something & take his leave & asked the shopkeeper that he will leave this book in his hands. The shopkeeper acknowledge. Baek Do Yang leaves hastily. Yi Gua is upset that Baek Do Yang pretend that he wanted to buy their books. Hwang Jeong said that they need to leave & asked the shopkeeper how much will the book be sold for. The shopkeeper goes to calculate for them as Yi Gua said to be lenient on the pricing as Hwang Jeong looks outside then asked the shopkeeper to hurry with his calculation
The nobleman goes to the police bureau to lodge a report then go to have the description of his robbers drawn as he describe their features. Jung Bok Gyo asked what is the matter as the police tell the Captain that these people were rob of their clothes in the woods. Jung Bok Gyo recognise So Geun Gae’s facial description drawing then asked to draw him another copy. The servant said that he overheard that they are going to Jemulpo. Then a police comes calling on Jung Bok Gyo that he has a visitor. Jung Bok Gyo greets baek Do Yang outside the police bureau. Baek Do Yang asked him to speak in private. Baek Do yang corner Jung Bok Gyo & asked what on earth is going on. Jung Bok Gyo apologise that it is deliration of duty on his part that he didn’t settle this well & has allow him to escape. Baek Do yang is shock. Baek Do yang said that if he is arrest & then confess to what has happened, what Jung Bok Gyo suppose to do. Sooner or later Jang Bok Gyo will be found out & the next, Jung Bok Gyo may know who is next on that list
Jung Bok Gyo assures that he will do within his jurisdiction to do him in & definitely will not get Baek Do Yang be indicated to be involved. If they were to finds out that he is behind him, his reputation will be down the drain. Jung Bok Gyo assures Baek Do Yang that they are now in the midst of apprehending him. Baek Do yang said that it si not only Jung Bok Gyo is finding So Geun Gae, he has heard that the whole police force in involve in the matter. Jung Bok Gyo said he has knowledge of So Geun Gae’s whereabouts. Baek Do Yang said that no matter what the method is that this matter needs to be settle within today & report to him & he will meet him at their rendezvous place. Jung Bok Gyo acknowledge. Baek Do Yang reminds that he has nothing to do with this matter at all
Jung Bok Gyo has the drawing of Yi Gua & Hwang Jeong with the clothes that stolen from the nobleman. Jung Bok Gyo takes out a pistol. Yi Gua & Hwang Jeong in the jetty as Yi Gua asked Hwang Jeong to go on a larger boat to see the world. Hwang Jeong doesn’t want to listen to nonsense about adventures as once they reached Jemulpo; Yi Gua is to go home. Hwang Jeong notices Yoo Seok Ran wearing a straw head waiting for her boat with her father Yoo Hee Seo & again Hwang Jeong is mesmerize by her beauty as he pull Yi Gua along. Yoo Hee Seo said that he should be arriving soon as they seem to be waiting for someone. Yoo Seok Ran asked who will it be that will disembarked from the boat. Yoo Seok Ran said that her father has done his calculation that he will arrive today.
Then Kim Mak Seong, a servant from their household asked what is the name of the Westerner. Yoo Hee Seo said that he is Allen…Dr. Allen. Kim Mak Seong repeats his name & finds it strange. Then Horace Newton Allen comes by boat as the other passenger sees a Westerner on board & Horace Newton Allen smiling at them politely & trying to be friendly. Then a mother who is feeding the child some bread suddenly get choke as his mother calls her son Dul Da. Horace Newton Allen comes to the mother & asked her to let him help her. The mother holding to her son to see a strange looking man of unknown origin. Horace Newton Allen said that he can help her child if she give him her child, but the mother ward him off like a casted spirit. Then a man tries to help but Horace Newton Allen punches him down & grabs the child then administrates Heimlich Maneuver by giving the child some abdominal thrusts then the child managed to choke out the piece of bread. The child calls his mother as the mother hugs her child as Horace Newton Allen stroke the back of the child & his mother thanked him for saving her child. Then Horace Newton Allen finds another patient who has a wound. Horace Newton Allen takes his Doctor medical bag then starts to dress the wound. The passenger crowding to see Horace Newton Allen doing his “magicâ€. The patient thanked Horace Newton Allen. Then passenger start showing their wounds to Horace Newton Allen & other ailments. As Horace Newton Allen disembark from the book, moist passenger already got treatment from him
Yoo Hee Seo greets Horace Newton Allen & welcomes him to Korea. Horace Newton Allen shakes Yoo Seok Ran hands & tell him that she has heard a lot about Horace Newton Allen & asked about his journey as Horace Newton Allen said it was interesting. Yi Gua said that Horace Newton Allen is a westerner & asked what is he speaking. Yoo Seok Ran asked Horace Newton Allen to come this way. Horace Newton Allen walks with Yoo Hee Seo as Horace Newton Allen tells that the air is so clean & fresh. Kim Mak Saeng notice Hwang Jeong & tells Yoo Seok Ran that he is really handsome. Yoo Seok Ran turns around to have a glimpse at Hwang Jeong as Hwang Jeong looks at her as he board the boat, but reaching the boat, the boat has finished its trip & will not be sailing anywhere as it has been done for a day. The boatman asked Hwang Jeong to come back tomorrow morning. Hwang Jeong still wants to get on board & asked for leniency that he is on urgent matter. The boatman said that he has already said that he is not sailing. Yi Gua tells Hwang Jeong to come back tomorrow morning to catch the boat. They need to find somewhere nice to eat & rest. Yi Gua said that they are now dress this way, there is no one who able to recognise them. Yi Gua said finds a place to rest, he is starving. Hwang Jeong said that a hungry stomach is not important as it is. Yi Gua tells the boatman that they will come by tomorrow
Yoo Hee Seo apologise about the people staring at Horace Newton Allen that they do it out of curiousity. Horace Newton Allen said he doesn’t mind it all that he gets the same expression from when he was in Shanghai. Yoo Seok Ran asked whether Horace Newton Allen is here on missionary work. Yoo Hee Seo cautious his daughter to be careful as someone might overhear her. Yoo Seok Ran apologise as Kim Mak Saeng said that speaking a foreign language, who will know how to understand. Horace Newton Allen said he came to spread the gospel through medicine & called it medical missionary. Horace Newton Allen asked what is the headgear that Yoo Hee Seo wearing. Yoon Hee Seo introduce as “gatâ€
Christianity is not taken kindly by Joseon & consider as a heretic belief especially the time of Daewongun but relax with during Queen Myeongseong
Jung Bok Gyo goes around in asking about Hwang Jeong’s whereabouts with his drawing & enquire the boatman who have a look at the drawing & gives a nod. Jung Bok Gyo asked if they have cross the river, but the boat man said they have not as he already anchored his boat for the day before they came. The boatman said that he told them that tomorrow the boat will set sail again. The boatman mentioned that Hwang Jeong look rather anxious. Jung Bok Gyo smiles that he finally caught up with Hwang Jeong
In Yoo Hee Seo’s residence. Horace Newton Allen introduce a parasol to Mrs. Yoo as Yoo Seok Ran translate for her mother. Horace Newton Allen opens the parasol for Mrs. Yoo to see as she comments it is beautiful. Yoo Seok Ran said that parasol are not just for rainy days, when it is shinning hard can be use to shed the sun. Horace Newton Allen said he will like to present this parasol to Mrs. Yoo. Mrs. Yoo could utter “Thank you†& want a confirmation from her daughter over the pronunciation. Horace Newton Allen has a gift for Yoo Hee Seo which is a shaver for Yoo Hee Seo’s bread. Yoo Hee Seon express appreciation. Horace Newton Allen also have a gift for Yoo Seok Ran which is a fire cracker. Yoo Seok Ran recognise it as firecrackers & is thrilled in receiving the gift
Jung Bok Gyo asking around the tavern for Yi Gua & Hwang Jeong whereabouts as the replies is that they haven’t been sighted as he goes around seeking for potential suspects but finds naught in his search. Yi Gua & Hwang Jeong eating their broth as Yi Gua returns the food tray & comments that they are finished & thanked for the meal. Yi Gua sits down & finds it so comfortable. Hwang Jeong asked Yi Gua to sleep a while. Yi Gua after eating a full meal that his bowel are acting in action so he needs to pay a visit to the latrine, but then the pornographic book as “toilet readingâ€. Yi Gua tell that it might get bored squatting at the latrine. Hwang Jeong stretch his legs
Finally Jung Bok Gyo reaches the tavern where Yi Gua & Hwang Jeong is resting. The tavern lady welcomes Jung Bok Gyo to her tavern. Jung Bok Gyo asked the tavern lady whether she has seen Yi Gua & Hwang Jeong. The tavern lady take a look at the drawing then asked why is Jung Bok Gyo looking for them. Jung Bok Gyo just asked whether she has see them or not. Yi Gua goes to the latrine reading the pornographic material in concentrated attentiveness. Hwang Jeong making the bed for the night. Then Jung Bok Gyo calls out whether they have room to share to sleep over. Hwang Jeong said that it is fine then Jung Bok Gyo comes in & caught Hwang Jeong by surprise. Jung Bok Gyo asked who might this be. Jung Bok Gyo points the pistol at Hwang Jeong. Jung Bok Gyo asked don’t force him to kill Hwang Jeong is someone else residence then asked where is Yi Gua. Hwang Jeong said that after Yi Gua send him here, he left. Hwang Jeong tells that Yi Gua doesn’t know anything
Hwang Jeong is bound & being escort by Jung Bok Gyo at gun point as Yi Gua finished his business in the latrine witness it & then follows them. Jung Bok Gyo leads Hwang Jeong to the woods as Yi Gua kept a close trail. Yi Gua startled some bird & distracts Jung Bok Gyo to open fire with his pistol. His pistol looks like a double barrel dueling pistol & finds the bird drop dead. We know that the pistol can fire 2 simultaneous shots. Why can it be the Remington 1875, the gun that conquer the Wild West with the 6 chamber bullet. Yi Gua is so scared after the shot was fire that pee in his pants. Jung Bok Gyo asked Hwang Jeong to quickly walk on. Yi Gua continues to trail.
Jung Bok Gyo force Hwang jeong to fill a sack with rocks. Jung Bok Gyo warns Hwang Jeong not to be up to tricks as his pistol will fire. Jung Bok Gyo orders Hwang Jeong to carry the sack. Then they board a boat as Hwang Jeong rows the boat to the middle of the river at Jung Bok Gyo’s gun point then asked Hwang jeong to halt. Then Jung Bok Gyo throw the rope & asked Hwan Jeong to tie the sack of rock with this rope at his feet & asked Hwang Jeong to hurry. Then fire crack starts to fire up in the sky & distracts Jung Bok Gyo as Hwang Jeong takes the opportunity to jump into the water. Yi Gua sees Hwang Jeong jumping into the water. Jung Bok Gyo is shooting into the water in his many rounds like 14 bullets. 2 bullet managed to hit Hwang jeong in the shoulder blade & the other in his abdomen
Shooting into water, you can protect yourself from a bullet by diving underwater. If the shooter were directly overhead, you would probably be safe from most guns at 8 ft. At a 30 degree angle, you would only have to be 3 ft underwater to be safe, this was seen & proven in Myth busters
Double barrel dueling pistol shooting many loaded rounds of bullets without reloading like Magnum Beretta F92 in which is 17 in the magazine + 1 on the barrel is really uncalled for
Yoo Seok Ran having fun with Horace Newton Allen fire cracker gift as Kim Mak Saeng said that this is frightening with all the banger & noise but thrills the see the display so beautiful lighted up in the night sky. Kim Mak Saeng said that fire crackers shoot up in the sky look like a mad woman running aimlessly. Yoo Seok Ran goes to light up some more as Kim Mak Seong stops her. Kim Mak Saeng that it is not lady like for Yoo Seok Ran to play with fire, don’t get engross with playing & asked her to return home at once. It will be trouble if Yoo Hee Seo finds out that Yoo Seok Ran has sneak out. Yoo Seok Ran said that her father is currently too busy entertaining Dr. Horace Newton Allen, there is no time for him to be concerning about her. Yoo Seok Ran strikes a match.
Baek Do Yang is burning the evidence of the autopsy. This is their rendezvous place. Then he hears horse hooves that ride in, Jung Bok Gyo comes to greet Baek Do Yang as Baek Do Yang how did everything go. Jung Bok Gyo assures baek Do Yang not to worried as it has been taken care of without flaws. Baek Do Yang whether it is a definite confirmation. Jung Bok Gyo affirms him. Baek Do yang sigh with relief
Yoo Seok Ran light a fire cracker but finds that one is defective & failed to light up & disappointed that Horace Newton Allen must have spend a lot of money in purchasing these fire crackers. Kim Mak Saeng said that it is not Yoo Seok Ran who food out the money, why she is so upset about. Kim Mak Saeng encourages that Yoo Seok Ran to light up the rest of the fire crackers & then quickly return home. Yoo Seok Ran & Kim Mak Saeng hears groaning as Kim Mak Saeng asked what kind of noise is that. Yoo Seok Ran indeed heard some noise & takes the lantern to go investigate where the noise coming from. Kim Mak Saeng discourages Yoo Seok Ran not to go as the place is a little ghastly spooky. Yoo Seok Ran will not take heed & asked for the lantern as Yoo Seok Ran is curious to know what noise is that, as she cross the bridge, she finds Hwang Jeon on the banks & got frighten that Hwang Jeong is cover with blood. Kim Mak Saeng exclaims that it is a body & it is bad luck to look at a body. Yoo Seok Ran stops Kim Mak Saeng from going hysteria. Yoo Seok Ran said she definitely heard moaning as Kim Mak Saeng asked why Yoo Seok Ran is approaching the “body†that it is a body. Yoo Seok Ran asked to wait as she check Hwang Jeong as Kim Mak Saeng that this is none of their business & they don’t need to get involve & it is best to go home. Yoo Seok Ran check for breathing then finds Hwang jeong is alive & asked if he is dead. Hwang Jeong gave out a few cough as an indicator
Yoo Seok Ran recognise Hwang Jeong from this evening at the jetty. Yoo Seok Ran tells Kim Mak Saeng, this was the gentleman they met recently at the jetty. Yoo Seok Ran calls out to Hwang Jeong. Hwang Jeong opens his eyes & mutter to asked Yoo Seok Ran to save him & fell into unconsciousness
Episode 2
Episode 2 Part 1
Episode 2 Part 2
Episode 2 Part 3
Episode 2 Part 4
Episode 2 Part 5
Episode 2 Part 6
Episode 2 Part 7
Synopsis/Summary of Jejoongwon The Hospital (??? (???) Episode 3
Yoo Seok Ran is approaching the “bodyâ€. Yoo Seok Ran went to check Hwang Jeong’s vital to see & check for breathing then finds Hwang Jeong is alive & asked if he is dead. Hwang Jeong confirms his survival & gave out a few cough as an indicator
Yoo Seok Ran recognises Hwang Jeong from this evening at the jetty, so Yoo Seok Ran did give notice to Hwang Jeong. Yoo Seok Ran is shock to see Hwang Jeong lying dying on the banks & tells Kim Mak Saeng, this was the gentleman they met recently at the jetty. Yoo Seok Ran calls out to Hwang Jeong. Hwang Jeong opens his eyes in some consciousness & mutter to asked Yoo Seok Ran to save him & fell into unconsciousness. Yoo Seok Ran asked Kim Mak Saeng to go & get some help & Yoo Seok Rang calls out to Hwang Jeong to hold on as Kim Mak Saeng calls Yoo Seok Ran’s palanquin bearer who lift Hwang Jeong out of the banks, as Yoo Seok Ran looks behinds
Hwang Jeong is shuttle in the palanquin while Yoo Seok Ran & Kim Mak Saeng is running behinds it with haste & urgency. Yoo Seok Rang asked Kim Mak Saeng to run forward back to the house to inform her father on the matter. Kim Mak Saeng complains she is already out of breath & exhausted to death. Yoo Seok Ran doesn’t want to hear excuse as Kim Mak Saeng hurries off. Kim Mak Saeng runs back to tell the Yoos on the commotion as Yoo Hee Seo & Mrs Yoo comes out to “greet†the palanquin. Mrs Yoo asked what is all this commotion that her daughter has stir up this late in the night. Yoo Seok Ran in panic calling out to her parents. Mrs Yoo is horrified to see Yoo Seok Ran’s clothes is stained with blood & asked what has happened. Yoo Seok Ran asked Hwang Jeong to be brought out from the palanquin. Mrs Yoo asked whether her daughter is in the right sense of mind. Yoo Seok Rang can only mutter that someone is dying. Yoo Hee Seo asked Horace Newton Allen to have a look. The palanquin opens & unconscious Hwang Jeong “pours out†through the doors with soil stained of blood. Horace Newton Allen checks the eye’s reflexes & pulse & asked that Hwang Jeong to be brought inside to the house. Yoo Hee Seok calls his house hold staff to carry Hwang Jeong into the guest room.
Yoo Seok Ran wants to follow in as Mrs Yoo holds back her daughter to harass her that she has soiled her silk clothes & asked does she know how much the silk cloth had cost. Yoo Seok Ran brushes her mother over the soil clothes for being petty. I presume there were no dry cleaners back in those days then Mrs Yoo harass Yoo Seok Ran about what her relationship with Hwang Jeong. Yoo Seok Ran brushes her mother for thinking nonsense & being absurd, she wants to go in but her mother holds her back for an explanation. Yoo Seok Ran is anxious
In the room, Horace Newton Allen undoes Hwang Jeong’s clothes to find gunshot wounds. The servants brought Horace Newton Allen’s medical bags. Yoo Hee Seo could recognise that it is a gunshot wound & asked whether Hwang Jeong will be alright looking at his wounds. Horace Newton Allen said he has lost a lot of blood & his life is in risk of danger. Kim Mak Saeng brings the bottle of brandy as instructed by Yoo Hee Seo for sterilising & shock to see the wounds of Hwang Jeong & exclaims loudly. The servant pushes that shock Kim Mak Saeng out of the room for some quiet. Horace Newton Allen pours generous amount of the brandy to sterilises & clean the wound. Hwang Jeong is still moaning. Yoo Seok Ran finally able to pass her mother & asked what is going on & asked whether Hwang Jeong is still surviving. The servant asked if Yoo Seok Ran is so curious to know, go into the room & finds out for herself. Kim Mak Saeng said that they are bathing Hwang Jeong with Yangju (Western liquor). Yoo Seok Ran said that this is impossible. The servant said that they are not bathing but using the liquor to offer to the spirit
In Korean ritual especially Korean memorial service libation to the decease spirit is offered like Esangjung (mourning period), Chuseok or New Year.
Kim Mak Saeng what with the libation as the servant explains that if they don’t participate in the libation to offer to the spirit, the spirit will not rest their favour on the patient & save the person. Yoo Seok Ran whether that Hwang Jeong is already dead then has a closer look at Hwang Jeong from the door as they peep through the door
Yoo Hee Seo puts the mask over Hwang Jeong’s nose & mouth as Horace Newton Allen pours drops of ether onto the mask, waiting for a while, Horace Newton Allen asked that the mask be remove & finds Hwang Jeong sedated
Old fashioned of administrating anesthesia was the method use is open drop mask ether anaesthesia. The old style “open drop method†is to place a mask over the patient’s nose & mouth, then drip some ether onto 10-to-12 layers thick of gauze held by the mask. The mask is held a few inches above the & gradually lowered to cover the patient’s nose and mouth as they fall asleep. The pupils dilate with etherization, and the muscles relax. When the pupils dilate, you should place an oropharyngeal airway. Further ether can then be dripped slowly onto the gauze as needed to keep the patient under. Ether anaesthesia was largely abandoned due to its explosive risk
As Horace Newton Allen takes his scalpel, Hwang Jeong grabs Horace Newton Allen’s hands & startle Yoo Seok Ran & Kim Mak Saeng who is watching this high intense drama live before their eyes. Hwang Jeong in his semi consciousness looks at Horace Newton Allen then relaxes his grips off Horace Newton Allen’s hand & knocks off
Meanwhile Baek Do Yang with Dr Watanabe as they talked about Baek Do Yang studying abroad. Dr Watanabe said that it is nice to here. Dr Watanabe takes an Erlenmeyer flask over a Bunsen burner & lights it then cock the flask. Dr Watanabe said that by the time Baek Do Yang finished his studies abroad then Joseon will have a modern hospital established. Dr Watanabe said that if Baek Do Yang comes back with a medical licence then Baek Do Yang is guaranteed a placing at this new established hospital. Dr Watanabe asked whether Baek Do Yang want to be introduce to that person who is making this a reality. Dr Watanabe said that this person might able to help Baek Do Yang pursue his medical studies to Japan. Baek Do Yang nods.
Horace Newton Allen makes an incision to remove bullet slug from Hwang Jeong wounds. Yoo Hee Seo is assisting Horace Newton Allen. Kim Mak Saeng asked why Hwang Jeong is not screaming in pain as he is being cut open. The servant asked whether Hwang Jeong is dead. Kim Mak Saeng is watching the procedure as Hwang Jeong must be dead as he is being cut with a knife & yet he is so still. Yoo Seok Ran corrects Kim Mak Saeng that it is not a knife but a scalpel. Then Horace Newton Allen uses Haemostatic forceps to grip the bullet slug as Yoo Hee Seo brings a bowl to collect the bullet slug. Horace Newton Allen works on the 2nd bullet slug as Horace Newton Allen & Yoo Hee Seo nods to each other on completion. The servant said that anybody can remove bullet from a dead body. Kim Mak Saeng said that all the trouble in bringing him back seem to be futile as it is all over for Hwang Jeong
Yoo Seok Ran could see that Hwang Jeong is still breathing & tells that he is alive as the servant & Kim Mak Saeng takes a 2nd look. Horace Newton Allen doing the suture on Hwan Jeong’s wound & asked Yoo Hee Seo to finished it off with the cutting of the catgut
Baek Do Yang meets with Kim Ok Gyun’s residence & Hong Yong Shik was there that is being introduced by Dr Watanabe. Baek Do Yang greets & introduce to Kim Ok Gyun & Hong Yong Shik. Dr Watanabe said that Baek Do yang is the son of the Minister of Justice. Kim Ok Gyun asked that the Minister will be Baek Tae Hyeon. Baek Do yang confirms that Baek Tae Hyeon is his father. Kim Ok Gyun looks at Hong Yong Shik. Kim Ok Gyun asked Baek Do Yang his purpose of visit to his residence. Baek Do Yang said that Kim Ok Gyun sponsors Joseon students to study in Japan each year. Baek Do Yang wish to be on that study list this year. Hong Yong Shil asked what is the reason that a high regard government official’s son want to study abroad for. Dr Watanabe adds that Baek Do Yang wants to be a Western Medicine. Kim Ok Gyun said that it is indeed a noble aspiration but however Kim Ok Gyun asked whether Bae Tae Hyeon will permit his son to do so as Kim Ok Gyun knows that Baek Tae Hyeon is conservative. As silence is affirmative from baek Do Yang, Kim Ok Gyun said that it is futile to have come & asked baek Do Yang to leave. Baek Do Yang tells that he has already severed his ties with his father. Baek Do Yang said that with Kim Ok Gyun support he can immediately leave for Japan as of tomorrow if need be. Kim Ok Gyun surprise that Baek Do Yang severed his ties with his father. Baek Do Yang asked not to judge him on the basis through the reputation of his father, as Baek Do Yang said that he has the same aspiration with Kim Ok Gyun. Kim Ok Gyun said that Baek Do Yang calls this aspiration. Kim Ok Gyun quote Confucian quotes that â€Ignorance is the night of the mind, but a night without moon & star†& give its representation that this create ignorant in people like Baek Do Yang who put up with hypocrites that without true knowledge that he is nothing. Kim Ok Gyun how can he trust a person who disown his father, his posterity. Dr Watanabe sees that Kim Ok Gyun is rather upset with Baek Do Yang. Baek Do Yang & Dr Watanabe walks out of Kim Ok Gyun residence as Dr Watanabe tells that Kim Ok Gyun is rather petty that it was not a wise move to had introduced Baek Do Yang to Kim Ok Gyun but assures Baek Do Yang that he will look for other alternative for Baek Do Yang to study abroad. Baek Do Yang said that it is not futile or a waste that to had been introduce to Kim Ok Gyun as he said that if aspiration were to be easily realise, it wouldn’t be a challenge, he asked Dr Watanabe to wait & see.
Yi Gua or Chak Dae goes back to Seo Geun Gae’s father to tell that his son was drown in the river. Seo Geun Gae’s father into the river & asked that his son died here in this river. Yi Gua apologise to Seo Geun Gae’s father that he should have stay closer to Hwang Jeong. Seo Geun Gae’s father said that it is heaven’s retribution on his son that he has engage in illegal slaughter. Seo Geun Gae’s father wails to the heaven for being so cruel that his son did this to save his mother & don’t even give Seo Geun Gae’s father a chance to bury his body with some decency to go searching for his son body. Then Seo Geun Gae’s father tells Yi Gua that he should follow his son suit that his wife & son already perish, what is the use that he lived in this world all alone & he should also leave as well. Seo Geun Gae’s father walks into the river as Yi Gua tries to stop Seo Geun Gae’s father from commit suicide by drowning as Seo Geun Gae’s father screaming his son’s name that he is coming soon to see him
Moon Light, it seems like Hwang Jeong’s nightmare fleeing from something then meets with Baek Do Yang standing in his path & turns around to him & tell him to pick up his knife & do the dissection at the abdomen then see he is now carrying a blood stain knife & the mooing of the cow & the voice of his mother telling him he can’t engage in illegal slaughter & against the principal of the Baekjeong. Hwang Jeong recalls the removing of the organs from Yuk Seon as he associated that autopsy with Baek Do Yang. Hwang Jeong tries to flee from Baek Do Yang as he looks around he feels the cold steel of the gun points at the back of his head & it is Jung Bok Gyu as Hwang Jeong begs for his life that his mother is waiting for him. Jung Bok Gyu tells when he allow people like Hwang Jeong to leave, there always loose ends that will come back to haunt him. Hwang Jeong pushes Jung Bok Gyu away & runs then trips & fall to see headless corpses around him. Jung Bok Gyu catches up with him & the gun pointing at him as he pulls the trigger…shot penetrate the water as Hwang jeong wakes up from his nightmare screaming & feels the pain.
Yoo Seok Ran asked him not to move to o much or it will aggravate his wound. Yoo Hee Seo makes Hwang Jeong more comfortable for him to sit up & asked whether Hwang Jeong is fully conscious now. Hwang Jeong looks at the strange people at his bed side. Yoo Hee Seo tells that his daughter has found Hwang Jeong lying wounded in the banks & brought him home. Yoo Hee Seo introduces himself to Hwang Jeong. Kim Mak Seong said that Yoo Hee Seo is the Court Official translator & Yoo Seok Ran is his daughter. Yoo Seok Ran bow in greeting as Hwang Jeong acknowledge the greeting. Yoo Seok Ran asked whether he can recall that they had met in the jetty. Kim Mak Saeng said that he has been unconscious for 2 days, there be something wrong & corrupted his memory. Yoo Seok Ran explains that he collapse in the banks with gunshot wounds
Hwang Jeong recalls being shot by Jung Bok Gyu & 2 bullet managed to finds its target. Hwang Jeong pretends he can’t recall the incident. Yoo Seok Ran said that Hwang Jeong must have suffers mental trauma from the incident. Kim Mak Saeng said that he has been hurt all over, it will be strange if he is in his right sense of mind. Yoo Seok Ran stares at Kim Mak Saeng to shut her up. Hwang Jeong asked for some water to drink. Yoo Hee Seo feeds Hwang Jeong some water in which he drinks up rather quickly. Kim Mak Saeng asked whether the water he drinks will leak out of the bullet wounds from his body. Yoo Seok Ran stops Kim Mak Saeng from talking nonsense. Kim Mak Saeng said that it was stitch up nicely & tight. Kim Mak Saeng tells Hwang Jeong if it was for their Miss of their household, he will be on the right path to the pearly gates & complain that the palanquin is soiled with his blood. Hwang Jeong thanked Yoo Seok Ran for saving his life. Yoo Seok Ran said it is not at all.
Hwang Jeong gets a shock when he sees Horace Newton Allen at the door as they acknowledge Horace Newton Allen’s presence that he is here. Yoo Hee Seo welcomes Horace Newton Allen & said that Hwang Jeong has just regains his consciousness. Horace Newton Allen said that it is great & will like to inspect Hwang Jeong’s wounds. Hwang Jeong looks frightful seeing Horace Newton Allen. A servant calls from outside for Yoo Hee Seo that he has a guest who like to see him. Yoo Hee Seo acknowledges & address Hwang Jeong as Esquire as Hwang Jeong is surprise at the address. Yoo Hee Seo has his register card & said that Hwang Jeong is from Yicheon & must be here to take civil exams & this accident happens as he has over his Hu Pae (registered tag) to Hwang Jeong. Hwang Jeong affirms that indeed it was. Yoo Hee Seo leaves as Hwang Jeong wants to get up to sent Yoo Hee Seo off when Horace Newton Allen asked Hwang Jeong not to move too soon in English. Yoo Seok Ran jumps to translate for Hwang Jeong understanding
The guest is Baek Do Yang as Yoo Hee Seo asked that Baek Do Yang has come. Baek Do Yang greets Yoo Hee Seo. Baek Do Yang came here to have something to discuss with Yoo Hee Seo as Yoo Hee Seo invites him indoors. Yoo Hee Seon surprise that Baek Do Yang wants 2000 gold taels of nyang. Yoo Hee Seo asked Baek Do Yang what is the purpose of this requirement of substantial amount of money. Baek Do Yang said that it is really an embarrassment that his Uncle has landed into some bad debts as due to being a surety. Yoo Hee Seo said that even parents or children don’t stand surety for each other. Baek Do Yang concurs that it is indeed that he wants to keep this discreetly from the knowledge of his father, so he is handling the matter. Baek Do Yang said that his Uncle has a piece of land that can be given as collateral that his Uncle will sell of this land will eventually pay the debt. Yoo Hee Seo asked when do they need the funds as Baek Do Yang replies that as soon as Yoo Hee Seo can come out with the funds. Yoo Hee Seo understands & he will gather the said funds as soon as possible. Baek Do Yang trust that Yoo Hee Seo will able to do so. Yoo Hee Seo mentioned to Baek Do Yang that there is an American Doctor name Allen who is staying in his residence & asked whether Baek Do Yang wants to be acquainted with Horace Newton Allen. Baek Do Yang surprise about an American Doctor. Yoo Hee Seo confirm that he is in residence & he is now at the guestroom looking after a gunshot wound patient. Baek Do Yang queries on the gunshot patient.
Horace Newton Allen does wound dressing Hwang Jeong’s wound. Yoo Seok Ran is in the next room as Hwang Jeong is bare chested & in Joseon it is improper that a woman must not seen a man half naked. Horace Newton Allen asked Hwang jeong whether Hwang Jeong is in any pain as Yoo Seok Ran translate for Hwang Jeong. Hwang Jeong said that he is fine as it is. Yoo Seok Ran translates for Horace Newton Allen. Horace Newton Allen said is please with the speed of recovering of healing of Hwang jeong wounds. Yoo Seok Ran translate for Hwang Jeong. Hwang Jeong tells that he currently has no money to pay for medical expenses & asked Yoo Seok Ran to convey what he must do. Yoo Seok Ran assures Hwang Jeong that Horace Newton Allen will not take any payment for medical assistance t save a person’s life. Kim Mak Saeng said that the robbers must have takes all his money away. Yoo Seok Ran tells Horace Newton Allen that Hwan Jeong has express concern about the medical expenses & she has told Hwang jeong there is no need for payment
Horace Newton Allen preaches that a Doctor who withholds treatment from any patient is not genuine at all & under no circumstances & condition can a genuine Doctor withhold treatment. Yoo Seok Ran tells A medical practitioner that deny to render medical assistance for monetary gains is not a authentic & genuine Doctor. Medical Practitioner must not deny patient any treatment no matter what condition. Hwang Jeong glad to hear & thanked Horace Newton Allen & he promise he will pay Horace Newton Allen back one day. Yoo Seok Ran informs that the people from the Police Bureau has come but since Hwang Jeong was unconscious therefore they left. Hwang Jeong surprise at there is police. Yoo Seok Ran said that her father has reported his case to the police
Baek Do Yang comes to the guest house as Yoo Seok Ran comes out to greet Baek Do Yang. Yoo Hee Seo asked whether Horace Newton Allen is still inside as Yoo Seo Ran confirms. Horace Newton Allen comes out as Yoo Hee Seo tells Horace Newton Allen hoe he appreciate the help he has rendered. Horace Newton Allen said not to worry & he is most welcome. Hwang Jeong struggles to peep through the door. Yoo Hee Seok introduces Baek Do Yang as a person who is interested in Medical Science. Hwang Jeong sees Baek Do Yang. Horace Newton Allen introduce himself to Baek Do Yang & extends his hand as Baek Do Yang replies in English that the pleasure is all his & introduce himself. Yoo Hee Seo said that his daughter may leave as Yoo Hee Seo acknowledge & leaves & tell Baek Do yang until they meet.
Yoo Hee Seo said that he is about to take Horace Newton Allen to his new residence. Baek Do yang said that he wanted to talk to Horace Newton Allen a little longer. Yoo Hee Seo said that if he doesn’t mind, he invites Baek Do Yang to come along with them. Baek Do Yang agrees but he first will like to take a look at the gunshot wound patient. Hwang Jeong on hearing hurries back to his bed & takes one of Horace Newton Allen’s scissors to prepare himself. Baek Do yang calls on Hwang Jeong as Hwang jeong asked who is it. Baek Do Yang excuse that he will like to check his gunshot wound & introduce that he is Baek Do Yang. Hwang Jeong sits up & introduces himself. Baek Do Yang asked how did Hwang Jeong ended up in this predicament. Hwang Jeong tells that he can’t recall. Baek Do yang said that he must have suffered memory loss over the trauma that he went through. Baek Do yang asked t see his wound as Hwang Jeong reveal the wound to Baek Do Yang as Baek Do yang inspect his wound, Hwang Jeong draws the scissors from his sheet. Baek Do Yang said that Horace Newton Allen suture is well done
Baek Do yang said that it must be amaze that it is Hwang Jeong 1st time encountering western medicine. Hwang Jeong said that it is 1st time experience but he has witness this medical science before. Baek Do Yang when did he witness it. Hwang Jeong said that he has seen a thoracentesis procedure before. Baek Do Yang enquire how the procedure is done. Hwang Jeong explains that the patient has lung ailment & the diagnose turns out to be pleurisy called pneumothorax. They inserted a chest tube behind her back of the rib cage & drain & withdraw some yellow fluid from the lungs. Baek Do yang said that the ailment is tuberculosis & it was discover 2 years ago by German Doctor Robert Koch. Baek Do Yang said although it is deadly but it is said that with rest & good nutrition, it will help in the illness. Baek Do yang asked Hwang Jeong was the patient a family member & that the patient dies from consumption. Hwang Jeong said that he wasn’t there when the patient dies. Baek Do Yang express condolence then Hwang Jeong said that he also witness a dissection of a cadaver
This discover of tuberculosis lead to the establishment of tuberculosis sanitariums around the world. Tuberculosis was ramped in 1800s & slowly dwindled in 1970s due to medication
Robert Koch, a German physician and scientist, presented his discovery of Mycobacterium tuberculosis, the bacterium that causes tuberculosis (TB), on the evening of March 24, 1882. He began by reminding the audience of terrifying statistics: “If the importance of a disease for mankind is measured by the number of fatalities it causes, then tuberculosis must be considered much more important than those most feared infectious diseases, plague, cholera and the like. One in seven of all human beings dies from tuberculosis. If one only considers the productive middle-age groups, tuberculosis carries away one-third, and often more.†News of Koch’s discovery spread rapidly. The results were published in a German medical journal on April 10, in England after a rapid translation in The Times on April 22, and in the US in The New York Times on May 3, 1882. Robert Koch was now a famous scientist and became known as “The Father of Bacteriology.†He was presented with the Nobel Prize in Physiology or Medicine in 1905 “for his investigations and discoveries in relation to tuberculosisâ€. The cure was only discovered inn 1943, an American named Selman Waksman, together with his co-workers, discovered that a fungus called Streptomyces griseus produced an antibiotic substance which they named “streptomycin.†After successful animal tests, the first tuberculosis patient was treated in 1944, and she was cured of her life-threatening disease! Further trials confirmed that streptomycin was indeed effective in the treatment of tuberculosis. Selman Waksman was awarded the Nobel Prize in Physiology or Medicine in 1952 for his discovery of streptomycin. Unfortunately, early in the studies, it became evident that the TB bacteria were becoming resistant to streptomycin. This severely reduced the usefulness of the drug for treating tuberculosis. In 1943, another drug called para-aminosalicylic acid (PAS) was developed. When this drug was used together with streptomycin it prevented the TB bacteria from becoming resistant. However, the patient had to use the drugs for periods of months in order to be cured. Another drug called “isoniazid,†a derivative of a compound researched earlier by Domagk, was developed in 1952. It also found its place in TB therapy. Thus, in the decade between 1944 and 1954, largely due to the work of Nobel Laureates, three drugs â€" streptomycin, PAS and isoniazid â€" became available. When taken in combination, and for a sufficient length of time, the prognosis for a patient with TB disease changed from dismal to the expectation of cure. Today, the cornerstone for any treatment of tuberculosis is still multidrug therapy. At least two drugs are given at the same time to prevent the emergence of drug resistance. Sometimes patients are treated with up to four different antibacterial drugs, and for periods of a minimum of 6 to 24 months. Sadly tuberculosis is still not eradicate & a new version of multi drug resistance TB has come to play, where it has to be surgical remove the infected part
Then Hwang Jeong tells that he witness a dissection of a cadaver. Baek Do yang surprise & thinks that they must had done an autopsy on the TB patient at the hospital & tells that the term is wrong that it is an autopsy & not a dissection. Bae Do Yang said that in Medical science, it is important to do dissection on cadaver, this is in order to studied the anatomy accurately to know the position of the internal organs. Hwang Jeong hold tightly to the scissors & tells that they need to a dissection once a while there comes a time that we need to get answer from cadavers to be certain is indeed a subject to be study. Baek Do Yang concurs indeed to study. Baek Do Yang looks at Hwang Jeong as Hwang Jeong asked what is wrong that he is staring at him, did he say something wrong. Baek Do yang brushes it as nothing. Baek Do Yang tells that he have heard that if they wish to practice Western medicine, the least that they must dissect 3 cadaver to qualify. Hwang Jeong asked so it seems. Baek Do Yang queries Hwang Jeong perhaps by chance that Hwang Jeong……& him has met before. Hwang Jeong to raise the scissors. Hwang Jeong said it is the 1st time they are meeting, he doesn’t recall that they has met. Baek Do Yang said that Hwang Jeong looks familiar. Baek Do Yang then recalls that they met at the bookstore where Hwang Jeong was trying to sell his books. Hwang Jeong sighs that he now recall after being mentioned. Baek Do yang said that he knew that Hwang Jeong is verse in Western medical science
The servant calls on Baek Do Yang that Yoon Hee Seo is setting off now. Baek Do Yang said that he will be out soon. Baek Do Yang apologise that he has disturb Hwang Jeong’s rest & hope he gets well soon & will meet again that they will become fine acquaintance. Baek Do Yang leaves & Hwang Jeong is so relief. Baek Do Yang feels that he is being watched as Hwang Jeong looks through the slit of the door.
Baek Do Yang discuss about Hwang Jeong as Yoo Hee Seo said that Hwang Jeong is a learned scholar, as Baek Do Yang concurs that Hwang Jeong has knowledge of Medical science. Yoo Hee Seo wonders what did happened to Hwang Jeong to lands himself in this predicament. Baek Do yang said that it must be unlucky to have encounters such tragic incident & asked Yoo Hee Seo to take good care of Hwang Jeong. Yoo Hee Seo said since it is a request from Baek Do Yang, she will do so. Horace Newton Allen being taken to see a Hanok residence & is so thrill by it when Yoo Hee Seo introduce that this is his new abode. Horace Newton Allen goes in to explore his new residence & asked that this is a Joseon house & admire it as beautiful. Baek Do Yang what is the purpose that an American comes all the way here to Joseon. Yoo Hee Seo said that he is here to do medical missionary & his aspiration to established a western hospital & a medical teaching college
Hwang Jeong tries to flee as he struggles with his wounds as he wounds starts to ooze as his suture is breaking due to movement then took some clothes from the clothes line that was hanging to dry, then takes a straw scandal of the steps when he hears Yoo Seok Ran singing “Old Kentucky Homeâ€
Yoo Seok Ran: The sun shines bright in the old Kentucky home, ‘Tis summer, the darkies are gay; The corn-top’s ripe and the meadow’s in the bloom, While the birds make music all the day……Weep no more my lady
Being the year 1884, Yoo Seo Ran would have sang the original version of the song where the lyrics “darkies†is sang, “My Old Kentucky Home,†lyrics & music by Stephen Collins Foster in 1853, then was adopted by the Kentucky Legislature as the Kentucky state song on March 19, 1928. But in March, 1986, a group of Japanese students visiting the Kentucky General Assembly changed the song forever as to pay their respects, the group sang “My Old Kentucky Home.†Upon hearing the phrase, †Tis summer, the darkies are gay,†Representative Carl Hines (Democrat-Louisville), the only black member of the House, was quoted as saying that the lyrics of the rendition “convey connotations of racial discrimination that are not acceptable.†Within the week, he sponsored a bill which the House passed, House resolution 159, which officiated the modern lyrics with the line, “Tis summer, the people are gay.†Hines substantiated the bill, citing that the original lyrics were offensive, owing no respect toward African-Americans. I remember seeing this verses of this song in Kentucky Fried Chicken boxes, although not well associated with the tune
Hwang Jeong goes to glances Yoo Seok Ran at the distance & mesmerise by her beauty & leaves. Kim Mak Saeng brings the police to see Hwang Jeong but finds that he has left, he leaves a letter behind as Kim Mak Saeng picks it up to read. Hwang Jeong running away but with stagger. Mrs Yoo reads the letter & finds Hwang Jeong’s writing excellent
Letter is written in Hanja. Hwang Jeong said that he needs to leave that he has cause trouble as it is, although he didn’t he did bid farewell & did it without notice, he will one day repay the kindness that they render. Kim Mi Saeng asked what does the letter says, as Mrs Yoo complains that she has bad eye sights asked her daughter to read it. Yoo Seok Ran reads that he thanked them for saving his life & he will repay the kindness. Mrs Yoo said that what did he leaves, it is more like he ran off. Yoo Seok Ran defends Hwang Jeong that he must have his personal reasons. Yoo Seok Ran said that Hwang Jeong mentioned about medical expenses, he might has left because he was too embarrass as he doesn’t have any money to pay. Mrs Yoo said that Hwang Jeong is more concern about paying then about the feeling of the people who went to all the trouble to save him. Mrs Yoo complains that Hwang Jeong is a thankless wretch that he disappears by just leaving a note behind. Mrs Yoo tells that with his current condition of health, he will collapse to his death in just 10 ri. Mrs Yoo said that the more she give thought to it, the suspicious she gets that why did Hwang Jeong leave without notice. Mrs Yoo asked Kim Mak Saeng to do a inventory check on the household item right down to every remote place possible to see if anything missing. Kim Mak Saeng acknowledge as Yoo Seok Ran thinks that her mother has gone overboard with her suspicious on Hwang Jeong
Hwang Jeong is really struggling with his wounds as he collapse & faints on the streets. The a group of street beggars children with the leader Gae Su as they go around asking for hand outs to feed his children but gets a door slams at his face from the owner of the house, where she complains why he has so many children when he can’t feed them. Gae Su asked she shouldn’t say that as he is not married. Then a child call on Gae Su to come quickly that there is a man who is unconscious. The children ran to have a look. Gae Su finds why the children have to be such a busy body. Gae Su goes to Hwang Jeong & tries to call Hwang Jeong as the children asked whether Hwang Jeong is dead. One of the girls listen to the breathing & said that Hwang Jeon isn’t dead but he is injured seeing the blood stain on his clothes. Gae Su search the unconscious Hwang Jeong’s body for anything of value & finds naught. Gae Su said that it is for a day & asked his children to leave. The children begs Gae Su to take Hwang Jeong along with them that they should save Hwang Jeong from the streets. Gae Su said that what the use of saving Hwang Jeong that there will be another mouth to feed & makes them to starve. Gae Su use a Korean proverb rather than Chinese idiom “The one rescued from drowning demands the price of a headband†(The headband is a Korean decorative device worn by man). It is to save a person may not have a return gratitude but will make a lost instead, but the children chorus Gae Su to save Hwang Jeong. Gae Su relents & goes to check Hwang Jeong’s body muscles & finds them great & thinks that Hwang Jeong is pretty strong & agrees to take Hwang Jeong back with them. The children help to carry Hwang Jeong
In the palace Gojong is meet with opposition over the introduction of western medical practices & principals they instill & against the Confucian’s ideology that it is preposterous to cut & stitch one’s body that their parents had bestowed the sanctity of the body that they have rendered & asked for Gojong’s earnest consideration. Hong Yeong Shik defends that western medicine is the worldwide mode of direction of practising medicine & plea with Gojong to make a wise for the benefit of the nation progress. Lord Min Young Ik tells Gojong that it must not be the Japanese then Kim Ok Gyun asked Lord Min Young Ik whether it should come from the ignorant Chinese instead to be more capable, the issue of the matter is not in regards to what countries are whose backers, Kim Ok Gyun said that they need to modernise Joseon & the country that can help them to achieve that is Japan. Lord Min Young Ik queries whether Kim Ok Gyun is aware what the Japanese true political intention in the matter is. Kim Ok Gyun asked what does the Japanese has to achieve in Joseon by establishing a Western hospital & a medical college. Lord Min Young Ik asked whether Kim Ok Gyun aware what the Japanese wants is their intention to have this nation & Gojong’s life. Hong Young Shik asked Lord Min Young Ik to be cautious of what he is implying as Lord Min Young Ik is Young Sang Dae Gam, the Right Chief Administrator. Lord Min Young Ik said that meanwhile the establishment of Western hospital & a medical college is of matter of importance, but however this is consider a separate issue. Lord Min Young Ik tells Gojong that it is a grave risk to let the Japanese established medical practices to look after the health of the Joseon people is like putting their lives in the hands of the Japanese & if they are allow to do so, there will have no fear & the sovereignty of Joseon will be overlook & this must & definitely will not allow to happened & asked for Gojong consideration
Kim Ok Gyun has Japanese backers while the Min clan has the Chinese
The Japanese legation Minister is upset that Kim Ok Gyun has so much confidence in able to convince Gojong. This is better than if this issue was never brought up prior. I presume that he is Simamura. Simamura tells Kim Ok Gyun that the Japanese Empire is losing its patience on the matter, it is either modernisation or death & they needs to stake their life on this issue. Kim Ok Gyun asked what is Simamura implying as Hong Young Shik asked that the suggest is to revolt against the government. Simamura asked what did he implied that they insurgent against the King. Simamura suggest that they remove & do away with some of the political rivals of the Conservative Party especially Lord Min Young Ik who are a obstacles to the path of Joseon’s modernisation . Simamura said that Kim Ok Gyun has nothing to lose if he stage an insurgency. Kim Ok Gyun asked whether Kim Ok Gyun will render them military assistance for the insurgency. Simamura said that it can be arrange the military support but Gaehwapa must pay expenses for their assistance
Japan should no longer wait or be patient or expect the two countries China & Korea to drag their feet into modernisation trend that is having in East Asia, as Japan chasing to modernisation its country to Westernisation. Japan thinks that Joseon still adhere to the past. This nation’s mindset is nothing more than a backdated civilization from the 1000 years ago. In this actively progressive modern era of the modern civilization, Korean education is limited to Confucianism where they learn superficial knowledge, & in practice, their attitudes seem not only disregarding the scientific principles, but also morally collapsing while they have no self examinations but arrogance. Japan in worried of its international image of the west as the example, if Qing China & Joseon is under country of Confucianism or absolute monarchy to be seen as backdates, the western scholars might misunderstand that Japan might be likely be in the same grouping with China & Joseon that it also imply that Japan is also ignorance to the international law or manners without hesitation or shame may be typecast to Japan judging the geography of the 3 countries as being close
Baek Do Yang comes to Kim Ok Gyun & give the 2000 gold nyangs that he loan from Yoo Hee Seo to Kim Ok Gyun that if his sincerity doesn’t move Kim Ok Gyun, he will try this alternative to let Kim Ok Gyun sees his resoluteness his self command. Kim Ok Gyun is willing to hear what is Baek Do Yang’s resoluteness is all about. Baek Do yang said that Kim Ok Gyun want to modernise Joseon in order to advocate Joseon independence as a Sovereign state, that Baek Do Yang finds it hard to understand but however his determination to study abroad to Japan to the extend to go against his father’s will, it is also his fervour to see Joseon prosper in modernisation even though they has to go against the principals of the present administration that Baek Do Yang & Kim Ok Gyun have concurrent principals on the matter. Kim Ok Gyun nods in affirmative that there is some truth in what Baek Do yang is saying. Baek Do Yang asked Kim Ok Gyun to defer his mindset that Baek Do Yang is going against his father’s will but see it as a necessity to severe the ties in order for the better future of this nation in this grandeur of aspiration. Baek Do yang wants western medical science to take shape in Joseon, that is his earnest sincerity. Kim Ok Gyun said that with this money he has given, it will be sufficient for Baek Do Yang to go abroad to study without Kim Ok Gyun’s assistance. Baek Do Yang tells that when he returns he was to be Superintendent of the 1st Joseon Hospital. Baek Do Yang gave a Chinese proverb by quotes the last section of the line of a Chinese proverb & gives his explanation that in his lifetime he want to built that as his priorities. Joseon lacks this expertise in this medical science field & if he returns to lead the administration this hospital, wouldn’t that be consider as modernisation & declares of Joseon’s independence. Kim Ok Gyun laughs that his notion on Baek Do Yang has been perceive wrongly. Kim Ok Gyun offer Baek D Yang his hand & shakes in agreement as Hong Young Shil was there to witness nods with satisfaction
Joseon is a tributary state of Qing China
The actual Chinese proverb is “When planning for a year, plant corn, when planning for a decade plant trees, when planning a for life train & educate people†means appropriately select priorities and goals and to build a comprehensive plan for meeting those goals
Kim Ok Gyun has a banquet for his Gaehwapa party as Kim Ok Gyun gave his speech & proposes a toast for liberty & quality towards modernisation & the eradication of the social chaste especially the Yanban in political changes to restore integrity on Joseon. Kim Ok Gyun drinks up & return to his seat as Baek Do Yang pours another cup of wine & tells Kim Ok Gyun’s speech has the taste of call to arms looking at the expression of his members. Kim Ok Gyun said that it is like a declare war in order to drag Joseon to modernisation & mutter on how true that it is indeed a declare war
Kim Ok Gyun was fully aware of the transitional nature of the times he felt he was in charge of. The zeitgeist was how to gain military and economic superiority rather than moral ethics in international politics emphasized by conventional wisdom. Then, why should he meet with a tragic extraordinary death without any extraordinary achievement. Alas! Somewhat gifted with extraordinary talent, & met with an extraordinary time, without any extraordinary achievement, he just came across an extraordinarily tragic death. In short, he failed to seize & mobilize capabilities, both at domestic & abroad, that could carry out his vision. Foreign affairs; he could not utilize the new powers of Europe and America that emerged as new protagonists in place of China, the conventional centre of the Asian world, which had lost its military prestige since its defeat in the Opium War. In despair, he turned to Japan for help, but it was like entering a tiger’s den voluntarily. Domestically, he failed to cooperate with the conservative political forces led by Min Yeong Ik & fell into the trappings of political life & death. A hastily planned coup d’etat, Gapsinjeongbyeon in 1884, brought about the weakening of reformist forces and their political and physical demise.
Hong Yeong Shik sends Baek Do Yang out as Baek Do Yang bids farewell but Hong Yeong Shik stops Baek Do Yang a while that he has something to say to Baek Do Yang. Hong Yeong Shil advice that Baek Do Yang to prevent his father from entering Royal Palace tomorrow. Baek Do Yang asked for the reason in that. Hong Yeong Shil said that tomorrow there will be a stage insurgency to revolt. This insurgency is against the Conservative faction that includes Min Yeong Ik that they are doing battles with & fear that Baek Do Yang’s father might be the casualty of this battle & tells that Baek Do Yang understands what he is trying to say here
Baek Do Yang comes home as his Uncle greets him that it was good that he has come home & goes in to apologise to his father & cal his older brother. Baek Tae Hyeon comes out as Baek Do Yang bows to his father. Baek Tae Hyeon comment that doesn’t look starve being outside of the house & goes in. Baek Gyu Hyeon tells his nephew that his father has not been eating well since his son left the house. He may look upset from the outside but worried sick out of concern for his son inside & most probably feeling rather thrilled that of his son’s return. Baek Do Yang asked his Uncle to inform him prior of any visitors that come to see his father. Baek Gyu Hyeon asked why, but Baek Do Yang said it is just important that he needs to know
In Gae Su’s hovel, Gae Su singing as his children are more interest in looking at Hwang Jeong suture wounds that listening to Gae Su’s singing. Hwang Jeong said that the children are interesting in seeing his stitches then someone comes looking for Gae Su. Gae Su answers the call & tells Hwang Jeong to stop disturbing the children from their singing practices as Hwang jeong acknowledge. Hwang Jeong takes a peek then see Gae Su talking to someone in fine clothes. Hwang Jeong practising with the children where he gets whack by Gae Su on his head with a gourd scoop telling that he is awful in dancing that he will never earn them any food with his horrid style of dancing. Hwang Jeong suggest that he is better off working as manual labour than dancing. Gae Su said that it is what he is about to assign Hwang Jeong & asked Hwang Jeong to come with him. The children asked Gae Su whether they need to go begging. Gae Su tells the children that there is no need as they will have their fill with rice until their stomach burst tonight. The children clap with joy as Gae Su asked Hwang Jeong to come out
In a secluded jetty on the Han Gang Kim Ok Gyun’s men who came to asked Gae Su for labour pays Baek Ok Gyun’s gold for the military support. Gae Su & Hwang Jeong working as manual labour as Hwang Jeong asked what is the contend of the cargo that is so heavy. Gae Su tells there is none of their business to know, just as long as they are paid for their labour. Hwang Jeong said that the least they should know what is the contents of the cargo that they actually carrying. Gae Su slams Hwang Jeong curiousity
Kim Ok Gyun hosts a reception of the founding of the Ujeongchongguk. The night is 4th December 1884. Lord Min Yeong Ik comes to banquet in his sedan chair, as Kim Ok Gyun & Hong Young Shik greet other foreign legation dignitaries. Hwang Jeong & Gae Su carries a palanquin with the content from the jetty to the banquet as security of the reception is handled by the Japanese. Hwang Jeong notices Yoo Hee Seo among the guest in the banquet as he recalls Yoo Hee Seo introduce himself to Hwang Jeong. Meanwhile Gae Su calling Hwang Jeong to asked why he is stalling & looking at, then they were hurried along to bring the palanquin to the said location.
Ujeongchongguk (Central Post Office), a post office built in 1884 in Gyeon ji Dong, Jongno gu, Seoul but however this was only use as the base of operations of short live coup attempt Gapsinjeongbyeon led by Gaehwapa party & roughly speaking this was the place of the uprising of this political uprising it didn’t function otherwise. The building is still currently standing in its former location & is now a postal museum. It is classified as Historical Sites 213
Hong Yeong Shik showed the 1st philatelic by post mark the Korean postage stamp as Hong Yeong Shil demonstrate to their guests & mailed it through the letter box as the guest applause the ground breaking feat. It seems Hong Yeong Shik might consider Joseon 1st Postmaster. Meanwhile Hwang Jeong finds out that the cargo content are actually musket & gunpowder as Gae Su defends that he doesn’t know about this matter prior. The Japanese security/soldiers starts to takes arms of the cargo as Kim Ok Gyun’s men tells the Japanese soldier that this must be execute discreetly without notice & in stealth & orders that no person shall leave Ujeongchongguk & asked that are they clear on the matter. The Japanese soldier acknowledge the orders. Kim Ok Gyun’s men asked Hwang Jeong & Gae Su to come with him with their carried cargo. Hwang Jeong & Gae Su obey to follow although Gae Su looks rather worried. Hong Yeong Shik tells that Ujeongchongguk will start its postal treaty & exchanges to Japan, Great Britain, Hong Kong & Provincial Post Offices in Busan, Wonsan & Incheon. Yoo Hee Seo acts as translator to the foreign dignitaries on what Hong Young Shik has just said. Hong Yeong Shil asked for those dignitaries who have had postal treaties with Joseon to invited them to do so immediately. Yoo Hee Seo on Hong Young Shik behalf invites a toast for the founding of Ujeongchongguk. Kim Ok Gyun looks at Lord Min Young Ik who is enjoying the evening
Hong Kong Post was founded in 1847 & it was General Postal Union member later Universal Postal Union since 1877. In 1874, General Postal Union was established & to be an international organisation that coordinates postal policies among member nations, and hence the worldwide postal system. Each member country agrees to the same set of terms for conducting international postal duties
Kim Ok Gyun click glasses with Inoue & asked if he has knowledge on what is about to happened. Inoue affirms that he knows. Gae Su pours what looks like pine tar around the proximity of the Ujeongchongguk. Gae Su tells Hwang Jeong that what he has learned the people who hired them are going to burn all these people inside. Hwang Jeong asked whether this is true. Gae Su confirms that they tend to assassinate those foreign envoys & counterparts therefore advice Hwang Jeong to keep a safe distance from the commotion & sneak away to safety when it is clear. Hwang Jeong recalls how well Yoo Hee Seo’s hospitality & care he received when he was treated of his gunshot wounds in Yoo Hee Seo’s residence. Gae Su wakes Hwang Jeong out of his thoughts as Kim Ok Gyun’s men calls them to light the match to set the fuse. Hwang Jeong tries to strike it with the striking stones but couldn’t strike a spark to fire. Kim Ok Gyun’s men loses his patient & takes a box of matches & light the tar to set it blazing
Since matches did not become available to the common folk of Joseon although it was available elsewhere the mid 1800’s, prior to that time people had to make fires in other ways. The two most common methods of fire-making before the advent of matches were friction and percussion. Obviously people like Dr Watanabe has matches while Hwang Jeong still resort to ancient method of striking a fire.
As they look at it blazing, Hwang Jeong sneaks & run off as they wanted to give chase but Kim Ok Gyun’s men stops them as they need to wait for the guest inside to get smoke out for them to act upon according to what is being planned. Gae Su takes this opportunity to sneak away as well. Hwang Jeong tries to finds entrance to Ujeongchongguk then finds that the Japanese soldiers are already storming into the premises, as Hwang Jeong notice their heavy presence.
The reception banquet is underway with dancing. Kim Ok Gyun looking at his pocket watch & goes to his servant to asked why they are late to execute the plan, as they servant assures that to wait a moment longer as it will commence very soon. Lord Min Young Ik notice Kim Ok Gyun’s whispering conversation with his servant & seeing Kim Ok Gyun looks rather anxious over something & wonder what is Kim Ok Gyun up to. Gaehwapa members stars to move in with the Japanese soldiers & draws their sword. The reception guest are still having a fine time drinking & merrily. Hwang Jeong gets close to the banquet area & seeing the Japanese soldiers’ prominent presence then the fire starts to blaze near the banquet & the Japanese soldiers & Gaehwapa members comes it with an onslaught with few who can put up some defence to the offensive attack. Yoo Hee Seo asked of calm from the foreign envoys
Min Young Ik goes to Hong Young Shik & demands what is going on here. Hong Young Shil pretends that he is not certain& tells Min Young ik that it is dangerous here & he needs to escape immediately. Kim Ok Gyun is speaking to Inoue. Min Young Ik leaves as Hong Young Shik & Kim Ok Gyun follows him. The Japanese soldiers come with musket & fire at anybody that comes their way. Min Young Ik walks out of the entrance & finds blade point at him while Gaehwapa member slashes Min Young Ik from the back with his sword & continues to give him a few cuts of the blade as Hong Young Shik & Kim Ok Gyun coldly watches Min Young Ik being strike down, presumably there don’t have mutual feeling for each other. Min Young Ik in his dying breath asked is this what their principals of Gaehwapa interpretation of Joseon modernisation. Gaehwapa member wants to give the last blow but Hong Young Shik order to halt. Hong Young Shik & Kim Ok Gyun leaves the blazing Ujeongchongguk but Gaehwapa member gave a death stroke of his blade to Min Young Ik as Min Young Ik is left on the ground. Yoo Hee Seo comes to Min Young Ik’s aid as one of the Gaehwapa’s member comes & wants to finished Yoo Hee Seo when Hwang Jeong intercepts Gaehwapa’s member from striking Yoo Hee Seo & tries to trample him unconscious
Yoo Hee Seo recognised Hwang Jeong as the gunshot patient. Hwang Jeong tells Yoo Hee Seo he will explained later & asked whether if he is alright. Yoo Hee Seo assures Hwang jeong that he is fine but needs to leave this place at once that Min Young Ik’s life is in danger. Hwang Jeong said that he will carry Min Young Ik & asked where should they go for medical assistance. The German legation Minister tells Min Young Ik to take him to Paul Georg von Moellendorff’s abode as anywhere will be dangerous. Yoo Hee Seo asked for them to get Horace Newton Allen from his residence. Us legation Minister Lucius Foote asked his aide Cutter to go & get Horace Newton Allen from Yoo Hee Seo’s house. Min Young Ik’s servant comes to see Min Young Ik injure as Yoo Hee Seo tells that they will take him to Paul Georg von Moellendorff’s residence. The servant said he will called the Royal Physician. Yoo Hee Seo asked Hwang Jeong to race to Paul Georg von Moellendorff’s residence. On the way, Yoo Hee Seo informs Hwang Jeong that the person he is carrying is Min Young Ik, nephew to Queen Myeongseong & that they must save his life at all cost. On the way they were almost empower by the blasts from the blaze as Hwang Jeong picks up Min Young Ik & leaves. Ujeongchongguk in flames
On that night of the revolt, the Gaehwapa Party moved from Ujeongchongguk to Changdeokgong to Kyeongwoo Palace, then murdered members of the Conservative Party and became the prevailing party in the government for only 3 days. But because of Chinese interference, they retreated to Gye Dong, in Jongno Gu.
US Minister Lucius Foote is holding a revolver. In Changdeokgong, Kim Ok Gyun is trying to advice Gojong & Queen Myeongseong to seek refuge in Kyeongwoo palace among the explosion hearing from outside with the chaos of the start of what is later known as Gapsinjeongbyeon uprising. Gojong is asking what is happening outside the palace with all the commotion & chaos. Gojong demands to know the truth of what is happening & demands that Kim Ok Gyun not to conceal the truth from him. Hong Young Shik pretends that they has no knowledge of what is happening but advice that the Royal couple firstly must seek refuge. Queen Myeongseong asked how they could not know what is happening outside & its reason, this is absurd, how could they go & seek refuge in something of the unknown & what are they suppose to hide & shelter from. Queen Myeongseong asked them whether this is what they consider as Gojong’s loyal official. Kim Ok Gyun apologise but they can only inform that it will be dangerous for the Royal couple to stay at Changdeokgong. Large explosion as Gojong asked what is happening to the country. Queen Myeongseong asked her husband to look after his well being. Kim Ok Gyun begs Gojong to seek refuge to Kyeongwoo palace immediately. Gojong & Queen Myeongseong leaves on their palanquins from Changdeokgong to Kyeongwoo palace, as Hong Young Shik nods to Kim Ok Gyun that it is going according to plan.
Lucius Foote US legation & US Minister. Soon after the Gapsinjeongbyeon uprising, Minister Foote abruptly left Korea on a leave of absence. Though Foote cited protocol and political reasons for his resignation, George Foulk 1st Naval US Attaché then after replacement of Lucius Foote described his motives less charitably in a private letter to relatives. He maintained that the Minister Foote was fearful for his well-being after the coup attempt and the bloody reprisals that followed. Whatever the reasons, Foote left, and, as he marched out the door, he appointed George Foulk as the chargé d’affaires ad interim. So George Foulk, the destitute navy ensign, became the official representative of the United States in Seoul.
The day after Christmas 1884, George Foulk presented himself to the Korean Foreign Ministry. He reported that he was welcomed there, but he also revealed that rumors abounded concerning the hasty departure of the American minister. Some Koreans whispered in court that Lucius Foote had departed suddenly because he had engineered the coup or had at least supported it. George Foulk worked diligently in his first days to dispel these rumours. George Foulk was also the 1st US military intelligent chief in Joseon as George Foulk had developed his own methods of intelligence collection. He used the traditional method of an attaché, observation, to obtain information that had never before been reported. But he also employed his natural abilities and his facility in the Korean language to obtain and report information that would not have been available otherwise. He also had the unique distinction of serving as a diplomat. George Foulk’s efforts illustrate the desired characteristics of military attachés even in today’s world
Horace Newton Allen taking Korean lesson in his residence from Yoo Seok Ran over his sentence construction as Yoo Seok Ran tells that he is doing brilliant but has some flaws that his sentence are weak in construction & tries to correct when Cutter send by US Minister Lucius Foote comes calling for Horace Newton Allen. Horace Newton Allen goes out to meet Cutter whereby Cutter tells that Min Young Ik was severely stabbed at the reception & US Minister Lucius Foote asked Horace Newton Allen to be sent & pleas Horace Newton Allen to save Min Young Ik, that he is the nephew of Queen Myeongseong & High ranking official that is of great regards of important to Korea. Horace Newton Allen is surprise as well as Yoo Seok Ran saying that it is Queen Myeongseong’s nephew. Horace Newton Allen goes to get his medical bag
Yoo Seok Ran asked whether everyone else is alright as her father was acting as translator in the reception & asked for her father well being & safety. Cutter assures that Yoo Hee Seo is safe & fine. Yoo Seok Ran breathes a sigh of relief & asked where is her father now. Cutter tells that her father is in Paul Georg von Moellendorff’s residence with the patient (Min Young Ik). Horace Newton Allen runs out to say whether he has sufficient medical supplies to attend to the patient & asked to leave immediately as Horace Newton Allen apologise to Yoo Seok Ran that she has to finds her way home. Yoo Seok Ran asked Horace Newton Allen to be careful. Kim Mak Saeng asked what is happening out there
Yoo Hee Seo leads the way to Paul Georg von Moellendorff’s residence & calls him to open the doors for them to enter. Paul Georg von Moellendorff greets them to ask what is going on. Paul Georg von Moellendorff is the foreigner who dressed in Korean hanbok. Yoo Hee Seo asked Hwang Jeong to bring Min Young Ik indoors at once. Paul Georg von Moellendorff asked one of his staff to go back to the Royal palace to access the situation
Paul Georg von Moellendorff born in 1847, a German sinologist under the recommendation of Li Hung Chang sent to Joseon who wanted a linguist & expert in international relations. Prior he works in the Chinese Maritime Customs Service. In 1882 Paul Georg von Moellendorff arrives in Seoul, he adopted a Korean name Mok In Deok & in January 1883 was appointed Vice Minister of Department of Revenue & Port Administration then later the King’s advisor. Paul Georg von Moellendorff quickly come to realise how much Korea was endangered by the Japan, therefore focus on the question of how to preserve Korea’s independence. Seeing that Qing China his sponsor was in no position to guarantee Korea’s security against Japan, he sought partnership with Russia in 1884. Paul Georg von Moellendorff was not deeply involved in Korea diplomatic negotiation but also work towards Korea’s modernisation. As the head of the Maritime Custom service, he established customs office in Incheon, Busan & Wonsan (now North Korea) & introduce the modern technology of mint & tries to improve agriculture especially sericulture (silkworm farming). He promoted mining & porcelain industry then established machine factory although some of his initiatives has failed due to lack of support from the government. After Gapsinjeongbyeon uprising Paul Georg von Moellendorff join the foreign office & instrumental in the Treaty of Seoul between Korean & Japanese in 1885 but was relieve of his post after Qing China learns that Paul Georg von Moellendorff has gone beyond the permissible for a peripheral state. He was claimed as a national of Joseon. Paul Georg von Moellendorff given selfless advice to the Korean government that he wanted to assist Korea to become independent that he had aims Korea in mind but underestimate Qing China readiness to defends its traditional influence on Korea & that the Korean government didn’t lend the necessary support that he seek. Paul Georg von Moellendorff activity is Korea was deem failure but yet a noble one. In the extracts of his diaries, his impression with the aspect of Korean’s life from the works of Danwon Kim Hong Do & Hyewon Shin Yun Bok that he praise their works with artistic value
In Paul Georg von Moellendorff’s residence, Yoo Hee Seo makes the bedding for Hwang Jeong to put down the injured Min Young Ik. Yoo Hee Seo thanked Hwang Jeong for his help. It is thanks to Hwang jeong effort that they were able to escape alive. Hwang Jeong brushes as nothing. Paul Georg von Moellendorff asked who is Hwang Jeong. Yoo Hee Seo introduce Hwan Jeong to Paul Georg von Moellendorff as a guest of his residence. Yoo Hee Seo asked why Hwang Jeong is dressed like in commoner’s clothes. Hwang Jeong stutter to explains that he has seen what was going on & came in disguise as he could see there is a disaster that was bound to happened, so out of concern, he finds his way in with this disguise as one of the servants & apologise. Yoo Hee Seo accepts Hwang Jeong explanation & will discuss the details later date. Yoo Hee Seo suggest that Hwang Jeong has a change of clothes. Paul Georg von Moellendorff tells that he may have a change of clothes for Hwang Jeong & asked Hwang Jeong to come with him. Hwang jeong leaves with Paul Georg von Moellendorff.
Yoo Hee Seo said that they really need Horace Newton Allen here soon. US Minister Lucius Foote tells Yoo Hee Seo that if Horace Newton Allen doesn’t come soon, Lord Min Young Ik will certainly died. Min Young Ik is still breathing. Hwang Jeong comes running with a change of clothes as Paul Georg von Moellendorff comments that the clothes fits him perfectly. Hwang Jeong thanks Paul Georg von Moellendorff for the clothes. Paul Georg von Moellendorff’s door banging as Hwang Jeong said there is someone at the door. Min Young Ik servant brought a group of Royal Physicians but Paul Georg von Moellendorff stop them at their tracks & asked who are they trespassing into his residence. The servant said that he has gathers the Royal Physician & asked the physicians to look at Min Young Ik. Paul Georg von Moellendorff forbids them to enter his residence. Paul Georg von Moellendorff tells that they had call for Horace Newton Allen. The Royal physician asked Paul Georg von Moellendorff to move aside, they will look after Min Young Ik & storm their way through
Baek Do yang in his house as his uncle calls him & telling him that the police are at their house & asked what is happening. Baek Do Yang goes out to have a look. Baek Tae Hyeon is informed by the police that Kim Ok Gyun has stage a revolt with his Gaehwapa party. The Police chief said that Min Young Ik was stabbed in the coup attempt & other official are now traps in the fire. Baek Tae Hyeon asked whereabouts of Gojong as the Police Chief tells that the Gaehwapa has escorted Gojong to Kyeongwoo palace. Baek Tae Hyeon said that he can’t stand idle & watching this t happened & asked the police chief to wait while he changes. Baek Do Yang comes running to persuade his father not to enter the palace, due to the current situation climate of chaos. Baek Tae Hyeon asked whether this is why the reason his son returns to the house to convey this message to him. Baek Do Yang tells his father to call in sick & stay at home while he will arrange the rest. Bae Tae Hyeon said didn’t his son criticize that his father cherish his high ranking position so much & now his son is telling to ignore the security of this nation & be selfish. Baek Do Yang confirms that his father needs to be selfish, your disapprobation for his son & his father sense of righteousness can never be prevailed if he is dead. Baek Do yang asked his father to stay alive in order to continues with his goals
Baek Tae Hyeon rebuke how dare his son is preaching to him the lesson of life. Baek Do yang asked that whatever his father thinks in regards for him, he hopes not to allow his father to make the wrong choice. Baek Tae Hyeon tells that it was his fault t have raise Baek Do Yang improperly & leaves. Baek Do yang tells his father if he walk out of this house, he will die. Baek Tae Hyeon stubbornly leaves as Baek Do yang chases his father who wouldn’t listen as he heads for Kyeongwoo Palace. Baek Gyu Hyeon also stops his brother from going. Baek Tae Hyeon said that the country is in turmoil & how can he stand by idle & watch this happening as still take salary from the courts. Baek Do Yang asked his father to reconsider, why his father needs to sacrifice his life for those useless people out there. Baek tae Hyeon asked his son to move aside as he will not listen to his son’s rubbish. Baek Gyu Hyeong tries to calm his brother as Baek Do yang goes & draw the sword from one of the standby police & show the blade to his father & demands that his father will not leave this premises
Episode 3
Episode 3 Part 1
Episode 3 Part 2
Episode 3 Part 3
Episode 3 Part 4
Episode 3 Part 5
Episode 3 Part 6
Episode 3 Part 7
Synopsis/Summary of Jejoongwon The Hospital (??? (???) Episode 4
Min Young Ik went to US on a diplomatic mission to United States for 3 months via Pacific then before reaching to Seoul, he cross the Atlantic stop by at Europe. It is the 1st time Korean as venture into the Western countries & must be the 1st Korean to go around the world. United States chose to forget the General Sherman Incident & was cordial with the Korean visitors & open relations. Therefore Min Young Ik returns to Korea with great determination to introduce reforms, he submitted the reports & engaged with Gaehwapa projects in modernisation but however the Royal Household & influence nobility oppose to such reforms & also Gaehwapa intention that seek independence & break away from China. This mentality is hard to break away as Joseon has been China tributary state for so long. After a short while of his return from his travels, he was pressure by China to change his mind set & sided the conservative & abandoned Gaehwapa. Hence a few individual discreetly plan a revolt to oust the Conservative Pro China faction. During the founding of Ujeongchongguk (????, ????)â€, office for international postal service in Jongno, a reception was held & a fire was create as a commotion to assassinate the members of the conservative including the main target Min Young Ik whom they failed to win over to their side. Min was cuts & severe injury was cause to his ear. The Gaehwapa faction immediately when to the palace to report the imminent danger & Japanese legation guards were asked to come to provide security. As the Conservative Ministers are summon by Royal command, they are slaughter at the entrance. This caught the people unaware & disturbance erupted into chaos. Gapsinjeongbyeon was a revolt to try to break away from China but instead it expelled Japan for its involvement in the insurgency. It also ended the conflict with the Convention of Tianjin in 1885
Jejungwon the hospital Episode 4
Baek Tae Hyeon stubbornly leaves as Baek Do yang chases his father who wouldn’t listen as he heads for Kyeongwoo Palace. Baek Gyu Hyeon also stops his brother from going. Baek Tae Hyeon said that the country is in turmoil & how can he stand by idle & watch this happening as still take court tributes (official salary) from the courts. Baek Do Yang asked his father to reconsider, why his father needs to sacrifice his life for those useless people out there & risk his life. Baek Tae Hyeon asked his son to move aside as he will not listen to his son’s rubbish. Baek Gyu Hyeong tries to calm his brother as Baek Do yang goes & draw the sword from one of the standby police & show the blade to his father & demands that his father will not leave this premises. Baek Tae Hyeon asked whether this is what Baek Do Yang preaching his so called modernisation reforms & his shown of filial piety. Baek Tae Hyeon dares his son to strike him down. Baek Do Yang tells him father that he just wants to save him father. Bae Tae Hyeon defiantly just passes his son’s blade as Baek Do Yang could hold to his father’s insistence to leave
“Lu†is court tributes is like emolument or official salary given by the King in feudal administration, it is said that if you earn a living for them, you usually has to take the troubles & worries of the court & King, which also includes your life if it is require as a service to the King
Gojong arrives at Kyeongwoo palace under the “advice†of Kim Ok Gyun & is greeted by Simamura Japanese legation Minister who provides the security. Queen Myeongseong passes Simamura & doesn’t look pleased. Kim Ok Gyun & Hong Young Shik tells Simamura that victory is on the side of Gaehwapa as they now have the bargaining card. Simamura concurs that it is indeed & now they need to convince the Gojong of their intention. Hong Young Shil assures Simamura not to worry. Kim Ok Gyun tells his Gaehwapa members that the governmental official will makes their way to the palace, make sure that they are sent to the nether world
Conservative party official get slaughter at the entrance without mercy. The Royal Physician desperately applies paste & ointment to the wounded Min Young Ik. Hwang Jeong then queries that the paste they are now “seasoning†of herbal liniment on Min Young Ik is for bruises. It looks like Notoginseng concoction. The physician said that this will stop the bleed although Yoo Hee Seo said that it doesn’t seem to be working as the bleeding haven’t stop. The physician said the herbal liniment will only decreasing bleeding time & anti inflammatory but will not stop it due to severe cuts of the wounds is deep
It is usual for oriental medicine to use some sort of hemostatic powder medicine to stop bleeding; it is mainly ingredient of Notoginseng roots of Panax pseudoginseng & beside that most general purpose concoction that stops bleeding consist of Angelia Sinensis, ligusticum root (Cnidium), Cathamus Tinctorus or Safflower, Tangerine peel (citri reticulatae), peach kernel (prunus persica), Immature Orange peel (fructus citri aurantii), licorice root (Glycyrrhizae Uralensis), Akebia stem (Akebia Trifoliata, Clematis Armandii), Frankincense Resin (Boswellia Carterii), Auklandia Root (Saussaurea Lappa) & Myrrh Resin (Commiphora Myrrha)
Yoo Hee Seo said that the Western Doctor on its way & asked whether the Doctor can look at the patient. The Royal Physician asked how dare Yoo Hee Seo suggest to hand a Joseon citizen Min Young Ik to some Western infidel Doctor. Yoo Hee Seo can only sigh at the Oriental Doctors ignorant & the Royal Physician said that they are interrupting with their treatment & asked that they leave the room. Hwang Jeong, Paul Georg von Moellendorff & Yoo Hee Seo were made to leave. The Royal Physician has no clue what they are doing. As they go outside, Yoo Hee Seo tells that the wounds need to be sterilise dressed the wounds & their concoction will only decreasing the bleeding time but will not help to stop bleeding. Paul Georg von Moellendorff tells that they need Horace Newton Allen as soon as possible. US Minister Lucius tell them that Horace Newton Allen is here. Horace Newton Allen came with the US aide Cutter. Yoo Hee Seo greets Horace Newton Allen that they had been waiting for him & asked him to come in quickly. Horace Newton Allen notice Hwang Jeong & asked whether he is wounds are alright. All of the sudden Horace Newton Allen is proficient in Korean. Hwang Jeong replies that he is fine all thanks to Horace Newton Allen’s medical assistance. Horace Newton Allen asked where is the patient now as Yoo Hee Seo show the way in.
In the room the Royal Physician are desperate in trying to stop Min Young Ik bleeding as see them returning & tell them to leave. Min Young Ik is groaning in pain as the servant calls on Min Young Ik. Horace Newton Allen seeing Min Young Ik tells that there is no time to waste that he needs to give treatment. The Royal physician stops him & asked where he is going. Min Young Ik’s servant asked whoever it may be come & try to help his Lord. The Royal Physician is offended by Min Young Ik’s servant to have group them as “whoever it may be†& question that the servant think that this western infidel can save life, they don’t trust his treatments, even in death. Hwang Jeong tells them that he will make them believe in Horace Newton Allen’s medical ability. The Royal Physician asked it what way Hwang Jeong is going to convince them to believe in the Horace Newton Allen’s ability to save Min Young Ik’s life. The Royal physician asked whether Hwang Jeong resurrect from the dead due to this infidel’s medical ability. Hwang Jeong confirms as he strips his hanbok to show his suture wounds to allow the Royal physician to have a look. The Royal physicians shock to see catgut in the suture. Hwang Jeong relayed not long while ago, he was victim of gunshot wound & was on the verge of dying but however it is Horace Newton Allen who save him with his medical skills. The Royal physician argues on the noble principals to save someone life but even the lowest of the chaste don’t go around stitches someone up that you don’t & when sew someone up or else there is no different in treating human from the like of animals, then the physician is no different than a vet who sew up horses & cows, it is unprecedented ethics even if the nature of motive is noble. Hwang Jeong said there is no time to debate on issue of principals & egos what it is rightful or not, the matter that is of great urgency that they needs to save a way Min Young Ik’s life at all cost. Yoo Hee Seo concurs truer word has never been spoken.
Truer word has never be spoken is by Helen of Troy, the Chinese idiom equivalent I can’t recall, so I put the alternative
Royal Physician question if they have doubts in implying that they think that oriental medicine can’t save Min Young Ik. Yoo Hee Seo diplomatic tells that in this situation this called for the use western medicine tactics rather than oriental medicine. Horace Newton Allen tells Yoo Hee Seo that they need to give Min Young Ik immediate medical treatment or else. Yoo Hee Seo conveys the urgency of Horace Newton Allen to treat Min Young Ik of his wounds. The servant asked if anything amiss happens to Min Young Ik, Paul Georg von Moellendorff boldly adds that they will bear full responsibility for Min Young Ik’s well being under their care. The servant agrees as he will entrust Horace Newton Allen with Lord Min Young Ik under his medical care then asked the Royal Physician to leave Min Young Ik with Horace Newton Allen. The Royal Physician asked if he mad to leave the care of Min Young Ik to western medicine as the elder Royal Physician said that the patient doesn’t require their oriental medicine expertise thus they should leave, so there is no need to waste the patient time on petty quarrels. The other Royal physician has to drag the reluctant Royal Physician out of the room as he protest his exit
Horace Newton Allen goes to see Min Young Ik. The elder Royal Physician tells they are leaving under the care of Horace Newton Allen is not because they can’t save Min Young Ik with their oriental medicine. Horace Newton Allen thanked Hwang Jeong for winning the debate to allow them to treat Min Young Ik. Yoo Hee Seo concurs that Hwang Jeong did well to win the argument with the Royal physician.
Yoo Seok Ran tells her mother that there have been an insurgency then asked of the whereabouts of her husband. Yoo Seok Ran tells her mother that Yoo Hee Seo is in Paul Georg von Moellendorff’s residence. Paul Georg von Moellendorff’s Korean name is Mok In Deok. Mrs Yoo said that her husband should run away & save his life, why persist to go & risk himself to going around to Paul Georg von Moellendorff’s residence. Yoo Seok Ran knows where Paul Georg von Moellendorff’s residence is, she will go there with Chil Bok. Kim Mak Saeng stops Yoo Seok Ran telling it is so late in the night for her to venture out. Mrs Yoo concurs that her daughter is not serious to go out at this hours, does she has any sense of mind to think that her courage (liver bile) is hang on the outside. Yoo Seok Ran pester that she is worried about her father. Mrs Yoo tells her daughter although she is worried but then it is too dangerous a risk to venture out there now & asked her to stay at the residence. Mrs Yoo orders Kim Mak Saeng to wake up the servants to do around the clock sentry duty on the house, the secure all doors & store houses well. Kim Mak Saeng acknowledged. Mrs Yoo is venting with anxiety
Mrs Yoo describes the liver organ in associated with courage. In oriental medicine courage is said usually come from the bile or the gall that receive from the liver & store in the gall bladder. It is said that if the gall bladder is weak then the person is timid, lack initiative & courage; this is why gall bladder of bears, snakes & tiger are enhancement for courage.
Yoo Seok Ran goes to her room who has Western furniture setting with bed & piano then recalls Horace Newton Allen saying that he may not have enough supplies to treat then leave her room & sneak out of her house, then hides herself as the guard announce time. Time keeping is keep by people acting as time keeper clapping 2 clappers at every 15 mins to denote time. Yoo Seok Ran makes her way to Paul Georg von Moellendorff’s residence
Dr Watanabe with his cadaver, when the Japanese legation Minister Takezoe Shinichiro calls on Dr Watanabe. Takezoe Shinichiro felt nausea looking at the cadaver as Dr Watanabe asked what the purpose of the visit is. Takezoe Shinichiro tells Dr Watanabe that Min Young Ik may still be alive somewhere & require Dr Watanabe’s assistance in the matter, the instruction is that Dr Watanabe must do Min Young Ik in as it will seen improper if they assert military & it will complicate matter. Dr Watanabe acknowledges the instruction & asked where is Min Young Ik now. Takezoe Shinichiro whisper to Dr Watanabe on Min Young Ik whereabouts
Takezoe Shinichiro was the Japan Minister to Korea, seeing the internal conflict between Min clan & Gaehwapa like fire & water, he decided to end Qing China political power in Korea & conspire with Kim Ok Gyun of Gaehwapa to assassinate important figure of the Min clan & their conservative faction that includes Min Young Ik then force Gojong to reshuffled his government to a pro Gaehwapa.
Horace Newton Allen administered ether anesthesia to groaning Min Young Ik, as Horace Newton Allen drops the ether droplet into the mask to start sedating Min Young Ik. Hwang Jeong asked what is going on here & what they are doing in the procedure as Yoo Hee Seo explains that they are administrating anesthesia & that they need to sedate the patient to sleep so that he is relieve from pain during treatment. Yoo Hee Seo said that Hwang Jeong went through the same procedure during his removal the gun slugs. Hwang Jeong suggested that they should add a little more in dosage so that Min Young Ik will be less in pain. Yoo Hee Seo tells that they can’t as too much of ether dosage will cause fatality to the person. Hwang Jeong understands the dire cause of that suggestion. Horace Newton Allen begins to administrate the ether & narrates his procedure by saying that 1st to drop 20 droplets then 40 then 60.
The 60 droplets will be equivalent to 1 drachms. It usually takes a 1 or 2 drachms of anesthesia to knock out a person depending on weight
Horace Newton Allen begins to suture Min Young Ik around the neck area & wants to locate & suture the severe arteries & asked Hwang Jeong to assist to ‘swap†the blood off for clear vision. Hwang Jeong obeys & swaps for Horace Newton Allen. Horace Newton Allen said he has found the severe artery & begins to suture & tie & knots. Horace Newton Allen said that he need boiling water. Hwang Jeong said he will go & get it at once
Then a call from the servants of Paul Georg von Moellendorff to say that Dr Watanabe from the Japanese legation is here. Paul Georg von Moellendorff finds it strange & wonders that Dr Watanabe would come to his residence. Yoo Hee Seo tells Paul Georg von Moellendorff that he will see to Dr Watanabe. Hwang Jeong follows as Yoo Hee Seo greets Dr Watanabe to ask what the purpose of his visit to Paul Georg von Moellendorff’s residence. Dr Watanabe said that he has heard that Lord Min Young Ik is seriously wounded & like to offer his medical assistance. Yoo Hee Seo then queries about where did Dr Watanabe has heard this from. Dr Watanabe failed to recognise Hwang Jeong as he stands slightly behind Yoo Hee Seo. Dr Watanabe said that he had heard it from his country legation office, so he can as soon as possible that he express was concern, so he has come. Yoo Hee Seo thanked Dr Watanabe’s concern, but it seems that it is deem not necessary fro Dr Watanabe to has come as Horace Newton Allen is performing the surgery on Min Young Ik as they speak. Dr Watanabe said is that indeed then Dr Watanabe said but however there is a Korean proverb that high stack of paper feel light when it is lifted together. Dr Watanabe insists in finding excuse that there must be something he can be of assistance. Dr Watanabe makes his way into the house followed by Yoo Hee Seo
Korean proverb high stacks of paper feel light when it is lifted together it is similiar to English idiom 2 heads better than one
Hwang Jeong goes to get the boiled water from the kitchen when he recalls Dr Watanabe lack of initiative in helping his mother’s illness & brushes that he can’t do anything about her mother’s condition & his mother stretcher stained with blood & eventually her death. Horace Newton Allen still suturing as Dr Watanabe observe. Hwang Jeong brings the boiled water & looks at Dr Watanabe rather suspiciously. Horace Newton Allen asked Hwang Jeong to wipe the surrounding area & not touch the wound. Dr Watanabe adds his medical observation that Min Young Ik has lost a lot of blood, wouldn’t it be serious. Horace Newton Allen said that it may be seen as serious to manage the condition but Min Young Ik is still rather young & there is hope that the patient will able to pull through. Yoo Hee Seo vouch that Horace Newton Allen has saved many patient that is been worst off than Min Young Ik. Dr Watanabe is playing with question trying to get his hand on Min Young Ik. Hwang Jeong growing more suspicious of Dr Watanabe’s uninvited visit
Horace Newton Allen asked who is Dr Watanabe as Yoo Hee Seo introduce to Horace Newton Allen that he is the Japanese Doctor attached to the Japanese legation. Horace Newton said that since Dr Watanabe is a Doctor would he by chance has some morphine with him. Yoo Hee Seo translates the pronunciation & the accent to be more Japanese that it is Morphine a kind of pain killer. Dr Watanabe understands that it is morphine & said that he has some. Horace Newton Allen said that it is indeed great since when the patient wakes up from his sedation will be in great pain, so they need to administer morphine when he regain consciousness. Dr Watanabe answer affirmative in English & excuse himself a moment
Dr Watanabe prepare his syringe with some medication as he pull the plunger & draws the fluid into the barrel of the syringe & tells that they are all fools, when Hwang Jeong comes & grabs the medication & the syringe from Dr Watanabe & reads the label that reads “local anesthesiaâ€. It is most likely be cocaine. Hwang Jeong mutters anesthesia as Dr Watanabe pretends to be surprise & tries to grab the medication back from Hwang Jeong. Hwang Jeong tells that patient has already been sedated with anesthesia & is there an intend that Dr Watanabe wants to killed Min Young Ik by adding the dosage of anesthesia
The 1st local anesthesia is none other than cocaine that is able to inject for surgical anesthesia in 1884 by Dr. William Stewart Halsted but eventually with regret he started using cocaine for recreational usage. Later the first synthetic local anesthetic was procaine in 1898, better remembered today by its trade name, Novocain
Dr Watanabe acting dumb to read the label as anesthesia & claim that it is his mistake then attempts to grab the syringe from Hwang Jeong where Hwang Jeong overpower Dr Watanabe by threatening to stick the needle to his neck. Dr Watanabe asked what is Hwang Jeong trying to do as Hwang Jeong asked whether this is how Dr Watanabe practices his medicine that he provide this kind of treatment. Dr Watanabe asked what Hwang Jeong is implying to say. Hwang Jeong asked why Dr Watanabe is not saving patients’ lives. Dr Watanabe said that this is all a misunderstanding as Hwang Jeong bring the needles into prick. Then Yoo Hee Seo calls Dr Watanabe as Dr Watanabe answers & tells Hwang Jeong that they require him inside to assist in the surgery. Hwang Jeong tells that Dr Watanabe has done this offense before, but if he were to falter in any way this time, Hwang Jeong said that he will not spare him a moment & asked if Dr Watanabe is clear on his threats. Dr Watanabe acknowledged. Hwang Jeong release Dr Watanabe & asked him to hasten his walk as Hwang Jeong holding the loaded syringe as a hostage
Horace Newton Allen with Min Young Ik is suturing Min Young In other wounds. Hwang Jeong comes in close to Dr Watanabe with the syringe point stuck to his back on close proximity. Yoo Hee Seo asked if Dr Watanabe has the said morphine. Dr Watanabe stalls in excuse & gets a prick from Hwang Jeong’s needle. Dr Watanabe tells them that he thought he brought but it seems it is not here that he must has forgotten. Horace Newton Allen asked Dr Watanabe to suture the other wounds. Dr Watanabe shakes his head then gets a jab with the needle as Dr Watanabe feels pain & Horace Newton Allen thinks Dr Watanabe is a nuisance. Dr Watanabe proceeds to suture. Both surgeon starts to suture as Hwang Jeong looks at the surgeon performing their stitches with precision as Hwang Jeong is mesmerise & mimics the style as the surgeon works on their sutures, then as Hwang Jeong wants to get a close look, he accidentally jabs the needle at Dr Watanabe without realising
Suturing is a habitual one for any surgeon & therefore may have some signature suturing technique, it comes in the form on the way they hold their instruments. Suturing requires a needle, catgut, a needles holder or a suture forceps & a pair of surgical prongs or a homeostatic forceps to assist in suturing. The most commonly used and versatile suture in cutaneous surgery is the simple interrupted suture. This is how my mother taught me, grip a suture needle securely using a needle driver instrument. Push the needle through the skin and into the base of the wound. Then pull the suture through the first side of the wound. Push the needle through the base of the opposite side of the wound and bring it out as before, the needle rotate to through the 2nd side of the wound. Tie the suture to close the wound. When the suture is properly in place, it should form a U-shape for proper suture placement. To tie a suture, first loop it around the needle driver twice. Next, grab the short end of the suture with the needle driver. Start by creating the first knot of a loop. Next, make a second single loop in the opposite direction. This completes the square knot. This is the most easiest suture to learn. My suture experience is only subject to plush toys, knapsacks & sewing of stuff birds
In Kyeongwoo palace, Gojong is shock that Kim Ok Gyun has informed that this revolt that had happened tonight was mastermind by Qing China. Kim Ok Gyun said that he solemnly informs that Ujeongchongguk was set ablaze & governmental official were slaughter. Then Queen Myeongseong enquires about what has happened to Min Young Ik & asked whether Min Young Ik has fallen victim to the onslaught. Kim Ok Gyun said it is sad to confirm that Min Young Ik has been murdered. Queen Myeongseong said that this can’t be happening as Min Young Ik has close relationship that it none other with Qing China, how they wouldn’t have plotted such a revolt. Queen Myeongseong said that this is a definitely deceptive ploy. Hong Young Shil said that he doesn’t want to believe this at first but it is the truth. Gojong said that they governmental official has all been killed, what they suppose to do now
Kim Ok Gyun said that this is not the time to be disheartened. Kim Ok Gyun said that the Japanese legation soldier are providing security for Gojong to keep him saved & asked Gojong to handle state matter as soon as possible & reshuffled a new government. Gojong surprise that Kim Ok Gyun’s proposal of reshuffled. Kim Ok Gyun begs to defer that this is the best option they have at hand. Kim Ok Gyun said that in the quickest of moment has prepare the list of potential candidate for governmental posting
Gojong reads that Minister of Rites is Hong Young Shik, then The Police Chief of Hanseong Baek Yeong Hyo & Seo Gwang Beom, then Minister of Defence Seo Jae Phil & lastly Minister of Personal Kim Ok Gyun. Queen Myeongseong tells that they are all members of Gaehwapa
Baek Yeong Hyo was the person who designed the Taegeukgi. The need for a national flag was felt by the Koreas while it was preparing to wrap up the Korean-American Treaty of Commerce, during the reign of King Gojong of the Joseon Kingdom. Following the establishment Republic of Korea in 1948, the present South Korean flag was adopted on January 25, 1950. The National flag of South Korea was designed by Baek Yeong Hyo, in 1882. Bak Yeong Hyo was Korean ambassador to Japan during the reign of King Gojong. On 6 March, 1883 King Gojong proclaimed the Taegeukgi the official National flag of Korea.
Seo Jae Phil (Jaisohn’s original name) was born as the second son of a local magistrate, and was raised by one of his relatives in Seoul. When Seo Jae-Phil was a teenager, he already imbued modern political ideas in association with reformist leader Kim Ok Gyun. He passed the civil service exam & became a junior officer in 1882. In the following year, he was sent to Japan where he studied both at the Keio Gijuku (the forerunner of the Keio University) and the Toyoma Army Academy. In 1884, Seo Jae Phil, following Kim Ok Gyun, was involved in the Gapsinjeongbyeon, a radical attempt to overturn the conservative regime & establish equality among people. He was appointed the Vice-Minister of Defence. The Gapsinjeongbyeon was aborted in three days, as Qing China intervened by sending military troops. Seo Jae Phil was convicted of high treason, Seo Jai-Pil lost his whole family & had to flee Korea to save his life to the United States with Baek Young Hyo & Seo Gwang Beom. He would become first Korean to become a naturalized citizen of the United States in 1890. He serve in the 2nd world war & was awarded a medal from the US Congress. In 1947, he returned to Korea as the Chief Advisor to the US Military Government and as a member of the Korean Interim Legislative Assembly. Seo Jae Phil made strenuous efforts toward democracy and the unification of Korea. He died in Pennsylvania in 1951 but in 1994 his remains were exhumed from West Laurel Cemetery to Korea and buried at the National Cemetery in Seoul
Seo Gwang Beom is Seo Jae Phil’s cousin, he went to Japan with Kim Ok Gyun for studies then who fled to United States after the failed Gapsinjeongbyeon uprising & worked in a furniture shop in San Francisco
Kim Ok Gyun begs Gojong to utilise Gaehwapa human resource in forming a new government to address Joseon free independence of sovereign towards benchmark reforms to modernisation that they will strive without resignation & plea to Gojong to reconsider the reform government. Gojong is not pleased
Meanwhile Baek Tae Hyeon organized his police to seek audience in Kyeongwoo palace as Baek Do Yang follows his father from behind. Baek Tae Hyeon is the Minister of Law. Baek Tae Hyeon demands to see Gojong, but the palace guards asked no matter how angry Baek Tae Hyeon is shouting, they deny him access to the palace with his guards but will only allow just Baek Tae Hyeon to enter. The police chief advices Baek Tae Hyeon to return some other time when the situation is better faired. Baek Tae Hyeon agrees that he will enter alone & asked the gates to be open. The police chief is concern about Baek Tae Hyeon’s safety to venture alone. Baek Tae Hyeon assures them there is no need to worry as this is in broad daylight. The palace guard escorts Baek Tae Hyeon in. Baek Do Yang snoops around Kyeongwoo Palace who is now under the security of the Japanese legation soldiers patrolling the area as Baek Do Yang climbs over the wall to enter the premises of the palace then already finds corpses lying on the floor from last night onslaught
Baek Do Yang sees his father being escorted by Japanese Captain as Baek Tae Hyeon asked that he is suppose to seek audience with Gojong & asked where is the Captain leading him to outside the courtyard. The Captain said there is no need for Baek Tae Hyeon to seek the audience of the King but the audience to seek the Jade Emperor or King of Netherland & strike Baek Tae Hyeon with his swords as Baek Do Yang comes to his father aid as Baek Do yang tussle with the Japanese Captain & hit the Captain out cold with punches & lost conscious. Baek Do Yang goes to his father to asked if he is alright, then the Japanese Captain regain conscious & gets up to slash Baek Do Yang in the arm. Baek Do Yang tries to disarm the Japanese Captain & managed to wrestle the sword from the Japanese Captain & sank the Japanese captain with his own sword. Bake Do yang kills the Japanese Captain & goes to his severely wounded father & piggyback his father out to safety
Yi Gua tries to sell the pornography book for some money to eat, but the storekeeper isn’t interested in business transaction today. Yi Gua trying to advertise his book for a quick sell, that he just want to go & buy some guk bap (Korean rice broth) to eat. The storekeeper asked whether Yi Gua has eyes that he can’t see the commotion that is surrounding the capital that this is a time to see pornography & asked Yi Gua takes a look at the streets. The street is deserted. Yi Gua doesn’t care or concern about what is ongoing, he just wants a meal to filled his stomach. The storekeeper said is this a time to be worry about his stomach, there is some wretched insurgent who set ablaze the palace on fire that the King has to flee his palace to seek refuge. Yi Gua asked who has fled…The storekeeper asked Yi Gua that he is not aware that the Japanese are now meddling in Joseon politics that the residence nearby the Ujeongchongguk has been burnt down. Yi Gua asked whether a war is going to start. The storekeeper asked how would he know. The storekeeper said that the rumours are spreading that the Queen has died, so is the King, so they don’t know what is going on, so it is best that they close their shops to evade any troubles
Guk Bap is actually boiled rice with flavoured soup
Yi Gua said that he is starving & wants to have some money to buy something to eat. The storekeeper said he can’t help just take the book & do whatever Yi Gua wants with it. Yi Gua tries to sell the book for 5 nyangs but storekeeper refuse to buy the book from Yi Gua & push Yi Gua away while he closes his shop
Meanwhile Baek Do Yang carried his wounded father & asked his father to hold on for a while. Yi Gua places stone on the San Dang for Seo Geun Gae who didn’t have a tomb mount & asked him to have a happier life in the nether world. Yi Gua complaints that there is nothing in his life that is smooth going for him, now that the country is in chaos, Yi Gua moans that he is really starving. Baek Do Yang comes to Yi Gua & asked Yi Gua to come & help carry his father. Yi Gua recognise Baek Do Yang from the book store. Baek Do Yang tells that he will render him a reward if Yi Gua give him a hand with his father. Yi Gua immediate goes to piggy back Baek Tae Hyeon
Yi Gua asked where should they go to. Baek Do Yang said that they need to go as far as this place as possible. In Paul Georg von Moellendorff’s residence, Horace Newton Allen has joint to finished suturing Min Young Ik’s wounds & breathe in relief as Yoo Hee Seo tell Horace Newton Allen a job well done in effort. Hwang Jeong said that Min Young Im will able to survive. Horace Newton Allen said that he has the faith that Min Young Ik will survive, with faith only that the patient able to recover. Dr Watanabe concurs as this is state in the bible, believe, hope & love is the core of faith. Horace Newton Allen tells that the most important of all is love & corrects Dr Watanabe in which he acknowledged. Dr Watanabe excuse himself to leave as the surgery is completed. Hwang Jeong excuse that he will send Dr Watanabe to the door but stops Hwang Jeong, then Paul Georg von Moellendorff volunteer to send Dr Watanabe to the door as Dr Watanabe bids goodbye. Dr Watanabe is upset that his plan has been foiled & asked them to wait & see especially by Hwang Jeong then recalls that Hwang Jeong looks rather familiar & wonder where he has seen him before, then feels the pains from the pricks of the needles from Hwang Jeong’s jabbing.
Horace Newton Allen dressing the wounds & tell that he needs to sterilizing the wound with alcohol. Yoo Hee Seo said he has some in his residence. Hwang jeong volunteer to get the alcohol from Yoo Hee Seo’s residence. Paul Georg von Moellendorff comes in to tell Yoo Hee Seo that there is someone from his household has come to see him bring some medication
Technically you can’t do a true sterilize with alcohol, it is not effective, only disinfect but the fact was not known in 1884
Yoo Hee Seo comes out to finds his daughter outside & asked whether she is in the right frame of mind to have come to Paul Georg von Moellendorff’s residence on her own. Yoo Seok Ran apologise that she just want to know whether her father is safe. Yoo Seok Ran only have thought to finds out about his father’s well being & safety. Yoo Hee Seo said that even if it is well intended but to risk coming to Paul Georg von Moellendorff’s residence without escort & asked whether her daughter has given any thought how worried her mother would be that she has venture out alone on the streets. Yoo Seok Ran said that she only feel appease once she sees her father safe & sound. Yoo Hee Seo said no need for her daughter to explains & asked her to return back to the house
Yoo Hee Seo said that it is not right that during turmoil on the streets that Yoo Seok Ran can’t return on her own. Hwang Jeong volunteers to escort & chaperon Yoo Seok Rang home, if Yoo Hee Seo permits. Yoo Hee Seo show his upset with his daughter’s absconding from the house. Hwang Jeong escorting Yoo Seok Ran tells that her father was worried for her to have reprimanded her with stern words. Yoo Seok Ran said that although her father has express upset but in his heart it give great satisfaction to what she has done. Yoo Seok Ran said her father what his daughter to equal standing like a son. Yoo Seok Ran said that wasn’t it coincidence that they just ran out of medical supplies, if it was her who brought the medical supplies & thanks to her they needn’t had to go back & forth to get the supplies & may able to help out if need be in assistance. Yoo Seok ran said that her father will let his anger subsides really quickly. Hwang Jeong said although it is said, but then if there is a next time facing the same risk of danger, to asked her that it is best she doesn’t to do it again.
Yoo Seok Ran said that she is not a person who only know how to eat food & wear clothes like dolls, woman has their own mind set, as she tells how anxious she was for her father’s safety that she came out in the night to look for him. Hwang Jeong just agree Yoo Seok Ran’s debates of woman rights as he apologise. Yoo Seok Ran said that it is not for him to apologise then laughs. Hwang Jeong asked the reason why she is laughing. Yoo Seok Ran said that Hwang Jeong looks like her household’s Chil Bok. Then laughs that he looks like Chil Bok
Yoo Seok Ran enquire why Hwang Jeong suddenly disappear from her house without leaving notice, that got her really worried. Hwang Jeong express regret to have given Yoo Seo Ran such a bother & trouble but he has his concern over someone else that was with him. Yoo Seok Ran said that Hwang Jeong has a valet & asked whether he has found his valet. Hwang Jeong said he still can’t find him. Yoo Seok ran apologise that she never thought of Hwang Jeong concerns. Hwang Jeong apologise that he was being too perfunctorily. Yoo Seok Ran agrees that he is indeed, & on the contrary that Hwang Jeong did indeed save her father’s life. Yoo Seok Ran heard it from Paul Georg von Moellendorff (Mok In Deok) on what happened & bow to thanked Hwang Jeong. Hwang Jeong return his bow that anyone in that situation would have done the same. Yoo Seok Ran said that she really know how to read a person disposition, when she 1st met Hwang Jeong, she knew that he wasn’t a bad person. Yoo Seok Ran carried on with the walk as Hwang Jeong follows behinds to escort & chaperon her & help her along the way. Yoo Seok Ran nearly trip crossing the stream when Hwang Jeong instant reflex to hold her in support then realise the close contact
Baek Do Yang with Yi Gua carries the wounded Baek Tae Hyeon running across down. Hwang Jeong makes conversation that he has just witness a surgery & thinking whether he could also do the same procedures & do a surgery, it is interesting. Yoo Seok Ran asked whether she will like to enlightened the matter of his interest to relay a interesting story to Hwang Jeong. Yoo Seok Rang asked does he know how the Western Medical Practitioner came about in its beginning. Hwang Jeong is not certain. Yoo Seok Ran tells that it was “barberyâ€. Hwang Jeong hear it as “babo†which means fool & finds it strange that the a fool can able to attain such achievement. Yoo Seok Ran further explains that the Western medicine gave this barbery skilled expertise to do due to the skill in their handling of razor went giving a shave & haircuts & hence called them barber, this is how the Western surgery was originate
In our time, surgery & medicine are closely allied disciplines. This was also true in ancient Greece and Rome. However, through the Renaissance and until the 18th century in Western Europe, surgery was considered more a trade than a profession, it was the same for dentistry, & surgeons had more to do with barbers than with physicians. This separation between surgery & medicine may have originated in religious attitudes. During the early middle Ages, most healing (both medical & surgical) was carried out by members of the clergy. However, concern arose about the shedding of blood by priests, and a papal decree (reinforced in 1215 by the Tenth Lateran Council) prohibited priests from doing surgery. As a result, responsibility for surgery passed to monasteries, where it was conducted by barbers who had experience with razors. At first, this was likely done under the supervision of priests. Eventually, surgery spread outside of monasteries, especially during times of war, when military surgeons were in great demand. The academic and social status of these barber-surgeons was usually considerably less than that of physicians. If medicine was considered a profession practiced by university-trained physicians, then surgery was a trade, sometimes carried out by illiterates. Barber-surgeon guilds began appearing in Europe around the 13th century. In London, for example, separate trade guilds for barbers and surgeons can be traced at least to 1308, in the case of the Company of Barbers (later known as the Barber-Surgeons’ Company, and 1369 for the much-smaller but generally better-educated Fellowship of Surgeons. Surgery was carried out by both of these guilds. A municipal ordinance issued in 1307 forbade barbers from being “so bold or so hardy as to put blood in their windows, openly or in view of folks, but let them have it privily carried unto the Thames, under pain of paying two shillings to the use of the sheriffs.â€
Among the guilds, considerable importance was attached to the order in which they were represented in processions. In 1535, the Company of Barbers marched in 17th position, between the pewterers and the cutlers. This was achieved only after considerable lobbying of civic officials, who had demoted the barbers from 17th to 28th place in 1516, followed by 17th place in 1532, 18th place a few years later, 17th place in 1533, and 28th place in 1534. In 1493, the two competing guilds had started to co-operate on licensing of surgeons, and in 1540 they were amalgamated by an Act of Parliament. This law forbade surgeons from practicing barbery and barbers from practicing surgery, except for the pulling of teeth. There were many more barber-surgeons than physicians, and there is evidence that barber-surgeons sometime ventured beyond their trade into the practice of medicine. This amalgamation lasted for two centuries, until it was ended by an 18th-century trend that led surgeons across Northern Europe to disassociate from their hair-clipping colleagues. In England, William Cheselden, a skilled barber-surgeon who could remove bladder stones in less than one minute, led a drive for professional recognition of surgery. London surgeons left the Company of Barber-Surgeons in 1745 to form their own Company of Surgeons, which would evolve into the Royal College of Surgeons of England. One of the best-known barber-surgeons was Ambroise Paré (1510-1590), who developed new amputation techniques in his work with French army troops, and abandoned the practice of using boiling oil to detoxify gunshot wounds. Paré recorded his knowledge about surgery in a 40-volume work that also summarized the teachings of Galen, Hippocrates, and Arabic surgeons. The last vestige of barber-surgeons’ links with the medical side of their profession is probably the traditional red and white barber’s pole which is said to represent the blood and bandages associated with their older role. Another link is the United Kingdom’s use of the title Mr. rather than Dr. for consultants and registrars in surgery (when awarded an MRCS or FRCS diploma). This dates back to the days when surgeons gained a RCS diploma rather than a University Doctoral Degree. Even though all surgeons now have to gain a basic medical degree and doctorate (as well as undergoing several more years training in surgery), they still retain their link with the past. This is to said that Hwang Jeong possessing the trade in butchering & tannery. Yoo Seok Ran has to explains the term “barbery†is someone that cuts hair. Hwang Jeong jumps to the conclusion that it must be executioners who do beheading on criminals that they are allow to do surgery & finds it weird. Yoo Seok Ran tells that it is not what she meant & tries to explain the term “barbery†like Horace Newton Allen having short style hair & trimmed facial hair. Then Hwang Jeong realise it is cutting of the neck but the hair. Joseon men wears topknot, so there is no needs for barber
Ancient Chinese kept all their hair to practice filial piety as dictated by Confucius & to the Korean the Top-Knot means nationality, antiquity (some say of five centuries, others of 2000 years), sanctity derived from antiquity, entrance on manhood socially and legally, even though he may be a child in years, the assumption of two names by which in addition to his family name he is afterwards known, and by which he is designated on the ancestral tablets, marriage is intimately bound up with it, as is ancestral worship, and as has been mentioned in the chapter on marriage, a Korean without a Top-Knot, even if in middle life, can only be treated as a nameless and irresponsible boy. In a few cases a Korean, to escape from this stage of disrespect, scrapes together enough to pay for the Top-Knot ceremonies and the mang-kun, hat, and long coat, which are their sequence, though he is too poor to support a family, but the Top-Knot in ninety-nine cases out of a hundred is only assumed on marriage, without which the wearer has the title of “a half-man†bestowed on him.
Hwang Jeong understands the explanation give, then Hwang Jeong give an example that if a person is from a Chonmin class who is skill & expert in butchering & tannery in which leather crafting will he able to make it as a Western Doctor. Yoo Seok Ran concurs because they too are well verse in handling knives. Yoo Seok Ran said that the example can be given the equivalent of barbers to the group in Joseon will be the Baekjeong chaste. Hwang Jeong is surprise to hear the mentioned of Baekjeong then asked wouldn’t it be a little rather odd to give this role to Baekjeong. Yoo Seok Ran said that isn’t Baekjeong skill & expert in handling knives, then it comes to leather crafting that able to stitch that they are versatile then they can cut with the knife then sew with a needle, Yoo Seo Ran said that this is exactly correct in principal. Hwang Jeong happy to have hear the explanation & laughs loudly. Yoo Seok Ran said is this interesting as Hwang Jeong agrees it is interesting & same time amazing that it could be the beginning of a new prospect for Baekjeong but Yoo Hee Seo said that who will typecast Western Doctors to be low cast as everyone gives Doctors their noble & due respect to their profession. Hwang Jeong walks Yoo Hee Seo home
Chil Bok debating to Kim Mak Saeng over who has died, he claims it is not the King but the Queen. Kim Mak Saeng tells Chil Bok not to hear rumours. Kim Mak Saeng recalls that the Imo Mutiny (1882) rumoured has it that Queen Myeongseong has died & there was a state funeral, didn’t Queen Myeongseong ended up to return in fine order of health. Kim Mak Saeng anxious to what to know what is happening to her Miss of the household Yoo Seok Ran & calls for her Miss, while Chil Bok still insist that Queen Myeongseong has died. Kim Mak Saeng asked Chil Bok to stop all this debate & go & finds their Miss’s whereabouts.
Imo Mutiny is Korean soldiers who received western military training mutinied & killed Joseon government official & their military trainers, they want to assassinate Queen Myeongseong as well but failed. Japan & China despatch troops to curb the mutiny & restore order. The Chinese eventual blames Heungseon Daewongun who is Gojong father for the mutiny whom had proponent the isolation policy & “invited†Heungseon Daewongun to China. The incident intensified rivalry between Japan & China over Korea even further. Daewongun only return to Korea after 4 years
Kim Mak Saeng finds Yoo Seok Ran at the gate where Hwang Jeong has finally escorting her back to her house safely. Kim Mak Saeng recognise that it is Hwang Jeong as Chil Bok confirms that it is indeed. Hwang Jeong said that he will send Yoo Seok Ran only to her door step as he bids goodbye. Yoo Seok ran thanked Hwang Jeong for his trouble to send her back to her house. Kim Mak Saeng comes to greet her Miss when Baek Do Yang comes calling to Yoo Seok Ran & tells that his father has been mortally wounded. Then Hwang Jeong finds that Yi Gua is carrying the wounded Bae Tae Hyeon as Yi Gua address Hwang Jeong as “Sirâ€
Baek Do Yang said there isn’t time to waste & to send his father indoors as Yoo Seok Ran leads them in. Hwang Jeong wants to leave but came in instead to see if he can help. Yoo Seok Ran lay the bedding for Yi Gua to put down the wounded Baek Tae Hyeon. Yoo Seok Ran finds that Baek Do Yan is also injured in his arm & it is still bleeding. Baek Do Yang said that he is alright, compare to this, he wants to call Dr Watanabe to her residence to see to his father. Yoo Seok Ran said that in this present turmoil, going to the Japanese legation will be at great risk of danger. Baek Do Yang said that at this moment Dr Watanabe is the only person who can saved his father. Hwang Jeong thinks that it is not a good idea about seeking for Dr Watanabe, he tried to killed Min Young Ik who stabbed & wounded in the Ujeongchongguk incident, it is a long story but Hwang Jeong asked them to trust him in his words that he personally witness it. Hwang Jeong suggest to Yoo Seok Ran that it is better that they called for Horace Newton Allen to help. Baek Do Yang said that he has never seen Horace Newton Allen’s medical practices before. Hwang Jeong said that a person who could saved mortally wounded Min Young Ik from the dead, his medical practices must be outstanding to be said. Hwang Jeong said that he will come back soon as he can with Horace Newton Allen. Yoo Seok Ran said that she will prepare a horse for Hwang Jeong
Yi Gua queries about the horse, the he gave an excuse that his Master can’t ride a horse. Hwang Jeong gave an excuse & apologise that he fell from a horse during his childhood & has a fear of riding since. Yoo Seok Ran said that she will go & call Horace Newton Allen instead. Baek Do Yang asked Yoo Seok Ran not to go due to the uncertainty in the current situation, he will go & call Horace Newton Allen. Baek Do yang tells his father that he needs to hold on while he is gone until he returns with the Doctor. Baek Do Yang & Yoo Seok Ran leaves. Yi Gua approaches Hwang Jeong & asked what is happening here. Baek Tae Hyeon breathing is really shallow
Horse is prepare as Baek Do Yang mounts to ride to Paul Georg von Moellendorff. Yoo Seok Ran said that she will prepare the necessary for his return with Horace Newton Allen & when the Doctor returns they can immediately start the surgery. Baek Do Yang thanked Yoo Seok Ran for the thought as he gallops off. Yoo Seok Ran instruct Chil Bok to go to Baek Tae Hyeon’s residence to inform the kin of Baek Tae Hyeon’s condition. Chil Bok acknowledged & leaves.
Yoo Seok Ran comes in & her mother already wearing the “Aigoo†head band telling her daughter that she is giving her mother a “heart attack†in upsets. Mrs Yoo scolds her daughter that in this situation of turmoil a young lady is to go running around the streets. Yoo Seok Ran apologise to her mother for giving her anxiety & assures that she return home under the escort of Hwang Jeong where she was protected moreover Yoo Hee Seo is well & fine. Mrs Yoo queries that her daughter didn’t came back with Baek Do Yang but instead it is Hwang Jeong who left them a note & ran away without notice. Kim Mak Saeng confirms that it is so. Then Mrs Yoo queries that who is now the person who has been carried to their house mortally wounded. Mrs Yoo asked what is the matter with the situation that it seem there is yet another wounded person being brought to the house. Kim Mak Saeng said that the wounded person is none other than the Minister of Law. Mrs Yoo said that if he is the Minister of Law, it means that he is Baek Do Yang’s father. Kim Mak Saeng affirms as Yoo Seok Ran explains that Baek Tae Hyeon was wounded by the insurgents. Mrs Yoo shocks that it is insurgents. Kim Mak Saeng said that it seems to be seriously injured & asked whether they need to cooks some porridge. Mrs Yoo said that they must since there is a potential that this family will be in laws, they should do so & instruct Kim Mak Saeng to prepare. Mrs. Yoo goes away & exclaiming “Aigoos†& wants to touch up her makeup
Yoo Seok Ran goes to the store medicine box supplies & prepare for surgery with the sterilising alcohol & other require solution then goes for bandages. Hwang Jeong tries to do compression to stop the bleeding. Yi Gua glad that Hwang Jeong is still alive & well. Hwang Jeong nods. Yi Gua said that he thought Hwang Jeong has died. Hwang Jeong said that this is a long story that he will relay the story at a later time. Hwang Jeong said that he is also happy to see Yi Gua as Yi Gua concurs. Then Yi Gua’s stomach growls in hunger pranks. Yi Gua said that he hasn’t eaten for days that he is going to starve to death if it is not been dealt with. Hwang Jeong said he will stay with Baek Tae Hyeon while Yi Gua goes to kitchen to asked & see whether he can find something to eat. Yi Gua understands & leaves
Kim Mak Saeng feeds Yi Gua & asked what has happened. Yi Gua said that their Miss has save his Master life, then Kim Mak Saeng asked why did Hwang Jeong lost Yi Gua. Kim Mak Saeng said that if it was her that she reports to Yoo Hee Seo then his Master will be…..Yi Gua said that his Master has owed a debt of kindness from them, from the Yoo Hee Seo to Yoo Seok Ran. Kim Mak Saeng said what is there to save someone life from the dead, if a person doesn’t know any gratitude is no different than a beast. Yi Gua said that is why he carried the Ministers of Law & ran for 10 ri, there should be some reward. Kim Mak Saeng wants to clear Yi Gua’s table tray but he refuse to let go of his bowl as Kim Mak Saeng said that he has enough of eating & he should leave. Yi Gua tells that he will clean the bowl for her that she doesn’t need washing
Mrs Yoo comes to the kitchen to ask whether the porridge is cooking. Kim Mak Saeng confirms that the porridge is cooking but there isn’t must of an ingredients. Mrs Yoo said that it is improper to just present this kind of porridge that is so plain, Mrs Yoo drags the dog in to said that they should at least add this dog into to make “Gae Suyuk†(boiled dog meat soup) to show some sincerity. Kim Mak Saeng said it is good idea but who will come to slaughter the dog as others wouldn’t want to do it. Yi Gua volunteers to slaughter the dog that if they don’t mind as he hasn’t done this before but he has seen people doing many a times. A moonlighting shaman can able to killed a person what is there on a mere dog & asked to give him the dog. Yi Gua looks delicious delighted looking at the dog, although Mrs Yoo is showing her doubts
Gaegogi is dog meat. In China, where dog meat (??) has been seen as an affordable meat source and the records of dog consumption date back to BC 500. Unlike the Western where a dog is seen as a pet, in China for example they favours the avian species or even a cricket than dogs as pets. There are a couple traditional dishes made out of dog meat (the most common is boshintang, a stew); however, is not a regular part of Korean cuisine, you wouldn’t get it serve at home, although they are specialise dog meat restaurants in Korea but then it is officially ban in Seoul but enforcement is lacks. I have been told that Gyeongdong Market in Jaegi-do Seoul It seems to be popular among a certain group of older gentlemen for its supposed power to enhance stamina and virility. Dog is also eaten in other parts of East and South Asia, including certain regions of China and the Philippines.
Baek Do Yang riding to Paul Georg von Moellendorff’s residence as Horace Newton Allen said that it is completed what is needn’t do to as he puts the bandage on Min Young Ik. Now they just have to wait for the patient to pull through with his own will to live. Yoo Hee Seo tells Horace Newton Allen that he has done well in effort. Paul Georg von Moellendorff comes in to tell Horace Newton Allen there is someone to see him & insist on speaking to him. Yoo Hee Seo surprise to see Baek Do Yang comes running in
Horace Newton Allen & Baek Do Yang on horses as Yoo Hee Seo tells then to ride on quickly & that he will settle matter here & will return as soon as he can. Horace Newton Allen & Baek Do Yang gallops away. Meanwhile Hwang Jeong tries his best to stop the bleeding by compression. Then Baek Gyu Hyeon comes to the Yoos residence after being informs of the news on Baek Tae Hyeon & panting for breath to ask where is his brother. Baek Gyu Hyeon is shock to see his brother mortally wounded & wailing in cries that what on earth has happened to his brother. Baek Gyu Hyeon sees that Yoo Seok Ran has prepare the instruments as he asked Hwang Jeong whether he is the Physician & shouts for Hwang jeong to save his brother & not just stand there idle & not doing anything. Yoo Seok ran tells that Baek Do yang has gone to get the Doctor. Hwang jeong confirms to wait a little while longer & the Doctor will be here soon. Hwang Jeong said that the Doctor will treat the wound by…..as he gets a prompt from Yoo Seok Rang & suture the wound up. Baek Gyu Hyeon surprise that Baek Do Yang has gone to called a Western Doctor. Hwang Jeong confirms that the Doctor has saved a patient who was be wounded in the incident. Baek Gyu Hyeon disagrees as nonsense. Hwang Jeong assures that he has witness the surgery with his own eyes. Yoo Seok Ran also confirm the fact as truth that Hwang Jeong was a patient with gunshot wound & he survive. Baek Gyu Hyeon said that it is fine, no matter whom he is, just call him to come & shouts in panic. Horace Newton Allen & Baek Do Yang galloping in horses to go to Yoos residence
Baek Gyu Hyeon pester Hwang Jeong & Yoo Seok Ran when is the Doctor coming. Yoo Seok ran said that it is only pass only one meal time, just wait a moment longer, then Baek Tae Hyeon condition drops a notch & has some slight conscious calling his brother Baek Gyu Hyeon. Baek Gyu Hyeon answer his brother’s calling. Baek Tae Hyeon asked for his son Baek Do Yang. Bae Gyu Hyeon tells his brother that Baek Do Yang has gone to called the physician & he will return soon & asked his brother to hold on just a while. Baek Gyu Hyeon asked his brother why he didn’t heed to listen to his son’s advice & how he got himself so seriously wounded. Baek Tae Hyeon regrets that he has destroy his son’s generosity. Baek Tae Hyeon is struggling with his speech as Yoo Seok Ran asked him to stop talking & preserve his energy that Baek Do Yang will return soon
One meal time (Han Shi Gan), is Korea measurement of decimal time, it is about 15 mins. This is equivalent to the Chinese timekeeping of “ke†(?) is a traditional Chinese unit of decimal time lasting approximately a quarter of a western hour.
Baek Tae Yang is already vomiting blood from internal haemorrhage as Yoo Seok Ran is concern as Baek Gyu Hyeon calls his brother & Baek Tae Hyeon loses consciousness. Horace Newton Allen & Baek Do Yang is still riding on. Yoo Seok Ran listening to Baek Tae Hyeon breathing & express relief that Baek Tae Hyeon is still breathing but rather shallow. Baek Gyu Hyeon asked what is so relief about that as they are just standing there idle & not lifting a finger to help Baek Tae Hyeon who is dying. Baek Gyu Hyeon asked whether they are just going to look at Baek Tae Hyeon slip away in death & he really will die as Baek Gyu Hyeon panics in exclamation. Then Baek Gyu Hyeon asked Hwang Jeong to think of something to help his brother’s predicament. Hwang Jeong is surprise as Baek Gyu Hyeon said that Hwang Jeong has mentioned that he has seen this done, so he should have some knowledge of the surgery. Hwang Jeong claims that he is not a physician. Baek Gyu Hyeon pressure with pester that this is not the time to discussing about qualifications, that they are going to not do anything & let his brother dies, they must do something. Yoo Seok Ran concurs that Baek Tae Hyeon may not able to hold on until the Doctor arrives
Baek Gyu Hyeon goes & begs to Hwang Jeong to help his brother, just asked Hwang Jeong to give it a try that what he has witness from the Western surgery, if he doesn’t, his brother will surely dies. Horace Newton Allen & Baek Do Yang is still riding to Yoos residence. Hwang Jeong looks at the wounded Baek Tae Hyeon then sees his mother. Hwang Jeong remove his gat then takes the alcohol to sterilise the wound area. Yoo Seok Ran is surprise over his action. Hwang Jeong said that Baek Gyu Hyeon is correct that they can just sit here to see Baek Tae Hyeon dies without lifting a hand. Baek Gyu Hyeon is urging Hwang Jeong on to do the surgery. Yoo Seok Ran said that this involves someone’s life. Hwang Jeong understands what is going on, so that is why he needs to give this a try. If they don’t do anything, this person will die. If they need to do this surgery, it is now. Yoo Seok ran said then she will assist Hwang jeong in the surgery
Hwang Jeong said that 1st & foremost they need to sedate Baek Tae Hyeon with anesthesia as he cleans the wound with alcohol. Horace Newton Allen & Baek Do Yang still riding. Hwang Jeong takes the ether as Yoo Seok Ran hands the anesthesia mask & Hwang Jeong drops 20 droplets of ether as he recalls Horace Newton Allen narrating the procedures then 1st to drip 20 droplets then 40 droplet as Yoo Seok Ran watches attentively then as it reaches 60 droplet, Hwang Jeong stops short as he recalls Yoo Hee Seo said that overdose of anesthesia may kill a person then he retract the anesthesia as Yoo Seok Rang said that the dosage is not enough. Hwang Jeong cites that Baek Tae Hyeon is elderly may not able to take heavy dosage & hence he decrease the administration of anesthesia for the better. Horace Newton Allen & Baek Do Yang still riding. Baek Tae Hyeon has been sedated as Yoo Seok Ran said that the patient is prepared & sedated
Hwang Jeong said that he needs to wipes his hands as he wipes his hands thoroughly & Chil Book peeping through the door. As Hwang Jeong recalls that he needs to finds the severe artery & clamp it, as Hwang Jeong goes to probe the wound for the artery. Hwang Jeong uses his hands to retract the wound wider to probe for the severe artery as Baek Gyu Hyeon exclaims what he is doing. Then Yoo Seok Ran hands Hwang Jeong a hemostatic forceps as she prepares the suture needle with catgut. Hwang Jeong finds the severe artery & clamps it with the forceps to begin suturing the artery. Hwang Jeong asked Yoo Seok Ran to hold the hemostatic forceps in place for him to suture the artery as he has witness how Horace Newton Allen has done so while using a surgical probe needle to lift up the artery for suturing then he starts to tied the suture & knots it then Yoo Seok Ran release the hemostatic forceps as Hwang Jeong proceed to suture & cuts the access catgut from the wound
Chil Bok runs to inform the household that there is a problem. Yi Gua doing a lengthening butchering ritual on the dog as Kim Mak Saeng & Mrs Yoo gets impatient with his prayers with “Amenâ€. Kim Mak Saeng said that it is just for a dog as Mrs Yoo tells that it is not, that Yi Gua doesn’t have knowledge in rituals since he is the valet to a scholar that he must have some foundation as Mrs Yoo ends with then “Amenâ€. Yi Gua prepare the dog for slaughter by outing a red cloth over its head when Chil Bok comes running & shouting that there is trouble & the dog ran away out of fright. Yi Gua complains that the ritual is tarnish
Mrs Yoo asked why is Chil Bok screaming & shouting as Chil Bok pants for breaths. Chil Bok said that there is trouble as Hwang Jeong & their Miss Yoo Seok Ran is in the house doing something together & panting in breath. Mrs Yoo jumps to the conclusion that they are both doing something illicit. Kim Mak Saeng asked hoe can they strike up a relationship so soon. Yi Gua vouch that Hwang Jeong is not that type of a person & will never do that. Chil Bok said that the face is cover as the hands outstretch & enters the body. Mrs Yoo said that the hands outstretch to her daughter’s body. Mrs Yoo said that this is disaster that her daughter is…..Chil Bok said that it is not that. Kim Mak Saeng said that is it by chance perhaps that Chil Bok is trying to say is that they are copying the surgical procedure of the Western surgery. Chil Bok said that that is the exactly accurate
Mrs Yoo wants to finds faults with Hwang Jeong as Kim Mak Saeng chases her Madam as Yi Gua asked Chil Bok to follow as well. Mrs Yoo enters to finds Baek Tae Hyeon lying half naked & get a shock. Baek Gyu Hyeon asked how dared woman folk enter & asked them to leave at once. Kim Mak Saeng looking at the scene without batter her eyelids. Yoo Seok Ran came to take her astonished mother out of the room. Hwang Jeong start to suture the wound
In the courtyard, Mrs Yoo asked her daughter whether she is crazy what is she trying to do to the Minister of law. Yoo Seok Ran said that she will explain the detail later to her mother. Kim Mak Saeng asked whether Hwang Jeong is doing stitching for living. Yoo Seok Ran tells her that it is not stitching but suturing. Chil Bok said that using a needle means it is stitching for a living, using a spade, it is shovelling for a living. Mrs Yoo said that this will cause problems, what do Hwang Jeong know of anything. Yoo Seok Ran asked Kim Mak Saeng to look after her noisy mother & asked everybody to keep the noise down & goes in as Mrs Yoo telling that her daughter is rude. Kim Mak Saeng said that if it really can suture, he may be able to survive. Yoo Seok Ran observe Hwang Jeong suturing. Horace Newton Allen & Baek Do Yang still rides on as Hwang Jeong finished suturing, Baek Tae Hyeon, then finds something odd about Baek Tae Hyeon’s condition as Baek Gyu Hyeon asked what is the matter that Hwang Jeong has halt his suturing. Hwang Jeong asked there is something odd that Baek Tae Hyeon has stop bleeding. Yoo Seok Rang said that it is because he has suture the artery. Hwang Jeong said that he is not referring to the artery but when he was vomiting blood when he was breathing. Baek Gyu Hyeon asked whether there is something amiss. Hwang Jeong goes to listening for sign of breathing then goes to reads his pulse
Yoo Seok Ran fearing for the worse perhaps that Baek Tae Hyeon…..Yoo Seok Ran goes to check the breathing by placing a gauze on a forceps to see if the gauze flutter & to see it was really still. Hwang Jeong & Yoo Seok Ran sat down in a thud that Bae Tae Hyeon has passed away as Baek Gyu Hyeon wails over the death of his brother as Yoo Seok Ran is also sadden by their noble attempt to save Baek Tae Hyeon. Horace Newton Allen & Baek Do Yang arrives at the gate then rushes in to the house. Mrs Yoo sat down in anguish that a death of a Minister has happened in her house & this spell demise for her household. Chil Bok asked what did Hwang Jeong done something wrong that cause so much trouble. Yi Gua said when he carried Baek Tae Hyeon, he was already barely alive. Mrs Yoo said that this is not the moment for her to be sitting around, before anybody comes, they must go & hide Yoo Seok Ran from sight & goes calling her daughter when Chil Bok address Baek Do Yang who already hear his Uncle’s wailing of his father demise & his Uncle telling his dead brother that he should have hold on. Baek Do Yang & Horace Newton Allen rushes into the room. Mrs Yoo is going to faint over what ill befallen is going is about to happen to her household
Baek Gyu Hyeon tells his nephew that now he has return that his father has passed away. Baek Do yang is shocked to see his father dead. Baek Do Yang goes & calls his father while Horace Newton Allen checks Baek Tae Hyeon’s vital signs. Hwang Jeong is in a daze. Horace Newton Allen looks at his pocket watch & said that it is 2:39 in the afternoon…..& announces Baek Tae Hyeon as dead. Horace Newton Allen tells that may God rest his soul. Baek Gyu Hyeon can only wails that his brother should have hold on a little longer that he didn’t even see his son for one last time
Horace Newton Allen notice the suturing of Baek Tae Hyeon’s wounds & queries who has done this to Baek Tae Hyeon then Baek Do Yang looks at it to asked who has done surgery to his father’s body. Baek Gyu Hyeon points at Hwang Jeong that he did it & blames Hwang Jeong that he stubbornly insist to do the surgery. Yoo Seok Ran is shock that Baek Gyu Hyeon put the blame on Hwang Jeong where he was the person who pestered. Baek Do yang asked Hwang Jeong that he suture his father & goes to attack Hwang Jeong but Yoo Seok Ran tries to explain that the situation was dire therefore…..but Baek DO Yang is not going to listen to any explanation & grabs Hwang Jeong to asked how dare he did the surgery to his father & throws him out in the courtyard & strangled Hwang Jeong who is not resisting Baek Do Yang’s attacks as he tells that he will killed Hwang Jeong. Yi Gua tries to stop Baek Do Yang as Baek Do Yang pushes him to move aside. Baek Do yang asked how dare he did surgery on his father, Yoo Seok Ran tries to explains but Mrs Yoo holds back her daughter. Baek Do Yang said that he went to call the Doctor & they should have waited, even how grave the situation, they should have waited. Baek Do yang said that he knows how to administrate anesthesia & suture, he know how it is done but then he tells that he didn’t do it & went to call the Doctor because he is not a qualified Doctor. Baek Do Yang said how dare Hwang Jeong allow his father to die & strangled Hwang Jeong.
Episode 4
Episode 4 Part 1
Episode 4 Part 2
Episode 4 Part 3
Episode 4 Part 4
Episode 4 Part 5
Episode 4 Part 6
Episode 4 Part 7
Synopsis/Summary of Jejoongwon The Hospital (??? (???) Episode 5
Hwang Jeong is thrown out in the courtyard by Baek Do Yang & strangled Hwang Jeong who is not resisting Baek Do Yang’s attacks as he tells that he will killed Hwang Jeong. Yi Gua tries to stop Baek Do Yang as Baek Do Yang pushes him to move aside. Baek Do yang asked how dare he did surgery on his father, Yoo seok Ran tries to explains but Mrs Yoo holds back her daughter. Baek Do Yang said that he went to call the Doctor & they should have waited, even how grave & emergency the situation, they should have waited. Baek Do yang said that he also knows how to administrate anesthesia & suture, he know how it is done but then he tells Hwang Jeong that he didn’t do it & went to call the Doctor because he is not a qualified Doctor. Baek Do Yang said how dare Hwang Jeong allowed his father to die & strangled Hwang Jeong
Horace Newton Allen asked Baek Do Yang to stop it then pull Baek Do Yang away from Hwang Jeong & he tell Baek Do Yang that Hwang Jeong is not in the wronged. Baek Do Yang said that Hwang Jeong did an unlicensed surgery that his father died. Baek Gyu Hyeon concurs by adding fuel to fire that he too has witness it. Horace Newton Allen said that it is not the surgery that caused Baek Tae Hyeon to die. Hwang Jeong grew attentive as Horace Newton Allen said that the surgery went well. Baek Do Yang demands that he be release then queries that if the surgery was done in satisfaction then why did his father passed away. Horace Newton Allen tells Baek Do Yang that treatment given to his father came too late, his father is elderly & has died of hypovolemia
Hypovolemia is blood loss. Baek Tae Hyeon loss a lot of blood
Yoo Seok Ran breath a sigh of relief as Baek Do Yang digest the facts although he doesn’t want to believe the truth. Baek Do Yang looks at Hwang Jeong & tells that as of now he will not killed Hwang Jeong but he will report this matter to the authorities & will let me charge Hwang Jeong for the crime & accord the proper punishment. Baek Do Yang orders Hwang Jeong to be confine until the authorities comes. Hwang Jeong is carried out. Yi Gua & Hwang Jeong is tied up & confine in the store room. Yi Gua pleas that Horace Newton Allen said that Hwang Jeong didn’t do anything wrong. Baek Gyu Hyeon asked Yi Gua to shut up as the authorities will dealt with their lives. Yi Gua surprise that they report the incident to the police & instruct the servant to guard well & latched locked the door. Hwang Jeong still in a dazed after Baek Do Yang strangle.
Meanwhile Yoo Seok Ran runs to the store room as Mrs Yoo & Kim Mak Saeng trying to stop her. Mrs Yoo said that if she wants to interfere, she must able to recognise the situation. Yoo Seok Ran said that Hwang Jeong hesitate in doing the surgery, it is Baek Gyu Hyeon who pester that he must be done. Mrs Yoo asked what is her daughter saying that she too have witness it that Hwang Jeong has manipulate her because she is naive. Mrs Yoo asked confirmation from Kim Mak Saeng. Kim Mak Saeng tells her Mistress that it was never mentioned to her. Yoo Seok Ran defense Hwang Jeong’s deposition that he is not that kind of a person. Mrs Yoo &B Kim Mak Saeng grabs Yoo Seok Ran from going any further. Yi Gua cries that the has been falsely accused that they only wanted to save the person that why they did it, this is really injustice render to them that they can’t be treat as such. Yi Gua tries to break open the door
Baek Do Yang is with his dead father & looking at his father’s body. Yoo Seok Ran is outside calling out to Baek Do Yang to ask if she can have a word with him for a moment. Chil Bok tells his Miss that Baek Do yang may not want to see anyone at his moments of grief. Yoo Seok Ran leaves as Baek Do yang weeps over the death of his father. Hwang Jeong resigns to his fate. Yoo Seok Ran thinking hard that once the police comes, then the situation will become dire for Hwang Jeong that he may be charge for murder, she can’t allow this to happened.
Kim Mak Saeng cleaning Yoo Seok Ran’s room telling that Hwang Jeong natal notes are ill fated compare to her who has lost a husband & her 2 children, that it looks really cruel. Kim Mak Saeng assure the worried Yoo Seok Ran that she has save Hwang Jeong’s life before, he will never drag her down as an accomplice. Yoo Seok Ran just walks out of her room as Kim Mak Saeng calls her Miss
Yi Gua wriggles to set himself free from the bondage & managed to get loose. Yi Gua goes to untied Hwang Jeong’s rope. Hwang Jeong looks blankly at him as Yi Gua asked him not to speak nonsense that Hwang Jeong is coming with Yi Gua whether he like it or not. Hwang jeong asked that other may not understands hi but the least Yi Gua should understands is intention. Yi Gua asked what is it that he must understand & asked whether Hwang Jeong is in the right sense of mind. Hwang Jeong said that he wanted to save Baek Tae Hyeon so much. Yi Gua asked what is wants to save, he is has such daring courage to go & practice being a physician without any qualification & asked if Hwang Jeong has any knowledge in practice medicine. Hwang Jeong said that indeed it feels really weird that it was Bake Do Yang’s father but at the moment he recalls his own mother. Yi Gua thinks that Hwang Jeong has lost his marbles that he brought trouble upon himself trying to save someone. Hwang Jeong said that if his mother could have seek early treatment, there is a possibility that she may had lived, therefore he thinks that being a Doctor, that he will able to render early treatment so that the patient might lived, that he really wanted to save Baek Tae Hyeon. Yi Gua tells that Hwang Jeong, he can talked about the matter ll when they has finally escape from here, that their priority now is to escape
Yi Gua hears voices from outside that Chil Bok telling Yoo Seok Ran she is not allow to do that, Baek Do yang will get angry if he finds out. Yi Gua put back his ropes. Yoo Seok Ran unlock the latch & tells Chil Bok that she will take responsibility for the consequences. Yoo Seok Ran comes in as Yi Gua is surprise to see Yoo Seok Ran. Yi Gua tells that the rope are tied rather loose. Yoo Seok Ran unties Hwang Jeong’s ropes. Yoo Seok Ran tells Hwang Jeong that he must leave here at once. The police will be here soon. Meanwhile Baek Gyu Hyeon showing Jung Gyu Bok & his men the way to Yoos residence. Hwang Jeong tells Yoo Seok ran that he will not run. Yi Gua thinks this is absurd that Yoo Seok Rang is letting them go. Hwang Jeong doesn’t want Yoo Seok Ran to get into trouble on his behalf. Yoo Seok Ran reminds that Horace Newton Allen said that it is not Hwang Jeong’s fault that Baek Tae Hyeon died that the surgery went really well. Yoo Seok Rang said that Baek Tae Hyeon died because of loss of blood.
Yi Gua affirms the fact this is what Horace Newton Allen said. Yi Gua said that don’t start driving people mad anxiety to persuade Hwang Jeong to leave immediately. Hwang Jeong tells that he might has made the mistake without knowledge. Yoo Seok Ran affirms that Hwang Jeong must survive this predicament, if he survives that he will only know where the mistake has gone wrong then after never let this same incident to repeat itself again & that moment able to save someone’s life. Hwang Jeong looking at Yoo Seok Ran talking common sense to him. Yoo Seok Ran said that if Hwang Jeong continues to mope, she will reveal & confess the truth & be charge for the offense for being in league as well. Hwang Jeong asked Yoo Seok Ran that she must do that, this incident, he will take full responsibility. Yoo Seok Ran said that she has to take the responsibility for being the accomplice. Yoo Seok Ran gives a determine stare of threat as Yi Gua said that this is not the time to be staying idle with blank glances at each other & don’t start arguing over the matter
Baek Gyu Hyeon brings the police as he is catching his breath & calling his nephew that the police are here. Baek Do Yang showed the police the way in. Baek Do Yang asked Chil Bok to open the door. Chil Bok hesitates as Baek Do Yang demands the door to be open, then he sees the lock in Chil Bok’s hands. Baek Do Yang goes in to find store empty & the ropes on the floor. Yoo Seok Ran leading Yi Gua & Hwang Jeong to escape. Baek Do Yang grabs Chil Bok & demands where has Hwang Jeong gone. Chil Bok said that their Miss has done this. Baek Do Yang gives chase. Yoo Seok Ran sends Hwang Jeong to the gate & asked them to leave quickly. Hwang Jeong regrets causing grievances to Yoo Seok Ran but she assures that she will be fine, nothing will happened to her. Yi Gua drag Hwang Jeong away as it is not the time to be standing around. Yoo Seok Ran pulls her dangak norigae & asked Hwang Jeong to sell it for some cash. Hwang Jeong refuse to accepts an expensive norigae. Yoo Seok Ran said they never know what will happened next. Hwang Jeong still declines as Yi Gua takes the norigae from Yoo Seok Ran & thanked her & bid their goodbye dragging a reluctant Hwang Jeong
Norigae is one of the major accessories for women’s hanbok. The norigae pendant was widely used by royal court ladies as well as commoners. It is tied to the outer goreum (a coat string) or the waist of a skirt and gives a luxurious look to the entire outfit. The two major types of pendants are samjak norigae (a pendant with three ornaments) and danjak norigae (a pendant with one ornament). Samjak norigae is again divided into daesamjak and sosamjak. There are many types of norigae, including jangdo, su, hyangnang, horibyeong, samcheonju, baneuljip, & soknorigae
Baek Do Yang goes around searching for Yoo Seok Ran & sees her where Yoo Seok Ran admits that she has let Hwang Jeong go. Baek Do Yang turn to Yoo Seok Ran & asked that how can Yoo Seok Rang do this to him. Yoo Seok ran can’t allow Hwang Jeong to be perpetrator to murder. Yoo Seok Ran said that it is because he was trying to help that he is accused of being a murderer. Baek Do Yang said that Hwang Jeong only observe Horace Newton Allen did the surgery once, how dare Hwang Jeong work on his father to do the surgery. Yoo Seok Ran said that if he accuse that, then she is also in the wrong, that she was assisting Hwang Jeong in the surgery moreover it is his Uncle who pester Hwang Jeong to do it. Baek Do Yang surprise that it was his Uncle who asked. Yoo Seok Ran affirms. Baek Do Yang asked that it is because that they has been requested that they did it. Yoo Seok Ran said that it is not put in that context, it isn’t Hwang Jeong’s sole decision…..Baek Do Yang asked Yoo Seok Ran a question that he give an example of that it is the 1st time seeing a jultagi performance & the person is walking on a tight rope, but that person said he wants to try to walks to walk that tight rope, it is high & asked Yoo Seok ran whether he can attempt to walk that tight rope on his 1st try. Baek Do Yang asked Yoo Seok Ran to answer his question that looking at the tight rope for the 1st time, will he able to walk that tightrope. Yoo Seok Ran said that it can’t do it because of the risk. Baek Do Yang said that if it is attempted to walk that tight rope then there is a risk to his own life, but for medicine this can’t be allowed, it is because that it is someone else that will have their lives at risk & this will consider murder. Yoo Seok Ran said that Baek Do Yan is overboard in his presumptions. Baek Do Yang said that he is too much, he tells Yoo Seok Ran that the relationship that they know each other for over 10 years is none to compare Yoo Seok Ran express concern towards Hwang Jeong. Baek Do Yang question that Yoo Seok Ran is worried that Baek Do Yang will render grievances towards Hwang Jeong. Baek Do Yang said that now, he has lost his father. Baek Do Yang leaves. Yoo Seok Ran sadden by Baek Do Yang’s bitterness
Narration: Kim Ok Gyun instigate the Gapsinjeongbyeon coup, the Gaehwapa (Enlightenment Faction) group of reformers led by Kim Ok Gyun & Baek Young Hyo sought to initiate rapid changes within Korea along similar lines. Then thwarted by conservative factions within the Joseon court, particularly the pro-Chinese faction, they launched a coup d’état attempt with Japanese support on 4th December 1884, seizing the royal palace in Seoul. Then facing this threat, Queen Myeongseong from Kyeongwoo Palace returns to Changdeokgong secretly requested Chinese military intervention, and after three days the revolt was suppressed the Japanese soldiers & the Gaehwapa party by sending 1500 troops of the Chinese garrison based in Seoul led by General Yan Shi Kai. The coup was succumb in 3 days. During the ensuing battle, the Japanese legation building was burned down, and forty Japanese were killed. The surviving Gaehwapa activists escaped to the port city of Jemulpo (Incheon) under escort of the Japanese Minister to Korea, Takezoe Shinichiro, and there boarded a Japanese ship for exile in Japan.
Yuan Shi Kai rides in with his garrison & slaughters the Japanese soldiers to regain grounds & the execution of Hong Young Shik as the culprit to the Gapsinjeongbyeon, in the dying breaths Hong Young Shik calls Gojong. The Japanese calls for a retreat. The citizen of Joseon support the Chinese as Gae Su throwing rocks in the Japanese legation shouting them to leave as Dr Watanabe & Simamura trying to flee Seoul with their belonging. Dr Watanabe said he can’t take his trophy with him is a pity. Simamura said that this is not the time to be discussing his lost & to think of a safe passage to Jemulpo. Dr Watanabe knocks at the box to tell that for the inconvenience, please bear for a while. One of the boxes is store with Kim Ok Gyun. Dr Watanabe got hit by a throwing rocks of the upset citizen. Kim Ok Gyun tells Gojong that Joseon modernisation has come to an end & weeps over his defeat as the Japanese being chased out of Seoul
Yoo Hee Seo reprimand his daughter for her daring act that who permit her to do so. Yoo Seok Ran apologise that the situation was at dire so they didn’t have much of an option open to them. Yoo Hee Seo asked where there is no option. Yoo Hee Seo said that Hwang Jeong has saved the severely wounded Min Young Ik & also his life that he renders great assistance to them, do you think that he will not interfere in this matter. Yoo Hee Seo said that he never thought that her daughter action has given great grievances to Hwang Jeong & that she needs to balance her priorities, now that this incident has angered Baek Do Yang. Mrs Yoo asked her daughter what is her daughter trying to do that she can ill treat a person that soon will be her husband. Yoo Hee Seo scolds his wife that she was also in the wrong that she never supervise her daughter & asked what has she been doing. Mrs Yoo said that her daughter is an adult, what else can she do, she can’t tied her daughter up in ropes.
Yoo Hee Seo that he has brought up her daughter without the traditional restriction upbringing of a Noble’s fille, to allow her to have some freedom in her thoughts & ways but this doesn’t allow her to act recklessly. Yoo Hee Seo punish his daughter to contemplate on her actions on what her mistakes is & ground her to the house. Yoo Seok Ran acknowledge
Horace Newton Allen comes to Yoo Hee Seo residence & calls out to has the door open. Chil Bok comes to greet Horace Newton Allen & asked whether Yoo Hee Seo is in his residence. Chil Bok didn’t understand Horace Newton Allen reference to “Mr Yoo†then realising change it to the proprietor of the house. Horace Newton Allen said he came for some medical supplies. Chil Bok invites Horace Newton Allen in. Horace Newton Allen asked Yoo Seok Ran whether Hwang Jeong has been arrested. Kim Mak Saeng serving tea & asked what is there to be arrested, & tells Horace Newton Allen that Yoo Seok Ran has sneak to help them to escape. Horace Newton Allen said that Yoo Seok Ran did well. Horace Newton Allen said that he should have come to the scene much earlier to handle the matter that now has given Hwang Jeong such troubles. Kim Mak Saeng said that didn’t Horace Newton Allen said that it was too late & that Baek Tae Hyeon couldn’t be saved, if Horace Newton Allen were to treat then he will also be accused of murder. Horace Newton Allen said that he has death when he does surgery but he will not be implicated under the law of Joseon. Yoo Seok Ran is surprise. Kim Mak Saeng asked what so great about Horace Newton Allen that he is can’t be charge under the law. Horace Newton Allen explains about Consular jurisdiction
Consular jurisdiction or “Yeong Sa Jae Pae Gyun†is the right of extraterritoriality that means exemption from local legal jurisdiction, such as that granted to foreign diplomats. Extraterritoriality or exterritoriality is the privilege of immunity from local law enforcement enjoyed by certain foreigners. Although physically present upon the territory of a foreign nation, those foreigners possessing extraterritoriality are considered by customary international law or treaty to be under the legal jurisdiction of their home country. This immunity from law enforcement is reciprocal between countries and is generally provided for visiting heads of state, those in the diplomatic services of foreign nations and their families, and officials of the United Nations. Generally such persons are exempt from both civil and criminal action; they may not be sued or arrested & their property and residences are inviolable, and they are usually exempt from both personal and property taxes. While extraterritoriality insures that a diplomat will not be prosecuted for illegal behaviour, it is emphasized that he is expected to adhere to the laws of the land in which he is serving. Any major transgressions may result not only in a formal complaint to his government but possibly in a demand for his expulsion. Extraterritoriality also extends to public (i.e., state-owned) vessels in foreign territorial waterways and ports. In the 19th century, Western powers, often through coercion, secured unilateral extraterritorial rights for their citizens in China, Egypt, Japan, Morocco, Persia, Siam, and Turkey in the belief that these “uncivilized†states were incapable of establishing justice. Consequently the Western consul was assigned to handle all civil and criminal cases involving his countrymen. Horace Newton Allen said that he & his staff & subordinates doesn’t come under the jurisdiction of Joseon laws but under the laws of United States, this is what Joseon & United States came to an agreement. Yoo Seok ran listening attentively.
In 1882 Korean-America Treaty of Amity & Commence between Joseon & United States or the Treaty of Jemulpo. This was encouraged by China. On May 22nd of 1882, the Joseon government signed the Korean-American Treaty of Amity and Commerce in Hwadojin, Jemulpo (Incheon), which had 14 clauses. Shin Hun, the Joseon government dignitary official, and Admiral Robert William Shufeldt, the government dignitary official of the United States, signed the agreement.
The actual treaty of Jemulpo
http://rokdrop.com/2006/01/08/treaty-of-jemulpo-between-the-us-korea/
Hwang Jeong & Yi Gua walking their way to Jemulpo then Yi Gua gives a kick in Hwang Jeong butt to asked him to come to his sense. Yi Gua scold that since he been shot that his brain is not aligned. Yi Gua goes to take a peep at the wall & scolding that he is creating troubles for himself by minding people’s business, then asked Hwang Jeong to run away, Hwang Jeong just stand there like a block. Yi Gua said that he is already so weary being someone’s valet, then when they reach Jemulpo, he will go & get a Yanban registered card & become status on par as friends. Hwang Jeong apologise
Yi Gua asked when was the time that Hwang Jeong & Yoo Seok Ran become so mutual acquainted. Yi Gua said that Yoo Seok Ran is amazing that to save Hwang Jeong out of his predicament, she comes up with all sorts of ideas. Hwang Jeong tells Yi Gua not to speak nonsense. Yi Gua said anyhow, Hwang Jeong must heed Yoo Seok Ran’s instruction & continue to survive & reminds Hwang Jeong & hurried him along on their journey
They reached Jemulpo jetty as Yi Gua said that it was hard & trying journey. Hwang Jeong recalls Yoo Seok Ran telling him that he must survive to find out in curtained where was the mistake made then the next the mistake will never to repeat again then he will able to save someone. Hwang Jeong takes out Yoo Seok Ran’s Norigae. Yi Gua said that they will board the boat & will never come back again then Yi Gua board the boat but Hwang Jeong just stands on the jetty. Yi Gua calls Hwang Jeong to come on board. The boatman asked Hwang Jeong to board quickly as this is the last call. Hwang Jeong tells Yi Gua that he can’t leave just yet as Yi Gua calls Hwang Jeong as the boat leaves the jetty. Hwang Jeong apologise to Yi Gua as he runs back & Yi Gua shouting from the sailed boat. Hwang Jeong marathon back to Hanseong
Hwang Jeong goes to the book store & asked the storekeeper whether he recognise him that sold him the book the other day, he will like to see the books about Western medicine he has sold to the book shop, he wants to confirm some fact from it. The storekeeper said that he may still have those books, there were many people interested in those book after Hwang Jeong sold them & asked him to wait a moment while he gets the books for Hwang Jeong. Hwang Jeong reads through the medical books
The mortician prepares Baek Tae Hyeon’s body as Baek Do Yang oversees the ritual. When death approaches, family members should be in attendance. The process starts with a ceremony called sokgoeng, when a small tuft of cotton is put beneath the dying person’s nostrils. The theory is that if the cotton stops moving, the person’s stopped breathing. Next the principal mourners take the deceased’s clothes into the yard usually the roof & cry out the Chinese word “bokâ€, meaning “coming back,†three times.
Korean funeral rites reveal a great deal about how Koreans view death, and in particular, how they cope with the death of a close family member. Koreans held that if a person had succumbed to either illness or from natural causes outside the comforts of the home, the deceased spirit or souls would roam aimlessly to eventually become a ghost & to ensure that their dead would not become wandering ghosts, family members takes many precautions; among them, being present during the last moments of a dying relative was particularly important. Korean families went to great lengths to transport the weak and the weary back to the comforts of their own homes when they felt that death was near or imminent. Traditionally, funeral rites also adhered to strict Confucian norms delineating clear and fixed hierarchical lines between the genders. For example, women were restricted from entering or witnessing the death those of a male relative; likewise, men were not permitted to observe the last moments of a female, regardless of the relationship. When death arrived, it was customary for the family members who had been present during the last moments of the departed one to wail (“bok†meaning comes back) & usually with 3 cries. The purpose of “bok†involved a combination of factors. While it obviously provided a means of expressing the sorrow and sadness of the mourners at losing a close relative, it also involved the expression of guilt by the mourners who might believe that it was because of their lack of pious actions toward the departed which had caused his or her ultimate demise. Mourners donned simple garbs appropriate to the occasion. The men wore a sleeveless coat and the women, freed of all jewellery and accessories, refrained from combing their hair. The corpse would be laid with its hands and feet bound tightly together. One of the relatives would then take a coat of the deceased to the roof of the house and called out his or her name three times. Then, the coat was taken back into the house and used as a cover for the corpse. There are ritual was called chohon (evocation or invocation of the spirit of the dead) or gobok where they believed that they could bring the spirit back to its body.
Yoo Hee Seo is looking at the rooftop of someone wailing “bok†& sighs. Yoo Hee Seo goes & pays his respects & send his condolences. Baek Gyu Hyeon comes in to ask whether Yoo Hee Seo has any dignity in coming to attend his brother’s funeral & asked whether he knew what did happened in his residence. Yoo Hee Seo apologise for their loss. Baek Gyu Hyeon tells that this is why the reason aristocrat don’t mingle with the mercantile people, it is because of his daughter’s insolence that this has happened. Baek Gyu Hyeon said that they should allow any mercantile to be near his nephew. Baek Do Yang hush his Uncle up. Yoo Hee Seo apologise if he has done any wrong towards them for his lacking & asked for their forgiveness. Baek Do yang said that it is not Yoo Seok Ran’s fault but he is just upset that he was not in his father’s side on his death & also he can’t forgive the fault of Hwang Jeong he has done. Yoo Je Wook comes crying & asked Baek Do yang what has happened, didn’t he said that he wanted to further his studies in Japan that why he needs the relationship with the mercantile class. Baek Do yang tries to hush up his relative & said that his father spirit is around. Yoo Hee Seo takes it in as Yoon Je Wook said that the Gaehwapa faction are too much….Baek Do Yang stares at Yoo Je Wook to shut up in the presence of Yoon Hee Seo
The storekeeper comes Hwang Jeong with a lantern to asked him to take it back to his house to slowly read the books as Hwang Jeong reads on then feeling the strain as he reads through the night. Then he reads that if a person loses a third of volume of blood, will result in death. Hwang Jeong recalls Horace Newton Allen saying treatment came too late, the patient was elderly & severe blood loss. Hwang Jeong confirms that Baek Tae Hyeon did suffer severe blood loss. Then Hwang Jeong reads about ether anesthesia that administration of anesthesia will decrease blood pressure. Hwang Jeong recalls his administrating ether then recalls Yoo Hee Seo that anesthesia can’t be administrate over the dosage as it will bring death. Hwang Jeong runs to Yoo Hee Seo’s house
An average human has 4.7 â€" 5 litres. Class IV Hemorrhage consider severe blood loss involves loss of >40% of circulating blood volume. The limit of the body’s compensation is reached and aggressive resuscitation is required to prevent death
Many anaesthetics have direct effects on the heart or vasculature, decreasing cardiac output and blood pressure
Kim Mak Saeng follows Yoo Seok Ran like a hawk, then turns around to asked Kim Mak Saeng does she necessary need to follow her around in such manner. Kim Mak Saeng said that she was instructed from Mrs Yoo to do so, she can’t do anything about that. Yoo Seok Ran assures her that she will not go anywhere, just within the confine of the house. Kim Mak Saeng asked who doesn’t know as she has just doing her things & follows Yoo Seok Ran like a shadow. Then Kim Mak Saeng tells that she needs ti go t the latrine for a while to relieve herself. Yoo Seok Ran said why she necessary need to follow Kim Mak Saeng to the latrine. Kim Mak Saeng said that she will go to latrine & asked Yoo Seok Ran to hang around here to wait for her. Yoo Seok Ran refuse as Kim Mak Saeng desperate to go & relieve herself & begs her Miss to wait for her. Yoo Seok ran agree to stay where she is while Kim Mak Saeng goes to relieve herself & asked Kim Mak Saeng to go at once & return soon. Kim Mak Saeng skips towards the latrine
Hwang Jeong is nearby calls out to Yoo Seok Ran & shocked to see Hwang Jeong in her house & asked why he is doing in her house & asked him to follow her. Yoo Seok Ran lead him to the store room. Hwang Jeong tells that he was worried for Yoo Seok Ran. Yoo Seok Ran assures that nothing has happened to her & asked if this is why he has return to see her because of her sake. Hwang Jeong affirms moreover that he thinks that there is a possibility that Horace Newton Allen may has been wronged. Yoo Hee Seo surprise at Hwang Jeong’s remark & what he is trying to say. Hwang Jeong reads the books in the book shop about western medicine & the books tells that a person losses a third of its blood it will result in death & that when anesthesia was administer, it did lower the blood pressure & if it is exactly according to the book, then Baek Tae Hyeon blood pressure drops, it is because he suffer severe blood loss but however Hwang Jeong went to administer anesthesia to the patient who blood pressure is already low therefore Baek Tae Hyeon could have at that time his blood pressure drops very low & hence that Hwang Jeong tells as a result, he may has killed Baek Tae Hyeon. Hwang Jeong tells that he really has killed a person.
Yoo Seok Ran said that it is only from Hwang Jeong single point of view that Hwang Jeong may has thought matter in too drastic in terms & asked Hwang Jeong to go & find out whether it is true. Hwang Jeong said he will do so & also if he is really at fault, he will surrender himself to the authorities. Yoo Seok Ran asked if on the contrary that it is not seen as Hwang Jeong’s fault. Hwang Jeong said that it is proven that it is not his fault as to what she mentioned, it is matter that they attempt to wish save someone’s life, this is what his thought are at the moment but he still will be prosecuted to warrant for his crime. Yoo Seok Ran that it has been this case to be thoroughly investigate, she asked Hwang Jeong to look for Horace Newton Allen. Hwang Jeong surprise that she asked Hwang Jeong to finds out definite on what the cause or faults lies in, then when it conforms that it is not Hwang Jeong’s mistake, then asked Horace Newton Allen to take him as a Surgical Assistant, to study medicine as an assistant under his tutelage. Hwang Jeong queries over the Medical Assistant. Yoo Seok Ran tells that if Hwang Jeong becomes Horace Newton Allen’s staff, he will be protected under Consular jurisdiction then Joseon law can’t able to prosecuted Hwang Jeong & at the time, Hwang Jeong need not run away from the law
Jung Gyu Bok comes to see Baek Do Yang & greets him. Baek Do Yang tells that he needs to help him out in a matter. Jung Gyu Bok said feel free to instruct him to go & find someone for him. Jung Gyu Bok asked him who he is looking for. Baek Do Yang said to search for a person by the name of Hwang Jeong. Jung Gyu Bok finds the name familiar as Baek Do Yang asked whether he recognise the name. Jung Gyu Bok said that the name sounded familiar. Baek Do Yang said that he alleged to practice unauthorised western medicine that lead to his father’s death. Jung Gyu Bok is shocked. Jung Gyu Bok said that if there is such person, he swear that he will apprehend that perpetrator personally. Baek Do Yang asked him to calm down & listen to him. Baek Do yang said that he was found in the banks of the river with gunshot wounds. Jung Gyu Bok surprise to heard that the person has gunshots wounds. Baek Do Yang could see that Jung Gyu Bok’s expression change & asked what is the matter that whether Jung Gyu Bok knows Hwang Jeong. Jung Gyu brushes that he doesn’t know the person. Baek Do Yang said that this area is the ones that is suspicious. Baek Do Yang said no matter what, Jung Gyu Bok must find Hwang Jeong at all cost. Jung Gyu Bok acknowledge that he will finds Hwang Jeong will all his effort. Baek Do yang said once Hwang Jeong is found, he needs to report to Baek Do Yang on his findings. Jung Gyu Bok acknowledge as Baek Do Yang leaves. Jung Gyu Bok recalls Hwang Jeong falling from the boat & he fire shots at the water & give him some concern
So Geun Gae’s father fixing his tools as Yi Gua comes to ask what So Geun Gae’s father doing. So Geun Gae’s father asked where have Yi Gua has gone to all this time. Yi Gua said that he has been roaming here & there. Yi Gua tells So Geun Gae’s father discreetly that whether So Geun Gae has returns home. So Geun Gae’s father asked why Yi Gua is bringing up a dead person all of the sudden & asked whether he too has lose his senses. Yi Gua said that he just wanted t know whether So Geun Gae’s soul has return to the house. So Geun Gae’s father said that a person who died of drowning, how will he able to find his own house. Yi Gua can’t tell So Geun Gae’s father about his son is alive. Jung Gyu Bok is observing from a distance
Horace Newton Allen is in Paul Georg von Moellendorff ‘s residence comes out of the room when Hwang Jeong calls him from the bushes. Horace Newton Allen is glad to see Hwang Jeong. Hwang Jeong relay explains the scenarios & symptoms of Baek Tae Hyeon’s condition, that Baek Tae Hyeon loses consciousness that there is no alternative but to do the surgery. Horace Newton Allen tells that Baek Tae Hyeon lose consciousness due to severe blood loss. Hwang Jeong said anyhow, when he administered the anesthesia, Hwang Jeong clamps the artery, then it is because of the anesthesia that Baek Tae Hyeon blood pressure drop low due to his severe loss of blood then in addition he went to administered anesthesia the blood pressure would have gone lower & he wants to know whether as this result in his death. Horace Newton Allen gave an affirmative No. Horace Newton Allen said that the bleeding would have stop when the artery was clamped & blood pressure will not decrease, it is not that which cause death. Horace Newton Allen asked whether Hwang Jeong still believe that he has killed Baek Tae Hyeon
Horace Newton Allen said that not all surgeries perform always will able to bring someone back alive, there is no safe surgery. Hwang Jeong shocked that there not all surgeries perform always will able to bring someone back alive & there is no safe surgery. Horace Newton Allen said that if he was in Hwang Jeong’s shoes & did the surgery but he may not able to save Baek Tae Hyeon either. Horace Newton Allen tells Hwang Jeong that it is not his fault & he must understand. Hwang Jeong asked whether this is true as Horace Newton Allen confirms it & asked Hwang Jeong not to worry & he may leave
Hwang Jeong holds Horace Newton Allen back that surprises him & what to confirmation that he didn’t killed Bae Tae Hyeon. Horace Newton Allen confirm that it is not his fault as Hwang Jeong continues the pester & harassment on Horace Newton Allen that he didn’t killed Baek Tae Hyeon, then tells a rather startled Horace Newton Allen that he wants to be a Doctor & goes down on his knees in front of Horace Newton Allen & tells he wishes to do something that save people’s lives. Horace Newton Allen is shocked. Hwang Jeong made a request that he wants to become Horace Newton Allen’s medical assistant & asked for his acceptance. Horace Newton Allen declines his request that he can’t accept Hwang Jeong
Horace Newton Allen said that his talent to be a great Medical practitioner is remarkable that he too is startled by his abilities & capabilities but however keeping Hwang Jeong at his side will give him uneasiness. Horace Newton Allen said that there are times that they never always be together but he may never know that when Horace Newton Allen is not around, what Hwang Jeong is capable of without supervision. If he is absent & something of the same incident were to repeats itself then it will become his responsibilities. Hwang Jeong said that he will adhere to Horace Newton Allen’s instruction well. Horace Newton Allen said that he is a foreigner & if it is because of Hwang Jeong that he is expel from the country. Horace Newton Allen apologise that he can’t take this risk & there may another opportunity for Hwang Jeong
Then a call to said that Min Young Ik’s condition has turned strange. Horace Newton Allen asked what is he implying. Horace Newton Allen goes in to check. Horace Newton Allen checks the temperature on the thermometer. Hwang Jeong follows. Min Young Ik is introduce as nephew of Queen Myeongseong. Horace Newton Allen said that Min Young Ik temperature has drop. Horace Newton Allen said that the room temperature is cold, & needs to raise up the room temperature. The servant said he will asked to put the heating on. Horace Newton Allen said that Min Young Ik needs to be massage to improve circulation. Hwang Jeong immediately goes into action to massage Min Young Ik. Horace Newton Allen thanked Hwang Jeong’s effort. Horace Newton Allen takes out the cognac as Hwang Jeong queries that it is liquor. Horace Newton Allen said that this will help as Horace Newton Allen feeds 3 spoons of cognac. Horace Newton Allen instruct Hwang Jeong that each time the hour chime to dispense 3 spoon of cognac to Min Young Ik & it will be fine. Hwang Jeong obediently acknowledged the instruction. In the night, Hwang Jeong hear the chimes but Horace Newton Allen is fast asleep as Hwang Jeong tries to wake him up however Horace Newton Allen sleep on. Min Young Ik asked Hwang Jeong not to wake Horace Newton Allen. Min Young Ik asked Hwang Jeong dispense the cognac according to Horace Newton Allen’s instruction of 3 spoons will do, it is nothing difficult. Hwang Jeong said that the Doctor must dispense the cognac. Min Young Ik said that Horace Newton Allen is fatigue that why he is sleeping so soundly & no need to wake him up
English physician, Sir Thomas Allbutt invented the first clinical thermometer used for taking the temperature of a person in 1867.
Hwang Jeong goes to dispense the 3 spoonful as Min Young Ik drank his dosage as he finds comfort relieve for his pain & his body warmed up then Min Young Ik said it is reminiscence of the time he was in United States attending a party. Hwang Jeong keeps the cognac as Min Young Ik asked for more cognac. Hwang Jeong said that he can’t dispense more as the cognac is medication & not as liquor. Min Young Ik knows that it is medication that he wants more that his body is cold & hurried t give him more cognac. Hwang Jeong apologise that he can’t give anymore cognac to Min Young Ik on just free will. Min Young Ik demands more from Hwang Jeong so that it can relieve his aches & pains, why can’t he give more & opening his mouth for more. Horace Newton Allen opens his eyes to watch the scene play in front of him. Hwang Jeong said that an overdose of medication will do more harm than good to his health. Min Young Ik said that this is alright that he understands his body better than anyone, Min Young Ik begs for a last spoon that he finds that the dosage is not sufficient. Hwang jeong move the bottle of cognac away from sight & apologise to Min Young Ik. Min Young Ik agitated that Hwang Jeong refuse his request as he pleas that he is in pain as Hwang Jeong insists that Horace Newton Allen only instruct to give 3 spoons per hour chimes then Min Young Ik threaten to have him punished as he define his orders, but Hwang Jeong persisted not to give in to Min Young Ik’s request that the next dispense of the medication will be an hour. Min Young Ik tells that Hwang Jeong is really a block & stubborn that he is not flexible, what will he be good at. Min Young Ik said that it will be hard to see Hwang Jeong making a success in life, then Min Young Ik cries in pain. Horace Newton Allen watching the scene & looks satisfy with Hwang Jeong handling the patient. Hwang Jeong diligently fed Min Young Ik that prescribe dosage of cognac then continues to massage Min Young Ik for circulation then feed the dispense cognac at every hour’s chime & it continues through the night
Horace Newton Allen check the temperature of Min Young Ik that it has return back being normal. Horace Newton Allen said that Hwang Jeong can stop massaging & praise Hwang Jeong a job well done & thanked him. Hwang Jeong said that he will leave & respect bow to Horace Newton Allen before he leaves the room. Horace Newton Allen look at him leave as Hwang Jeong step outside rather dejectedly. Horace Newton Allen comes out & calls Hwang Jeong
Horace Newton Allen: Do you still want to be my medical assistant?
Hwang Jeong paused
Hwang Jeong: Yes….really…very much
Horace Newton Allen: If by chance in front of you; there is high ranking official & a lowly commoner, who will you save 1st?
Hwang Jeong: The person who is more serious in need of treatment
Horace Newton Allen: If it is a bad person or a good person…..
Hwang Jeong: Then accord to whom is more serious in need of treatment
Horace Newton Allen: Fine….I only wish to have laid one condition from you. A Doctor must not refuse any patient, this is the medical practitioner journey from the beginning & the end
Hwang Jeong: I will adhere to your instruction & bear this in mind
Horace Newton Allen: As of now, Mr Hwang, you are my medical assistant
Hwang Jeong: Yes?
Horace Newton Allen: Mr Hwang, you will turn out to be a great Doctor
Hwang Jeong cries with overjoyed that Horace Newton Allen has accepted him
Hwang Jeong: Thank you very much…Thank you
Horace Newton Allen hugs the crying Hwang Jeong. Horace Newton Allen is lifted by Hwang Jeong in his joy
Hwang Jeong: Do you want me to cook you a steak?
Horace Newton Allen: Yes
Hwang Jeong goes to Yoo Seok Ran’s house as they sneak to the store house & apologise for his intrusion. Yoo Seok Ran said it is alright but queries that Hwang Jeong is walking around so freely. Hwang Jeong tell Yoo Seok Rang that all is fine now. Yoo Seok Ran asked what does he mean. Hwang Jeong has spoken to Horace Newton Allen to accepted Hwang Jeong as his medical assistant. Yoo Seok Ran asked whether this is really. Yoo seok Ran said that Horace Newton Allen has accepted Hwang Jeong as his medical assistant. Hwang Jeong confirms that he has been accepted. Yoo Seok Ran is happy for Hwang Jeong that he has done well. Horace Newton Allen said that Baek Tae Hyeon’s death is not his fault & said that he died from severe blood loss, it is not his mistake that any Doctors in attendance will not able to do anything to save Baek Tae Hyeon. Yoo Seok Ran said that she is relieve to heard the good news. She was really anxious that she too has participated in the surgery. Hwang Jeong is guilty that he has caused Yoo Seok Ran so much dire trouble & apologise to Yoo Seok Ran for the trouble caused. Hwang Jeong said that it will be nice if Baek Do Yang & her will to reconciled their misunderstandings that they relationship has turned somewhat sour because of him. Yoo Seok Ran assures Hwang Jeong not to worry about the matter, there is nothing to the matter. Hwang Jeong said it will indeed then interrupts that it reminds him that he has got admitted in acceptance but doesn’t know whether he will able excel well in medicine, he has the strive to learn but don’t know where to start from. Yoo Seok Ran support that Hwang Jeong will excel well in medicine, definitely he will able to do so. Hwang Jeong acknowledge Yoo Seok Ran’s assurances & bow to her
Gojong & Queen Myeongseong taking a stroll in the palace as Gojong is restless after the Gapsinjeongbyeon coup as Queen Myeongseong tries to calm Gojong that Kim Ok Gyun & his cruel Gaehwapa instigate the revolt has been succumb & it is now a relieve. Gojong stops short as Queen Myeongseong asked what is the matter. Gojong said that they were the people that he has nurture in court for 10 years, although matter has been dealt swiftly but then there is still regret of sadness to the matter that they have been address in such a manner. Queen Myeongseong apologise for her tactfulness that she wasn’t considerate to Gojong’s feeling on the matter. Gojong said there is no need to apologise as he has been sleeping well since then, so he is a little edgy. Gojong asked Queen Myeongseong how is Min Young Ik’s injury now. Queen Myeongseong said that Min Young Ik is recovering & does Gojong wants t summon him to the palace. Gojong nods as he had heard that it was western medicine that saved Min Young Ik’s life, Gojong wish to see it
Historical records shows that Min Young Ik took 3 months to recover from his wounds
Horace Newton Allen asked Min Young Ik whether his is fine. Min Young Ik seems to have paralysis of the face as he said that it may has some side effects. Horace Newton Allen finds that Min Young Ik has difficulty speaking & his mouth has lapse. The servants wants to say something but Min Young Ik hush his servant up. Min Young Ik said he doesn’t know. Hwang Jeong goes to look at the cognac bottle to finds it empty. Horace Newton Allen exclaims that it must be the liquor that caused paralysis to his face. Min Young Ik begs Horace Newton Allen to do something as he can’t go on life with this paralysis & asked if acupuncture may help. Horace Newton Allen asked Min Young Ik not to worry, he will treat the paralysis. Min Young is relief to hear that it can be treated
This is what it called Flaccid paralysis is the weakness or loss of muscle tone resulting from injury or disease of the nerves innervating the muscles, may a mild version of Jake paralysis due to intoxication of liquor.
Min Young Ik leaves for his residence after being well to return from his treatment in Paul Georg von Moellendorff’s residence. Min Young Ik said that it will like if Horace Newton Allen comes to his abode to treat him. Horace Newton Allen declines Min Young Ik as Min Young Ik asked why Horace Newton Allen said no as this implies that Horace Newton Allen will not treat him anymore. Horace Newton Allen said it is not that Min Young Ik needs to come to his residence to be treated. Min Young Ik surprise that he has to come to Horace Newton Allen’s house. Horace Newton Allen said that his house, he has open a clinic. Min Young Ik queries a clinic, as Horace Newton Allen explains that patient is all over here & there that he can’t go doing house call alone therefore if patients were to come to his house for treatment, he will able to treat more patient this way. Min Young Ik understands. Min Young Ik apologise of his ignorance & to thanked Horace Newton Allen’s kindness; Min Young Ik gives Horace Newton Allen & Hwang Jeong a calling card & as the servant tells them it is like a carte blanche (blank cheque) that they can have whatever he wants, if they was rice just go to the rice mill, if they wants meat just go to the butcher without hesitation then even patronage of any Gibang houses will not be a problem. Horace Newton Allen thanked Min Young Ik & both of them bow at Min Young Ik to send him off. Min Young Ik said he will leave. Horace Newton Allen tells Hwang Jeong that they too should return. Hwang Jeong asked how & what method Horace Newton Allen going to treat Min Young Ik paralysis. Horace Newton Allen said that he will use electricity to treat. Hwang Jeong finds it difficult to pronounce electricity.
Horace Newton Allen will give electric shock treatment or therapy for Min Young Ik facial paralysis
In his residence Horace Newton Allen takes out the Jedlik Dynamo as Hwang Jeong said that this thing will call “elle….â€. Horace Newton Allen said he will uses the charges of the electricity to treat the paralysis. Then Horace Newton Allen cranks the dynamo & Hwang Jeong touches the dynamo magnet only to get shock by it. Horace Newton Allen asked him to be careful. Hwang Jeong caution & asked what is this. Horace Newton Allen use the comparison of thunder & lightning & explain that white streak of lightning that flashes then makes a sound of “thunder†crashing & booming. Then Hwang Jeong asked whether this is lightning making machine. Horace Newton Allen nods & tells it is called “electricityâ€. Hwang Jeong still can’t pass pronunciation the 1st syllabus “electricity†& exclaims that this machine can’t store lightning. Horace Newton Allen nods as Hwang Jeong finds it amazing that his heartbeat is pounding rapidly. Horace Newton Allen laughs at Hwang Jeong description of the machine. Horace Newton Allen said there is more & asked Hwang Jeong to follow him
Min Young Ik goes to the palace & has difficulty in drinking his tea with his facial paralysis. Queen Myeongseong said that she heard that her nephew has recovered, why does his face is in this condition & asked whether he has a stroke. Min Young Ik tells his Aunt that in his young age, how could he had suffer a stroke. Min Young Ik assures Queen Myeongseong that after treatment, it will be cure. Gojong said it is relieve there is still a cure for it. Min Young Ik said that if it was for Dr Allen, Min Young Ik would have met his death. Gojong then queries that the American Medical Physician is that remarkable. Min Young Ik confirms. Gojong said that whatever Min Young Ik is true that Gojong will like to personally see this for himself. Min Young Ik suggest that Horace Newton Allen gives Gojong a medical demonstration & asked whether Gojong is fine with that. Gojong nods in affirmative. Queen Myeongseong oppose that the Western medicine is still seen as sensitive subjects that this matter needs to be discuss further. Gojong concurs that it is indeed. Min Young Ik said that in a few days, Horace Newton Allen will open a clinic at his house, that time will Gojong goes incognito to participate in the clinic. Gojong said that Horace Newton Allen is opening a clinic then Gojong said that he must see this for himself. Min Young Ik will escort Gojong. Queen Myeongseong tells her nephew to go & cure his facial paralysis before doing anything else, she can’t hardly understand his speech. Min Young Ik apologise for his slur speech
Min Young Ik is given electricity shock treatment to relieve his paralysis. Min Young Ik said it feels strange. Hwang Jeong tells Min Young Ik that his speech has improved. Horace Newton Allen asked Hwang Jeong to do it again. Min Young Ik taking the shock treatment & tells it is like interrogating criminals with torture would be a better use for it. Horace Newton Allen queries on torture & asked what is it. Hwang Jeong explains that when they need criminals to confess their crimes, they interrogate by using torture to enhance pain. Horace Newton Allen tells that this is a medical instrument, how can Min Young Ik think ill of the treatment. Horace Newton Allen asked whether he wishes to give another shock treatment as Min Young Ik declines profusely that it is his mistake then realise that his speech returns to normal. Hwang Jeong tells Min Young Ik that his speech is normal. Min Young Ik moves his mouth & realise that he has return to normal & thrill over his recovery that he able to talk normally & all thanks to this machine “elleâ€. Korean is finding it hard to pronounce “electricity. Min Young Ik thanked Horace Newton Allen for his cure.
Min Young Ik about to leave & tells that he has good news that Gojong has good impression on Horace Newton Allen. In a few days when Horace Newton Allen opens his clinic, Gojong will come incognito to Horace Newton Allen clinic for a visit. Horace Newton Allen finds it hard to understand Min Young Ik’s Korean as Hwang Jeong outs it simple for Horace Newton Allen to understand that Gojong will like to visit his clinic in disguise. Min Young Ik asked Horace Newton Allen to prepare to anticipate Gojong’s visit, this will be a great opportunity for Horace Newton Allen
Min Young Ik goes to pay respect to Baek Do Yang & seeing Min Young Ik out, Min Young Ik asked what Baek Do Yang going to do for the future as he had heard that Baek Do Yang is out of Sungkyunkwan & asked whether Baek Do Yang wishes to return back to Sungkyunkwan to continues his studies that he may able to render some help Baek Do Yang. Baek Do Yang doesn’t want to return to Sungkyunkwan that he has fondness for the place. Min Young Ik said that Baek Do Yang is now the head of the family, how can he don’t have firm aspiration in his life. Min Young Ik agrees that during the mourning period, it is not the time to think of the future but anyhow, Min Young Ik advice Baek Do Yang to regain his zest in life. Min Young Ik said that in this incident that Baek Do yang was also hurt & asked about his injury. Baek Do yang said that it has already healed. Min Young Ik said that the wound might be affected, just go to Horace Newton Allen to have a look at his wound. Min Young Ik said that a few days, Horace Newton Allen’s clinic will open that his medical skill is outstanding. Baek Do Yang surprise that Horace Newton Allen is to open a clinic. Min Young Ik confirms that he also have a Joseon medical assistant that he is really diligent about his practice. Baek Do Yang queries there is a Joseon medical assistant. Min Young Ik said he is Hwang Jeong, a man who doesn’t deter easily.
Yoo Je Wook said that they are many guest coming to the funeral & asked Baek Do Yang to go in & entertained the guest. Baek Do Yang recalls that Hwang Jeong becomes the 1st Joseon medical assistant to Horace Newton Allen & he is really upset.
Baek Do yang burns his mourning clothes as his Uncle asking what he is doing. Baek Do Yang said there is no time for him to be mourning & abiding with rituals & rites. Baek Gyu Hyeon said that he still need to fulfil the 3 years period of mourning, how can he do this. Baek Gyu Hyeon said that if 3 years is such a burden then just 49 days will do. Baek Do Yang tells his Uncle that the person who has killed his father is still living well. Baek Do Yang queries that the person who killed Baek Tae Hyeon. Baek Do Yang said that the person is Hwang Jeong & now he has become Horace Newton Allen medical assistant & he can’t allow himself to wait idle. Baek Gyu Hyeon encourage to fuel his nephew’s anger on Hwang Jeong & that he is correct but still insist that Baek Do Yang does the 49 days mourning period but Baek Do Yang leaves.
Horace Newton Allen goes to Yoo Hee Seo’s house with Hwang Jeong as his assistant. Hwang Jeong is cautious that he feels that it is better for him not to go into the residence & will wait outside for Horace Newton Allen. Horace Newton Allen tells that Hwang Jeong is now his medical assistant & asked him to act like one. Hwang Jeong calls out for the gate to be open in such a meek call. Horace Newton Allen asked Hwang Jeong to speak louder but still not loud as Horace Newton Allen asked him to call louder until Hwang Jeong shout on top of his voice. Chil Bok opens the gates then Horace Newton Allen walks in while Hwang Jeong stop short outside the gate then enters after Horace Newton Allen turns around & gave him a stare.
Yoo Hee Seo heard that Hwang Jeong has becomes Horace Newton Allen’s medical assistant. Hwang Jeong confirms the fact. Yoo Hee Seo said that it time he means Hwang jeong it always spring a surprise on him. Hwang Jeong apologise that because of him, he has render grievances to Yoo Hee Seo. Yoo Hee Seo said that it can’t be justify as grievances, anyhow the matter has solve & iron out the differences so Yoo Hee Seo express that it is also a relief. Yoo Hee Seo said that he heard that Horace Newton Allen wants to open a clinic. Horace Newton Allen said that is why he is here. Hwang Jeong tell Yoo Hee seo that this is none other than they are lack in medical supplies, Horace Newton Allen wants Yoo Hee Seo’s assistance on the matter. Yoo Hee Seo said that if it is this matter, he is willing to help out. Horace Newton Allen thanked Yoo Hee Seo. Hwang Jeong gives Yoo Hee Seo a list.
Yi Gua opening a fortune telling street stall. A lady customer, a Gisaeng looking for her love destiny that will cure her of all heart ailments. The lady customer asked where will she finds that person that he can’t finds any men around here. Yi Gua suggests that could that be him. The lady customer is dissatisfy as Yi Gua asked her to try again & she tells that she doesn’t want to be Gisaeng all her life. Then Yi Gua said that her life as more blood than water as Gisaeng got angry that it suggest that she will lead a life like the Baekjeong who butchers & left in haste. Yi Gua then tell the servant who was with Gisaeng that to be wary about her life that the face geometry suggest that she will have a short life. Yi Gua said that he shouldn’t have reveals heaven’s divinity. Gisaeng brushes Yi Gua as nonsense but her servant is really frightened that she will died young. Gisaeng assures her servant hat she will not die. Yi Gua said that whether they believe or not, they needn’t need to break up his stall
Then Yi Gua picks up his fortune telling & finds that “friend in North†then Yi Gua asked whether Hwang Jeong is in the North. Yi Gua reaches to Yoo Hee Seo’s residence. Yi Gua goes to the backdoor as Kim Mak Saeng singing as she hangs out the clothes. Yi Gua calls Kim Mak Saeng, Kim Mak Saeng asked what Yi Gua is doing here. Yi Gua address Kim Mak Saeng as “Nunim†as Kim Mak Saeng asked when she ever has become Yi Gua “Nunimâ€. Yi Gua said that since Kim Mak Saeng is older, he should address her respectfully. Yi Gua asked whether Hwang Jeong is in the residence. Kim Mak Saeng said that they ran off together from here why would he return to this residence for what. Yi Gua surprise that Hwang Jeong is in the residence that he has calculate from his fortune telling. Kim Mak Saeng doesn’t understand his mumbles. Yi Gua asked where is Hwang Jeong now
Baek Do Yang asked Jung Gyu Bok whether he has found Hwang Jeong. Jung Gyu Bok couldn’t answer. Baek Do Yang reminds that the person who gave Jung Gyun Bok the posting of police jurisdiction in Hanseong (Seoul) is who. Jung Gyun Bok said that it is Baek Do Yang in which he is grateful. Baek Do Yang question Jung Gyu Bok’s return of gratitude with this kinds of appreciation. Baek Do Yang said that Hwang Jeong is now the medical assistant of Horace Newton Allen & what has Jung Gyun Bok been doing all this while. Jung Gyun Bok asked how did Baek Do Yang learned of this. Jung Gyun Bok asked how Baek Do Yang wants to handle this matter. Jung Gyun Bok asked whether he wants Hwang Jeong discreetly murder without a trace. Baek Do Yang said no, it is easy to kill Hwang Jeong whenever the time. Baek Do Yang wants to know who exactly is Hwang Jeong is, if he is be dealt with, it will not appease his curiousity & suspicious
Episode 5
Episode 5 Part 1
Episode 5 Part 2
Episode 5 Part 3
Episode 5 Part 4
Episode 5 Part 5
Episode 5 Part 6
Episode 5 Part 7
Episode 6
Jung Gyun Bok asked how Baek Do Yang wants to handle this matter. Jung Gyun Bok asked whether he wants Hwang Jeong discreetly murder without a trace. Baek Do Yang said no, it is easy to kill Hwang Jeong whenever the time. Baek Do Yang wants to know who exactly is Hwang Jeong is, if he is be dealt with, it will not appease his curiousity & suspicious
Yi Gua goes for his “cat†meow to call Hwang Jeong as he is glad to see Yi Gua & asked what is he doing here & how did he know. Yi Gua asked hi needn’t know what asked why is Hwang Jeong doing in Yoo Hee Seo’s residence, wouldn’t he be in trouble. Hwang Jeong said that matter just happened as they are. Yi Gua asked because of Hwang Jeong own fate that Hwang Jeong has abandoned Yi Gua & discarded their friendship. Hwang Jeong said that it is not like that. Yi Gua said that if he is a pest then he quietly will disappear from Hwang Jeong’s sight & tell him honestly what will it be & don’t make up stalling excuses. Hwang Jeong said that it is not what he meant, it is just that he fear for Yi Gua’s safety if they are together. It is always when they are together that Yi Gua is always at risk & suffer hardship. Yi Gua thanked Hwang Jeong for his kind considerate to his well being that it is nice to hear from him. Hwang Jeong apologise that the problems at hand with Yi Gua, he will tried to solve the matter as quick as possible & asked Yi Gua to go & find somewhere for refuge. Yi Gua asked that when he goes, Hwang Jeong will run off without him. Hwang Jeong assures Yi Gua that he will not do so. Then Hwang Jeong gave Yi Gua the carte blanche that Min Young Ik gave him as Yi Gua asked what is that. Hwang Jeong explains that this is a carte blanche that given by Min Young Ik & if Yi Gua carried this, food & lodging will be provided free. Yi Gua asked whether this is true as Hwang Jeong affirms it
Horace Newton Allen asked what is Hwang Jeong doing outside. Hwang Jeong answer Horace Newton Allen that he is coming then tell Yi Gua that he will come to see him in a few days. Hwang Jeong assures that Yi Gua that all will be well that he will definitely will not run away. Yi Gua already lost with what Hwang Jeong is trying to say. Yi Gua looking at the carte blanche & said that this is no different than money. Yi Gua said that he will tried to get his stomach filled using this. Then Jung Gyun Bok grabs the card & punches Yi Gua out cold. Jung Gyun Bok kicks the living daylight out of Yi Gua as Yi Gua begs for mercy. Jung Gyun Bok asked how can a Baekjeong obtain Min Young Ik’s card. What do Yi Gua wants to look for Lord Min Young Ik & what purpose. Yi Gua said that the card can have free food & lodging, so it was given to him. Jung Gyun Bok said how dare Yi Gua conjure up such nonsense & lies. Yi Gua said that they are not lies
Jung Gyun Bok asked how can a Baekjeong able to become the Western Doctor’s medical assistant. Yi Gua said that he doesn’t know as he hasn’t seen him for a long time. Jung Gyun Bok wants to beat him up when Yi Gua confess that he will tell the truth. Yi Gua said that he was on the street reading fortune for a living then while reading fortune, the fortune said that he will meet a friend that is from the North & that is why….Jung Gyun Bok ahs no patient to listen to Yi Gua long winded story & kick the wits out of him. Yi Gua asked if he doesn’t believe him, then he asked Jung Gyun Bok to go & finds this out for himself. Jung Gyun Bok said that isn’t that person with the Western Doctor’s medical assistant & if anything goes awry it is a foreign affairs matter. Yi Gua doesn’t understands as Jung Gyun Bok said that what do the lowly commoner knows about national affairs
Yoo Hee Seo looking for something at the store when Yoo Seok Ran comes in & asked her father that he is looking for. Yoo Hee Seo asked whether Yoo Seok Ran know where the sulfanilamide or sulphanilamide cream. Yoo Seok Ran goes to get it for his father. Yoo Hee Seo laughs that he was right in front of him staring at him & he can’t find things. Yoo Hee Seo said that this will not do & asked his daughter to go & looks for the things on the list. Yoo Seok Ran asked what is her father looking for things on this list for & asked whether this is Horace Newton Allen’s list. Yoo Hee Seo affirms that this is for Horace Newton Allen’s soon to open clinic. Yoo Seok Ran asked is that it true. As they finished compiled the list, Yoo Seok Ran asked her father permission on the day of the clinic opening that she will like to go & have a look. Yoo Hee Seo reminds his daughter that she has been grounded for her to contemplate on her mistakes. Yoo Seok Ran said that she already knows her mistakes from the incident. Yoo Hee Seo said that it is for him to decision & not her daughter decision to made
Sulfonamide drugs were the first antimicrobial drugs, and paved the way for the antibiotic revolution in medicine
Baek Do Yang comes by to tell Yoo Hee Seo to forgive her daughter. Yoo Hee Seo & Yoo Seok Ran surprise at Baek Do Yang’s late night visit to house that the think shouldn’t he be mourning for his father. Yoo Hee Seo with Baek Do Yang in his chamber asking Baek Do Yang isn’t it too early for him to handle his father’s mourning. Baek Do Yang thanked Yoo Hee Seo for his concern but after much contemplation & consideration comes to the decision that abiding on the 3 years mourning period will only made him straggle with his advances in life. Yoo Hee Seo understands & Baek Do Yang has heard that Horace Newton Allen is going to open a clinic, if it alright with Yoo Hee Seo, he will like to go to the opening of the clinic. Yoo Hee Seo has his doubts as Baek Do Yang understands that he has been rude towards Horace Newton Allen, so he wants to apologise for his behaviour & his showed his regrets. Yoo Hee Seo hesitates as Baek Do Yang already know that Hwang Jeong will be there too & assures Yoo Hee Seo not to worry. Baek Do Yang said that his misunderstanding with Hwang Jeong will soon be able to resolves the matter out peacefully, the previous incident that he didn’t handle matter maturely
Baek Do Yang puts a note in a tree wound callus of her house & seems to have fond memories of the tree, Yoo Seok Ran retrieve the note & it reads “You Chi Ha†which means “what is what & what is howâ€. Flashback to when they are young where the young Baek Do Yang asked about what is for the better & how is for the best. The young Yoo Seok Ran asked whether the phase is referring to her. Baek Do Yang said that he has apologise but then if she doesn’t accept his apology then it will hurt his pride that he is always said that he is right then he may finds that he will regret the matter & that why he gives her the note. The young Baek Do Yang said that the next time he ridicule her again & asked the young Yoo Seok Ran not to be upset. Yoo Seok Ran asked that is it true that she will not be ridicule by him. The young Baek Do Yang affirms young Yoo Seok Ran & tells her that he is not good in apologising to people & if the next time he doesn’t the same, he will use this method to relay his apology, therefore while he learns to apologise, the young Yoo Seok Ran must learn to forgive. Return to the present, Yoo Seok Ran smiles as she recalls their childhood. Baek Do Yang looking at her from a distance
Horace Newton Allen prepares for the opening of his clinic & will render consultation to the people as Horace Newton Allen said that the preparation is completed. Hwang Jeong said that once the medical supplies comes from Yoo Hee Seo they are open their clinic. Then Hwang Jeong hears Yi Gua’s meowing & goes to see Yi Gua/Jak Dae & he calls him only to finds that Jung Gyun Bok has a gun pointing at Yi Gua’s temples. Jung Gyun Bok greets Hwang Jeong that it has been a while since they met & address him as Seo Geun Gae
Horace Newton Allen looking at his watch as Yoo Hee Seo, Yoo Seok Ran & Baek Do Yang comes to visit. Horace Newton Allen greets Yoo Hee Seo, Yoo Seok Ran & Baek Do Yang. Horace Newton Allen greets Baek Do Yang as Yoo Hee Seo said that Baek Do Yang is here to apologise to Horace Newton Allen for his previous outburst. Horace Newton Allen asked why does Baek Do Yang needs to apologise & tell there is no need to apologise. Baek Do Yang insists that he must. Horace Newton Allen said that that moment Baek Do Yang was bereave & he invites after clinic hours to come for a chat. Baek Do Yang agrees & said that all it seems is ready but he doesn’t see Hwang Jeong around. Horace Newton Allen said he told him that he will step out a moment. Meanwhile Hwang Jeong is held up by Jung Gyun Bok who tell him that a mere lowly Baekjeong, it si not enough that he pretends to be a Yanban & further to pretend to play a physician. Jung Gyun Bok whacks Hwang Jeong as Yi Gua is being gagged & tied saying that Hwang Jeong will not escape from his clutches the 2nd time then kicks the living daylights out of Hwang Jeong
Meanwhile at the clinic, Yoo Seok Ran is getting concern over Hwang Jeong not returning as Baek Do Yang sees from a distance. Then Gae Su brings his children for free clinic examination, as the patient lines up for their turns. Chil Bok comes running to tell her that Hwang Jeong is nowhere to be found. Yoo Hee Seo said that if this is so, it will be trouble. There must be someone to come & assist Horace Newton Allen. Horace Newton Allen concurs that indeed. Baek Do Yang volunteers that he may able to assist. Yoo Hee Seo agrees that Baek Do yang has western medical knowledge that he be able to help out. Horace Newton Allen thanked Baek Do Yang for his help
In a remote shed, Hwang Jeong already beaten up as Jung Gyun Bok asked that because out of revenge that he has killed Minister of Law. Hwang Jeong said there is no such thing, he wanted to save the Minister. Jung Gyun Bok showed him his truncheon as Hwang Jeong begs for mercy. Jung Gyun Bok said that if he shows mercy that he will be giving Hwang Jeong the chance to stitch his abdomen. Hwang Jeong said that it is not like that then whacks Hwang Jeong with the truncheon
Gojong & Min Young Ik comes to the clinic. Min Young Ik tells Gojong that the clinic already open for consultation. Gojong asked that they go in & have a look. Gojong & Min Young Ik goes in to a busy clinic where Yoo Hee Seo surprise to see Gojong as Min Young Ik hushes Yoo Hee Seo not to call the incognito Gojong. Yoo Hee Seo greets the visitor as Yoo Seok Ran asked that one of the visitor is Min Young Ik, then it seems that he has recovered. Min Young Ik tells that they meet again. Yoo Hee Seo bow to Gojong who cordially acknowledge his greetings Then Horace Newton Allen goes to treat the next patient. Baek Do Yang asked where is not feeling well, as the patient show his back to finds that there are marking on his abscess. Gojong asked why there are marking on his back. Min Young Ik doesn’t know it either. Yoo Hee Seo explains that the circle written the character “Gae†(dog) & the outer circle of it there is 3 written character of “hu†(tiger). It is believe in myth that if 3 tigers surrounds the dog, the abscess will able to recover, that is why it is done
Horace Newton Allen said that the abscess look chronic that needs break the abscess & to do an I &D (incision & drainage). Horace Newton Allen asked for steriliser, scalpel & gauze & dressing. Baek Do Yang acknowledged & prepares the supplies. The patient said that Horace Newton Allen going to use the knife on him. Horace Newton Allen said that it is better to break & release the pus from the abscess to have better recovery. The patient stands up & tells that Horace Newton Allen can’t do it on him. The patient said that he heard that his abscess can be cure that they are not giving medication for the ailment but instead plans to use a knife in him. Baek DO yang tells the patient that the abscess needs to be release from its pus to recover & asked to sit down. The patient refuses treatment & leave & that what he hear that the Western physician will use knife to cut up people, so it seems what is has been rumour is true
Jung Gyun Bok tells that Baek Do Yang wants to know Hwang Jeong true identity but if he doesn’t so, his own involvement will also be disclose, it is because that he didn’t killed him the last time that initially caused Minister of Law to die therefore he should quietly died away will be the best for all of them. Jung Gyun Bok sends Hwang Jeong off to his death as he takes aim & tells Hwang Jeong to have a safe journey to the nether world, as Jung Gyun Bok pulls the trigger, Yi Gua goes & pushes Jung Gyun Bok & Jung Gyun Bok landed hard on his head & unconscious. Hwang Jeong looks at the unconscious Jung Gyun Bok, as Yi Gua asked Hwang Jeong to untie his gagged & ropes but Hwang Jeong is still attentive looking at the unconscious Jung Gyun Bok. Yi Gua drags Hwang Jeong to run quickly out of here. Hwang Jeong said that it looks like Jung Gyun Bok is dying. Yi Gua said that it is not the time to be minding Jung Gyun Bok’s welfare as Yi Gua goes back to take back Min Young Ik carte blanche & pushes Hwang Jeong out of the shed but stop short as Yi Gua asked why he is stopping as he recalls that Horace Newton Allen only want one condition from Hwang Jeong that a Doctor must not refuse any patient, this is the Doctor’s journey from beginning & the end. Hwang Jeong tells that Jung Gyun Bok will die if he is left without medical assistance, Hwang Jeong said he will saved Jung Gyun Bok. Yi Gua asked whether Hwang Jeong is in the right sense of mind to save a person like Jung Gyun Bok & is this the time to be worrying on someone else. Yi Gua tries to grab Hwang Jeong but Hwang Jeong went back to the shed
Hwang Jeong goes to check the vital signs of Jung Gyun Bok as Jung Gyun Bok is semi conscious & Yi Gua trying to dissuade Hwang Jeong from helping Jung Gyun Bok. Hwang Jeong tells Yi Gua that he needs to save him. Yi Gua asked whether he is mad as Jung Gyun Bok could hear their bickering as Yi Gua said that if they do, it will be the death to them, if Jung Gyun Bok survives, he will not let them off the hook in his pursuit. Hwang Jeong said that he has made a solemn promise. Hwang Jeong carries Jung Gyun Bok on his back. Yi Gua follows the stubborn Hwang Jeong & runs back to the city as the heavy shower with lightning & thunder rain on the city
In the clinic, Gojong is feeling tired as Min Young Ik asked whether Gojong is feeling fatigue. Gojong said that he didn’t sleep well last night & feeling lethargy. Min Young Ik goes to Horace Newton Allen who is just dressing wounds & asked beside these patients, is there any patient that is more serious that just dressing, they needs to see some serious cases. Horace Newton Allen tells Min Young Ik that they can’t go & create patient for their fancy. Yoo Seok Ran tells her father that the citizen still doesn’t have trust in Western medicine or have little knowledge on the matter. Yoo Hee Seo concurs & sighs. Gojong tells Min Young Ik that they should take leave. As Gojong & Min Young Ik leaves, Hwang Jeong carries Jung Gyun Bok back to seek medical treatment. Horace Newton Allen clears the table to put Hwang Jeong’s patient. Baek Do Yang recognise it is Jung Gyun Bok. Hwang Jeong tells that Jung Gyun Bok hit his head on a large boulder when he fell. Horace Newton Allen checking the vitals & asking Jung Gyun Bok to focus on him to examine his rate of concussion with his fingers to test to access the level of consciousness. Jung Gyun Bok is looks blunted. Horace Newton Allen said that there must be intracranial haemorrhage or hematoma that is pathological accumulation of blood within the cranial vault or swelling on the head & they need to do surgery. Hwang Jeong surprise that it needs surgery as Baek Do Yang said that they need to release the pressure from the brain of the blood clot from the head due to the swelling, if they don’t immediately perform the surgery, Jung Gyun Bok will die.
Horace Newton Allen asked Hwang Jeong to prepare the surgical instrument & especially cocaine. Hwang Jeong acknowledge & runs to prepare as instructed. Horace Newton Allen prepares Jung Gyun Bok by cutting off his hair to clear the area to access the hematoma to release pressure from the brain. Jung Gyun Bok in his semi consciousness calls out to Baek Do Yang. Baek Do Yang asked him to speak up. Hwang Jeong comes with the medical supplies as Jung Gyun Bok looks at Hwang Jeong & points to him that this person actual identity is…..as Baek Do Yang looks at Hwang Jeong & demands who is Hwang Jeong but Jung Gyun Bok pass out before he could finished his sentence as Baek Do Yang calls Jung Gyun Bok to finished his sentence & asked Jung Gyun Bok to regain consciousness. Hwang Jeong comes with the supplies.
Horace Newton Allen use the stethoscope to check his heart rate only to find that Jung Gyun Bok’s heart has stop the proceed to give the heart a few thump on the chest called Chest thumps or heart thumps. Baek Do Yang begs Horace Newton Allen to save Jung Gyun Bok at all cost, not out of concern for Jung Gyun Bok’s well being but more the information on Hwang Jeong’s identity. Baek Do Yang tries to wake up Jung Gyun Bok as Horace Newton Allen continues with chest thumps. Hwang Jeong asked why Horace Newton Allen is pounding Jung Gyun Bok’s chest. Horace Newton Allen said that he wants to revive the heartbeat & the possibility by shocking the heart. Hwang Jeong mumbles shock the looks up the sky to see thunder & lightning with the “eureka†discovery then recalls the dynamo generator that generate electricity to treat Min Young Ik’s facial paralysis & the mentioned that the electricity is like thunder & lightning & the electricity shock rapidly his heart beat to beat faster
Chest thumps or precordial thumps are usually done for dramatic effects. Chest thumps usually generate about 20 joules of energy can be used when the heart needs electricity, which isn’t all the time. The most common type of heart rhythm that needs electricity is ventricular fibrillation, when the ventricles are trying to pump, but does a bad job of it & usually they thumps for 10 mins. It takes 3 mins to death. Technically & the most likely heart rhythm after prolonged asphyxiation is going to be asystole. No heart beat at all…dead….thus even if you hook up to a power plant it will not revive the heart but then in the drama a person pounds the chest repeatedly for a long time, usually save the patient & doesn’t suffer brain damage
Hwang Jeong goes to get the dynamo & takes it out then cranks to generate electricity. By this time Baek Do Yang is administrating chest compression & asking Jung Gyun Bok to wake up & that he needs to save him. Horace Newton Allen stops Jung Gyun Bok from pumping & tells that Jung Gyun Bok is dead. Hwang Jeong cranks the dynamo to speed that test the electricity rods as Gojong watches Hwang Jeong attentively. Hwang Jeong comes with the rods as Horace Newton Allen question what is Hwang Jeong trying to do. Baek Do Yang demands what is he doing. Hwang Jeong said that he wants to administer shock to Jung Gyun Bok. Horace Newton Allen said that this can’t do. Baek Do Yang asked Hwang Jeong to stop. Hwang Jeong pushes Baek Do Yang aside & presses the electrical rods to Jung Gyun Bok’s chest as they tries to stop Hwang Jeong but gets electrocuted then Hwang Jeong goes to listen at the chest to see whether he can hear heartbeat. Baek Do yang throw him out & tell him to stop. Horace Newton Allen looking at his electrocuted hands makes him realise that it might work to resuscitate Jung Gyun Bok & asked Hwang Jeong to give another try. Hwang Jeong is surprise as Baek Do Yang queries the call. Horace Newton Allen just shouts at Hwang Jeong to do it again as there is no time & immediately. Hwang Jeong acknowledged & give another dosage of electricity then Horace Newton Allen give another series of chest thumps. Horace Newton Allen goes to listen to heart beat with his stethoscope & asked to give another dosage again but asked to hold as Horace Newton Allen goes to cranks up the dynamo for more electricity charge as he charges he asked Hwang Jeong to give the dosage to Jung Gyun Bok to try to resuscitate him until Horace Newton Allen over crank the dynamo. Then Horace Newton Allen goes to give chest compression. Baek Do Yang asked what is doing to someone who already dead. Horace Newton Allen gives a listen on his stethoscope . Meanwhile Yi Gua looking at the distance praying that Jung Gyun Bok dies in the table so that they could carry on to live. Horace Newton Allen announce that Jung Gyun Bok has been resuscitate & is alive & not dead. The observers were glad to hear. Yi Gua is shocked that it has happened
External chest compression was first described by John Howard in the 18th century. In the early 20th century, Gorge Washington Crile described an experimental method in animals combining chest compression, artificial respiration, & parenteral adrenaline. In 1956, Paul M. Zoll published his accounts of defibrillation. Peter Safar and James Elam formally presented mouth-to-mouth ventilation in 1958, and (in 1960) William Bennett Kouwenhoven, James Jude, & Guy Knickerbocker rediscovered external chest compression while testing defibrillation on an animal model of ventricular fibrillation. This discovery (of chest compressions used to resuscitate) is widely attributed as being the usher of the modern era of cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR). Although in this drama the chest compression technique that Baek Do Yang use is somewhat modern
Baek Do yang goes to check for pulse & breathing signs. Hwang Jeong is relieve that Jung Gyun Bok is alive. Gojong asked what is going on there. Yoo Seok Ran said that it is with the help of electricity. It is with the combination power of electricity that resuscitates the patient. Gojong question on electricity. Yoo Seok Ran affirms as Yoo Hee Seo tries to hush her daughter. Gojong said it is alright & asked Yoo Seok Ran to proceed with her explanation. Yoo Seok Ran said that it is through the dynamo generate the electricity that it is similar to the lightning that uses the electricity charges to shock the heart to resuscitate & regain heartbeat again. Gojong understands electricity & finds Yoo Seok Ran’s witty & intelligent explanation. Yoo Hee Seo apologise for her daughter insolence that he didn’t educate her daughter well enough in manner. Gojong said that the women should be learned as well. Yoo Seok Ran asked who is the gentleman (Gojong). Yoo Hee Seo said he will tell her daughter later
An electric light plant (Jeondeungso) erected at the Gyeongbokgung Palace in 1887 on the development of electric light and power in late Joseon dynasty period before 1900’s. It mainly focused on the establishment of light plant in the palace and the erection of new plant for lighting a detached palace Changdeokgong in 1894. Major installations in the first plant were inferred and set up for reconstruction. The powerhouse was a one-story building divided into an engine and dynamo room, and a boiler room. It consisted of the Edison central station lighting system: two 3kW Edison dynamo belted to a high-speed engine which supplied from a coal-fired boiler. Dynamo had capacity of 60, 16-candlepower lamps, thus giving a capacity of 120 incandescent lamps to the station. The new plant was located about midway between the palaces stood apart one-mile, and had capacity of 2,000, 16- candlepower lamps. It is revealed that electric lighting in the palaces has effected nation modernization and finally led the Emperor Gojong to establish Seoul Electric Company in 1898.
Yi Gua is upset that Jung Gyun Bok didn’t died then finds a child sheltering from the rain had a straw doll & pickpocket the straw doll & stab the doll like a voodoo doll for Jung Gyun Bok to die. Horace Newton Allen drill the cranial to release the pressure of the hematoma. The observer seeing such a gory act & in horror with mutter whether the patient will live. Gojong asked if they drilled into the skull that way, wouldn’t it make worst the condition. Yoo Hee Seo said that this have been standard practice for Western medicine to perform such surgery that they needs to release pressure of the blood clot from the head. The rain stops & Hwang Jeong washes his hands as Horace Newton Allen finished with the bandages & asked Hwang Jeong for the tape to secure the bandage. Horace Newton Allen said that the surgery is complete. Baek Do Yang asked whether Jung Gyun Bok will lived. Horace Newton Allen tells that it is only probably a maybe & a perhaps. Horace Newton Allen said that coming back to the subject, Horace Newton Allen tells Hwang Jeong that he was wonderful & he asked how did Hwang Jeong comes up with the idea of using electricity to shock & resuscitate the heart. Hwang Jeong said that the other day when he touches the dynamo & got electrocuted his heart beat quite after the electrical shock, so he got the idea from that. Horace Newton Allen said that Hwang Jeong has done well. Hwang Jeong said that it is too much to render praise
Hwang Jeong greets Hwang Jeong that it has been a while. Hwang Jeong confirms as Baek Do Yang said that patient should be taken to a room to recuperate. Hwang Jeong carries Jung Gyun Bok to the room. Gojong stands up & tells that it is quite valuable learning experience to have witness western medicine. Min Young Ik said that it is just as he has reported to Gojong. Gojong agrees & admires that Hwang Jeong the Joseon medical assistant unrelenting & never give up disposition to save the patient life that he has carried back at all cost, have left a deep impression on Gojong. Min Young Ik concurs & address Gojong as Chonna. Yoo Seok Ran hears the address “Chonna†& realise that the gentleman is Gojong as Yoo Hee Seo introduce the gentleman standing before them is Gojong. Yoo Seok Ran is shock to be in the presence of Gojong & kneels before him. Yoo Hee Seo kneels & asked for forgiveness over his daughter’s insolence. Yoo Seok Ran said that she should deserve death that she has been insolence in front of his Royal presence & asked for his forgiveness that she didn’t know that he was Gojong. Gojong laughs & asked her to rise. Yoo Seok Ran dare not. Gojong asked how can he punished Yoo Seok Ran who can’t recognise him wouldn’t be proper & asked her to rise. Min Young Ik asked that Gojong has asked them to rise. Yoo Hee Seo & Yoo Seok Ran rise to stand up
Gojong tells that modernisation & reforms open knowledge to many people, that compare to one person to gain knowledge, it is better that 2 person to have that knowledge, compare to having man to gain knowledge the women should also do so would be better & tells Yoo Seok Ran to continues her present education to gain further knowledge. Yoo Seok Ran is taken by Gojong’s advice & thanked his gracious gratitude. Gojong tells Min Young Ik that they will take leave
In the room, Horace Newton Allen is attending to Jung Gyun Bok as Hwang Jeong is uneasy around Baek Do Yang as Baek Do Yang asked what is the matter. Hwang Jeong brushes off as nothing. Baek Do Yang asked what has happened to Hwang Jeong’s face to see it all bruise. Horace Newton Allen said that he was curious where Hwang Jeong has gone to. Hwang Jeong said that he will explained later. Horace Newton Allen said that he will return after he has met with Yoo Hee Seo. Horace Newton Allen leaves & Baek Do Yang & Hwang Jeong is left alone with Jung Gyun Bok. Hwang Jeong wants to excuse himself but Baek Do Yang stops him & wants to have a look at his wounds. Hwang Jeong brushes that he is alright with it. Baek Do Yang asked Hwang Jeong to sit down & looks at Hwang Jeong’s bruises on the face & finds that the bruise is not light & asked him to wait a moment as Baek Do Yang deeps some alcohol to dress the Hwang Jeong cut lip. Baek Do Ran hear that Yoo Seok Ran is the person that let him go & tells Hwang Jeong that he should learn from Hwang Jeong, to killed someone then after runs away, now at present he is officially Horace Newton Allen’s medical assistant & isn’t by chance perhaps that he require consular jurisdiction to protect & give him immunity
Hwang Jeong looks at Baek Do Yang to tell that it is that. Hwang Jeong said that he sincerely apologise over the matter with his father’s death. Baek Do Yang said where in this world there is such forgiveness & for this matter to be reckon. Baek Do yang asked what has happened with Jung Gyun Bok. Hwang Jeong tells that he coincidentally met Jung Gyun Bok who is in the fight & in the midst, Jung Gyun Bok got hurt & he too was beaten. Baek Do Yang asked whether this is true. Hwang Jeong confirms that it is so. Baek Do Yang pester Hwang Jeong to give the details from the beginning to the end. Hwang Jeong tells that it was in the market place that Jung Gyun Bok was surrounded by hoodlums & was fighting them off then…..Baek Do Yang pester for him to continues his story as Hwang Jeong hesitates & mumbles that he saw Jung Gyun Bok is danger, Baek Do Yang adds that Hwang Jeong tried to help him out & end up in the fight as Hwang Jeong affirms & that Jung Gyun Bok hurt his head. Baek Do yang said that it is enough that Hwang Jeong needn’t fabricate anymore stories. Hwang Jeong said that he is not fabricating but Baek Do yang asked him to stop & tells that Jung Gyun Bok will regain conscious & the truth will soon reveal. Baek Do Yang tells that he is really curious & fascinating to know who exactly is Hwang Jeong.
Yoo Seok Ran calls Baek Do Yang to tell him that they are leaving. Baek Do Yang acknowledge Yoo Seok Ran & tells Hwang Jeong that he will return again & leaves. Hwang Jeong looks at the unconscious Jung Gyun Bok. Baek Do Yang comes to see Yoo Seok Ran who tells him that Gojong was here incognito. Baek Do Yang surprise that Gojong was here as Yoo Seok Ran explains that he was the gentleman next to Min Young Ik was Gojong. Baek Do Yang recalls the gentleman beside Min Young Ik & asked whether it is true. Yoo Seok Ran confirms it & she was surprised. Yoo Seok Ran said that Gojong has seen how Hwang Jeong save the patient & left a deep impression on Gojong. Horace Newton Allen tells Baek Do Yang that Hwang Jeong has done well
Yi Gua sneaks in as Hwang Jeong stay ay Jung Gyun Bok bedside & asked Hwang Jeong whether he is mad, this will do & asked Hwang Jeong to leave at once. Hwang Jeong said that Jung Gyun Bok will able to survive. Yi Gua thinks that Hwang Jeong is an idiot & drags him away. Then Hwang Jeong asked to wait while he gets a few clothings, Yi Gua guarding the door & sees Baek Do Yang coming & tell Hwang Jeong there is trouble & Yi Gua needs to hide. Yi Gua goes to hide under the bed as Hwang Jeong throws the clothings with Yi Gua. Baek Do Yang asked Hwang Jeong to sit down & wait for Jung Gyun Bok to regain consciousness.
Gojong returns to the palace from his medical demonstration with Horace Newton Allen as Queen Myeongseong asked that Gojong wants to hand the management of the hospital to Western Doctor. Gojong confirms. It is good that the Japanese are now presently being temporary been expel from the country & this is a seize opportunity for them to take. Queen Myeongseong said that the Western Doctor is a missionary, it may be because of this vocation that it is why he is here to practice medicine & meantime will tried to convert the population to take their Protestant religion. Gojong said that the conversion of religion will bound to happened & asked Queen Myeongseong that if she has other alternative to what have been laid out. Queen Myeongseong said that Qing China also has great interest in Western medicine & to established a hospital, will it better that they have mutual cooperation with Qing China. Gojong asked his Queen why did he sign a commercial treaty with the Americans to open trade. America is a vast country moreover it is located far from Joseon therefore it will not be like Qing China or Japan who harbours aspire ambition to capitulate their country. Queen Myeongseong express her concern as Gojong insist that Qing China & Japan are not suitable to run their hospital without ulterior motive, as for them, Joseon is a roadside discarded meat that is up for grabs & ever ready to gobble it up at a single go
Horace Newton Allen is send by the Board of Foreign Mission by the Presbyterian Church. There is a bio data from the US State Department under the Office of Historian on the credential of Horace Newton
Allen. Horace Newton Allen (1858-1932)
Non-career appointee
State of Residence: Ohio
Minister Resident/Consul General (Korea)
Appointed: July 17, 1897
Presentation of Credentials: September 13, 1897
Termination of Mission: Promoted to Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary
Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary (Korea)
Appointed: June 17, 1901
Presentation of Credentials: October 1, 1901
Termination of Mission: Left Korea June 9, 1905
Commissioned during a recess of the Senate; recommissioned after confirmation on Dec 10, 1901.
Mrs Yoo asked that is it true that her daughter saw Gojong’s face. Yoo Seok Ran affirms that her heart almost sprung out from her chest from shock. Mrs Yoo asked that Gojong praise her for being witty & intelligent & showed interest in her, Yoo Seok ran queries her mother implying to “interest†& tells it is none of that, she just explain to Gojong on the procedure to the surgery. Mrs Yoo jumps to the conclusion that Gojong might interest in taking her daughter as Consort that will make her the King’s mother in law & fantasize the possibility where else Yoo Seok Ran asked her mother where did her might goes to wander. Mrs Yoo said that Consort’s mother are not address as mother in law. Yoo Seok Ran stops her mother as Kim Mak Saeng tells that why Mrs Yoo wants her daughter to enter the palace, if she were to do anything amiss & displease the Queen, then her daughter will be dispose & make be force to drink poison. Mrs Yoo shocked that it will be poison. Yoo Seok Ran sighs as her mother being so naive
Baek Do Yang waiting for Jung Gyun Bok to regain consciousness, while Yi Gua is sleeping under the bed then starts to snore. Hwang jeong pretend that the noise is from him & apologise. Hwang Jeong tries to shut Yi Gua’s snoring with his feet when Yoon Je Wook calls Baek Do Yang. Hwang Jeong said that it seems someone is calling for Baek Do Yang. Baek Do yang asked who is that person as Yoon Je Wook announce his presence & tell that his Uncle is also here. Baek Do Yang leaves the room. Yi Gua wakes up & Jung Gyun Bok regains consciousness. Hwang Jeong goes to Jung Gyun Bok & calls him. Jung Gyun Bok opens his eyes
Baek Gyu Hyeon comes to see his nephew & tells that Hwang Jeong is here in this place. Baek Tae Hyeon is worried so he came with Yo Je Wook to have a look. Baek Do Yang said that he is now looking after Jung Gyun Bok who had sustain head injuries. Baek Gyu Hyeon surprise that Jung Gyun Bok is hurt then he realise that it is perhaps that it is Hwang Jeong, the culprit again who tries to kill Jung Gyun Bok & that person should be apprehended. Yoon Je Wook said that he will report to the authorities that should be the way. Baek Do Yang expresses cautious with their conversation as they are not alone in the place. Horace Newton Allen comes to greet Baek Do Yang & asked who are the people with him. Baek Do Yang introduce his Uncle & his friend Yoon Je Wook
Jung Gyun Bok asked whether this is the nether world or still on earth. Hwang Jeong tells Jung Gyun Bok that he is still alive. Jung Gyun Bok looks at Hwang Jeong at his side & surprise him as he asked whether it was by chance that Hwang Jeong who has saved him. Hwang is silent as the answer of affirmative as Jung Gyun Bok asked why he did so to save him. Hwang Jeong said that he feels that he needed to save Jung Gyun Bok that is why he did it. Jung Gyun Bok said that Hwang Jeong may be aware of the consequences for saving him that he will be done for. Jung Gyun Bok said that Hwang Jeong is a person beyond his comprehension then rest his head.
Baek Do Yang comes in to see that Jung Gyun Bok has regain consciousness. Jung Gyun Bok greets Baek Do Yang. Baek Gyu Hyeon asked what has happened to Jung Gyun Bok. Yoon Je Wook said that he has sustain head injuries & was shattered. Horace Newton Allen goes to look at the dressing. Baek Do yang looks at Hwang Jeong thinking that he will get to know who Hwang Jeong really is from Jung Gyu Bok asking why Hwang Jeong is standing there in cold sweat. Hwang Jeong brushes it off as nothing. Baek Do Yang asked Jung Gyun Bok that before he lost consciousness, he want to tell him something & asked what will that be. Jung Gyun Bok hesitates as he recalls that Hwang Jeong wanted to save him after being dissuaded by Yi Gua not to do so that if they save him, it will be the death for them as he will never let them off the hook, Jung Gyun Bok hears it before he passed out from his concussion. Hwang Jeong insists that he must save him. Jung Gyun Bok said that he was to tell Baek Do Yang Hwang Jeong is a great person. Hwang Jeong is surprise & Baek Do Yang upset as that it is not the answer he wants to hear. Jung Gyun Bok said that it is Hwang Jeong who saved him. Horace Newton Allen confirms that it is indeed that Hwang Jeong was the person who save him. Baek Do Yang said that Jung Gyun Bok mentioned that the person exact identity is….Jung Gyun Bok pretend whether he has mentioned that as he can’t recalled as Baek Do Yang pester for his replied & Jung Gyun Bok apologise that his memory is foggy but he said that he only just met Hwang Jeong for the 1st time, how could he able to know what is identity is. Baek Do yang asked where did Jung Gyun Bok met Hwang Jeong, this he should able to say it. Baek Do yang said that it is alright & Jung Gyun Bok just say it. As Jung Gyun Bok about to say it….he pretend to have a headache as Baek Do Yang pester for answers. Horace Newton Allen tries to calm Jung Gyun Bok & asked everybody to leave the room at once. Baek Do Yang still pester as Horace Newton Allen asked Baek Do yang to stop his harassment on the patient. Baek Do Yang will leave but then they will discuss this later. Baek Do yang knows that Jung Gyun Bok is faking his ailment
Horace Newton Allen tells that if there is still pain, to asked Hwang Jeong to administer morphine to Jung Gyun Bok. Hwang Jeong acknowledge as Horace Newton Allen said he will get some sleep & leaves. Jung Gyun Bok then asked the wretch that is under his bed, to come out, that he is causing people discomfort. Jung Gyun Bok said that he has been a police for over 10 years, the person who is under the bed has been sweating profusely that the smell of his sweat can make someone puke. It is obvious that the room is heated by ondol & Yi Gua has been lying on the floor under the bed for so long that he is in direct contact with the heating system. Hwang Jeong calls Yi Gua to come out
Morphine is use medicinally as a pain killer. Morphine was first isolated in 1803 by the German pharmacist Friedrich Wilhelm Adam Serturner, who named it ‘morphium’ after Morpheus, the Greek God of dreams. But it was not until the development of the hypodermic needle in 1853 that its use extensively particularly it was used for pain relief and, ironically & in error, as a “cure†for opium or alcohol addiction. Its extensive use during the American Civil War, to be use as an anesthetic & later give to wounded soldier send home to relieve pain, this resulted in over 400,000 sufferers from what is known as the “soldiers or army disease†(morphine addiction).
Yi Gua comes out & begs for mercy from Jung Gyun Bok. Hwang Jeong asked why sis Jung Gyun Bok save them by not disclosing their identity. Hwang Jeong knows that Baek Do Yang already know that Jung Gyun Bok is lying to him. Jung Gyun Bok said that he didn’t lied for the sake of them but also for himself, if he were to reveal the truth then he will be implicate as well & life will be rosy for him either. Jung Gyun Bok advices Hwang Jeong to look after & keep his mouth trap shut over the matter. Hwang Jeong thanked Jung Gyun Bok. The next morning, Hwang Jeong dosing off to sleep then find Jung Gyun Bok missing from his bed while Yi Gua snoring loudly still sleeping under the bed as Hwang Jeong drags Yi Gua out & wakes him up & asked where is Jung Gyun Bok. Hwang Jeong & Yi Gua spilt the search & goes searching for Jung Gyun Bok around the surrounding premises for his whereabouts
Hwang Jeong goes to see Horace Newton Allen to inform that the patient is missing. Hwang jeong report that when he woke up Jung Gyun Bok has gone. Horace Newton Allen said that this can’t do that the patient needs to have more treatment & asked Hwang Jeong to go & look for him at once. Yi Gua comes in calling “Seo Geun Gae†as Hwang Jeong reminds him where he is & asked whether he has found Jung Gyun Bok but Yi Gua tells that he couldn’t find him. Horace Newton Allen was taken aback at Yi Gua’s body odour smell of his sweat. Horace Newton Allen said that Jung Gyun Bok is gone for good then he asked who is Yi Gua, is he Hwang Jeong’s valet. Hwang Jeong acknowledge as Yi Gua greets Horace Newton Allen. Horace Newton Allen offer handshakes & tells that it is nice to meet him as Yi Gua didn’t know how to react & Hwang Jeong puts Yi Gua hands to shakes Horace Newton Allen’s handshakes
Min Young Ik comes to see Horace Newton Allen in his residence & happy that he is here & tells him of a good news that Gojong has summon Horace Newton Allen to the palace. Horace Newton Allen dressed his best then Min Young Ik runs through court protocol, then Horace Newton Allen has to speak & address in Korean, therefore he needs to introduce himself in a Korean name. Horace Newton Allen asked Min Young Ik to give him a fine Korean name. Min Young ik mutter the sound of Allen then comes to break to 2 syllabus of Ahn & Ryeong. Horace Newton Allen repeats the name Ahn Ryeong & find it sounding pleasant & similar sounding. Min Young Ik explains that Ahn Ryeong means peace that is constant & hoping this name will successfully be continued. Horace Newton Allen likes the name & from now onwards he will use his Korean name as Ahn Ryeong
Ahn Ryeong (Allen). Ahn (?) means content; calm; still; quiet; to pacify; peace. Ryeong (?) means successively; repeatedly; one after another
Min Young Ik & Horace Newton Allen goes to the palace on sedan chairs as Yi Gua & Hwang Jeong sends them off. Yi Gua asked whether Jung Gyun Bok will report them to the police. Hwang Jeong feels that Jung Gyun Bok will not do that. Yi Gua asked how Hwang Jeong going to know that. Hwang Jeong said that Jung Gyun Bok has left this place
Horace Newton Allen in the presence of Gojong & recites Shakespeare’s Hamlet “to be or not to be that is the question†means “Is it better to live or to die?†Yoo Hee Seo translate that is it better to live or to die which is more important. Gojong concurs that this is the importance. Gojong hears that Min Young Ik was on the brink of death during the coup & it was Horace Newton Allen medical skill that has save him & make full recovery, this is indeed a great effort made. Horace Newton Allen said that he simply did what he needs to do in his profession as a Doctor. Yoo Hee Seo translate that Horace Newton Allen did what he needs to so. Gojong said that he has a question for Horace Newton Allen that Gojong will give Horace Newton Allen to run Joseon 1st hospital with Royal support patronage & Joseon staffing, what will he said to that, will he come to look after the health & treat Joseon population with his medical expertise. Horace Newton Allen is shocked by the offer & exclaimed unbelievable & tells Gojong he will do so. Gojong said that he will bestow the hospital as Gwanghyewon. Horace Newton Allen thanked Gojong to bestowed the management of Joseon hospital to him as Yoo Hee Seo thanked the gracious of Gojong & chorus by the official in court
Gwanghyewon House of Extended Grace. Gwang (?) means wide; numerous; to spread, extend. Hye (?) means favour of grace; kind act (from above). Won (?) means residence; abode; institution
Yoo Hee Seo goes to see Baek Do Yang as he said that he wants to come to see Yoo Hee Seo in his abode. Yoo Hee Seo asked what is the purpose of Baek Do Yang’s intend visit to his abode. Baek Do Yang said that Jung Gyun Bok is missing. Yoo Hee Seo said that he has heard of it but he doesn’t see the connection. Baek Do yang said that Jung Gyun Bok wanted to disclose something to him about the exact identity of Hwang Jeong. Yoo Hee Seo then question about Hwang Jeong’s identity. Baek Do Yang tells that Yoo Hee Seo may not be aware that Hwang Jeong is concealing something from them & asked Yoo Hee Seo to give a thought to it. Baek Do Yang said that strange occurrences happens around Hwang Jeong, from beginning with gunshot wounds then recently using electric shock treatment, this can’t go without explaining. Yoo Hee Seo finds Hwang Jeong odd at times but then he finds that Hwang Jeong is a fine disposition to be reckon & likes him, moreover in the recent political turmoil, Hwang Jeong has shown his character in excellence & asked Baek Do Yang to look on the bright side to the matter. Baek Do Yang said that Hwang Jeong was the person who cause the death of his father. Yoo Hee Seo asked why he can blame it on the insurgency & on consequences then to stubbornly sulk & persist in this matter that will make him grow in pain. Baek Do yang doesn’t take Yoo Hee Seo advice as Yoo Hee Seo tells that this is not the time to idle the time away on petty vendettas. Yoo Hee Seo said that Joseon will have its 1st established Baek Do Yang’s aspired hospital. Baek Do Yang asked what is Yoo Hee Seo trying to say. Yoo Hee Seo said that Gojong has bestowed Joseon 1st hospital to Horace Newton Allen. This is such a significant moment that why Baek Do Yang turns his priority to something of an importance rather than being petty in blames Yoo Hee Seo said that isn’t Baek Do Yang aspiration to be a Doctor, & Horace Newton Allen has mentioned he needs to have more medical assistants, so he asked why not Baek Do Yang turn his attention to learn under Horace Newton Allen tutelage. Baek Do Yang asked whether Yoo Hee Seo is suggesting that he should become Horace Newton Allen’s medical assistant & to be colleagues with Hwang Jeong. Yoo Hee Seo suggest that it is all for the education. Baek Do Yang makes it clear to Yoo Hee Seo, Hwang Jeong & him are like water & oil, both of them can’t be together
Horace Newton Allen tells Hwang Jeong that they are going to establish a hospital. Horace Newton Allen confirms as Hwang Jeong tells that this is great news. Horace Newton Allen said that from now Hwang Jeong will have his work cut out for him that Horace Newton Allen needs greatly needs his help> Hwang Jeong bows & said he will do his utmost best. Yi Gua then wants to offer his help & work at the hospital as he assures that beside medical practices he has confidence in doing other matters that he can guard the gates & just instruct & he will do it for Horace Newton Allen. Horace Newton Allen said that Yi Gua is an associate of Hwang Jeong; he welcomes Yi Gua on board. Yi Gua thrill & thanked Horace Newton Allen for his offer & tells that he will do his best
Min Young Ik showed the location premises of the going to be established hospital. It was formerly Hong Young Shik’s residence. Horace Newton Allen asked that they are going to use this house as a hospital. Min Young Ik said that this was the house of the mastermind of the recent insurgency, & was formerly Hong Young Shik’s residence. Min Young Shil said it was instigated as insurgent the whole household was charge with high treason & was destroy.
Hwang Jeong picks up the photograph of Joseon 1st diplomatic mission to United States & finds Min Young Ik was in the photograph. Yi Gua said that the drawing is exactly look like Min Young Ik. Horace Newton Allen said that this is a photograph. Hwang Jeong has never heard of photograph as Horace Newton Allen said he will explain to him later. Min Young Ik said that this is Hong Young Shil in this photograph & tells that here is his house. Hwang Jeong realise that Hong Young Shik is the insurgent as Min Young Ik confirms that in Ujeongchongguk incident, Hong Young Ik & him were together. When he was alive he calls for modernisation reforms as Gaehwapa & it his death, he did contributed to modernisation by donating his house for the cause. The hospital will be established here as the marking & evidence for the beginning of Joseon modernisation
The first Korean diplomatic mission to the United States was in 1883. Chief envoy and Min Young Ik, then American’s Secretary & Counsellor†of the Korean mission was Percival Lowell, Joseon Mission Secretary Seo Gwang Beom & Deputy Envoy was Hong Young Shik. In the entourage mission were also Yu Gil Jun, Choe Do Min, Go Yeong Cheol & Byeon Su.
Hwang Jeong with the architecture plans as Horace Newton Allen explains the hospital construction as Hwang Jeong finds it difficult to follow. Yoo Hee Seo & Yoo Seok Ran coming to have a look at the construction of the hospital & then Yoo Hee Seo & Yoo Seok Ran congratulate Horace Newton Allen for the establishment of the hospital. Yoo Seok Ran greets Hwang Jeong. Cleaning & renovation begins as Chil Bok & Yi Gua helps out. Yoo Hee Seo & Yoo Seok Ran comes to look at the surgery room as Yoo Seok Ran pass the medical supplies to Hwang Jeong.
Dr Watanabe & Simamura return to the Japanese legation that already in disarray condition as Dr Watanabe chase out the unwanted trespassers. Simamura picks up the Japanese legation signage that is fallen to the ground. Simamura is upset that the Japanese legation has been left to vagrant. Dr Watanabe sold them for being insolence & goes to his clinic that it has been empty of everything of value & wail of his loss that who has carted his things away. Simamura tells how could Dr Watanabe shed tears at this moment & reminds Dr Watanabe that he is in the Japanese Imperial Army that he should have some pride. Takezoe Shinichiro comes in to say that there is trouble & inform that while they were away, Joseon has established their 1st western hospital. Dr Watanabe & Simamura is surprise as Takezoe Shinichiro just came from Hong Young Shik’s residence & the place has become the hospital. Dr Watanabe said this is indeed a problem. Simamura said that they work with Gaehwapa in league the reason is in order to established the 1st western hospital in Joseon, this is seen as to ignore & belittle Imperial Japan. Dr Watanabe concurs as Dr Watanabe asked who is responsible for the running of the hospital. Takezoe Shinichiro tells that it is Horace Newton Allen. Dr Watanabe upset that Horace Newton Allen dare to highjack his designation that was meant to be his & that he will not forgive Horace Newton Allen for what he has done & he will pay for it
Dr Watanabe is drunk in the Gibang trying to dissect the fish & said that the surgery has gone well & should it to go the Gisaeng his surgical skills. The Gisaeng tells Dr Watanabe that surgery are to be done in hospital, while drinking is done in a Gibang & serve him a drink on a chip cup & cut his lips while drinking it, then threaten the Gisaeng in attempt to do surgery on her & telling her that he is better than Horace Newton Allen & he was to proof his ability to the public. Then with the magnify glass Dr Watanabe in his stupor sees the Gisaeng as his 1st love Fumiko but Fumiko has a mole so he will create one for her. Gisaeng throw Dr Watanabe off & asked where did such a hoodlum comes from. Dr Watanabe in his stupor tell that he is Imperial Japan’s Hippocrates. Then comes into the Gibang’s room a man who has asked that Dr Watanabe has called him but asked what is going on to see him in such a stupor & tells that Dr Watanabe should head home. The man carry Dr Watanabe to sleep it off & tells him that in his present stupor it is hard to conduct a conversation so they will do it another time. Dr Watanabe recognised the man then pass some money to him. The man doesn’t even know what is going on & first to accept money for something that is unknown, would that be alright. Dr Watanabe said that only the man can able to do this task. The man asked what is it then. Dr Watanabe whisper to his ears as he acknowledge, Dr Watanabe said that if it left unattended, it will lead to eventually death, therefore they need to resolve this quickly, for them & for Joseon & also the ignorant & benighted people of Joseon will render some assistance. The man could be the remnants of Gaehwapa faction. The man tells that he doesn’t really much care about other people’s benefits are
Horace Newton Allen takes a photograph with the 19th century wooden field studio camera as he focus Hwang Jeong at the entrance of Gwanghyewon as the children gather to see what a strange contraption that Horace Newton Allen is with that they never seen it before. Hwang Jeong asked Horace Newton Allen whether they can take together with him; the children that is curious looking at them. Horace Newton Allen asked them to join in the photograph session. Hwang Jeong encourage the children to come to him & gather around him. Horace Newton Allen asked them to say “cheese†to make them have a mile but the children finds difficult in saying the word that they are not associate with “cheese†finds the pronunciation hard therefore Hwang Jeong then comes out with the suggest of using “Kimchi†will be better for the effect, since cheese is associate with bread then Kimchi is associated with rice. Horace Newton Allen said it is alright if they say “kimchi†Horace Newton Allen click the camera & hold up the ignite tray of flash powder to illuminate the photograph. The photograph was taken as the Man that Dr Watanabe send observe Horace Newton Allen in Gwanghyewon. Then the photograph was display as the a group of folks look at the photograph to finds this strange that his child is in the photographs but then finds the photograph blurs then the man comes to add rumours to tells the ignorant people that the photograph traps the souls of their children & the Westerner uses whatever the witchcraft to trick their children & tells that it has happened to Qing China that the Westerners will eat up their children souls then uses their children’s anatomy in their camera witchcraft as the man instill fears in the populations the caused a riot about the populations as the father get upset over the photographs & tears it then they must not stand idle & deal with the Westerner before the Westerner eat up their children souls as they rally to go to Gwanghyewon in protest
In Changdeokgong; Gojong wakes up & Queen Myeongseong by his side
Gojong: The hospital name, there should be a better given name that what is present now
Queen Myeongseong: Chonna! How about thinking in terms along the sayings of the public to compose the name?
Gojong: Composition……Correct, you had mentioned that “Bak Si Je Jungâ€
Bak Si Je Jung (????) means universal fraternity to render distribution of relief aid to the multitude
Gojong:…..to bestow benefits to the population, receive extensively in help
Queen Myeongseong: Yes, bestow the virtues benefits that population will call it benevolence but however if it is bestowed to the masses, the population will called it as divine grace. Chonna! You always wanted to render his divine grace on his people, so this name along this lines will be deem suitable
Gojong: Oh! Yes indeed….it should be that, it must be that….Jungjong. The name must be change at once. Order the writing material for decree immediately
Gojong writes the royal decree
Gojong: To look after the health of the population…to relief & save the public it will be “Je†(?); the masses of the public “Jung†(?); then the residence or the abode will be “Won†(?)
Gojong calligraphy the name Jejungwon ???
Jejungwon (House of Universal Helpfulness or House of Civilized Virtue)
Je (?)means aid, relieve help. Jung (?) means multitude; masses; public. Won (?) means residence; abode; institution
Gojong: It will be named Jejungwon. This is going to what is to set the significant of my era of reign
Gojong laughs. Then Gwanghyewon has a name change to Jejungwon, where the signage is place in the entrance of Joseon 1st western hospital. Horace Newton Allen & Hwang Jeong looks at the Royal signage of Jejungwon & looks proud to be bestow the name Jejungwon by Gojong
Episode 6 Part 1
Episode 6 Part 2
Episode 6 Part 3
Episode 6 Part 4
Episode 6 Part 5
Episode 6 Part 6
Episode 6 Part 7
Synopsis/Summary of Jejoongwon The Hospital (??? (???) Episode 7
Royal Decree is read to conferred a house in District of Jeongdong as Jejungwon Hospital & decrees Dr Horace Newton Allen an American as Superintendent of the Hospital to provide medical treatment. Jejungwon will open its consultation from Mi Si until Shin Si. Dr Horace Newton Allen is expert Western Surgeon & will reap great benefits from his treatment. The decrees reads that the hospital will treat both genders as they has segregated room to them
Scene of people gathering to hear the decree read & the surgical instrument being laid waiting for patient & medication ready to dispense
Mi Si is the hour of Sheep from 1pm to 3pm until Shin Si from 3pm-5pm
Dr Horace Newton Allen & Hwang Jeong doing the finishing touches to the hospital by putting up a signage by Yi Gua as Dr Horace Newton Allen check the alignment & give if an “OKâ€
Jejungwon hung up a sign on the hospital door written in Chinese and Korean reading that “Anybody â€" man or woman â€" with any disease come and see the American doctor on any day. Bring an empty bottle.†The bottles were used to hold the medicine he provided. Horace Newton Allen also describes an interesting scene in which people brought food as payment for treatment. “The Koreans seem to go on the principle of no cure, no pay. Payment moreover seems seldom to be in money. I have been given hundreds of eggs, quantities of meat, live pigs, chickens, pheasant and all manner of eatables by grateful patients,†he wrote.
Hwang Jeong comes to Dr Horace Newton Allen’s room & asked that he has been called as Dr Horace Newton Allen is given Hwang Jeong the Doctor Gown. Dr Horace Newton Allen explains that people who works in hospital must wear a uniform, as Hwang Jeong is now medical assistant of Jejungwon, he should wear one. Dr Horace Newton Allen said that Hwang Jeong will learn to dispense medication & attend to patient & tells that from this day, Jejungwon is his home of place & work. Hwang Jeong wear his Hospital coat & admires the feel of wearing the uniform & picks up a broom to sweep the ground with pride
The history of the Doctor’s coat or gown doesn’t actually begin with doctors. The tradition actually started with scientists. You may wonder why Scientists were actually the people to start using this familiar symbol of the medical doctor. Due to the nature of their work, Scientists of 100-200 years ago used lab coats to protect their skin and clothing from the harsh elements they worked with in their studies. Along the mid 1800’s, scientists had surpassed doctors in terms of respectability and trust because it was during this time that many of the medicines used by doctors had been proven to be useless by the Scientists. Then as this turn of events changed the way many people viewed the medical profession & doctors & instead of looking to doctors to solve their health problems, the general public paid more attention to the scientific community. Naturally, there was no way doctors ine the medical profession could allow that to happen. As an attempt to gain back the prestige and trust they had once enjoyed, doctors adopted the habit of wearing lab coats as well. When patients came to see them, the doctors looked so much like scientists; people couldn’t help but feel a little more secure. From that point on in history, the lab coat became the Doctor coats or gown. It wasn’t long before doctor coats were used to indicate the seniority and prestige of the doctor in question. The longer the Doctor coat was, the more important the doctor. Of course, today, the coat is the most convenient length for the doctor to wear given his or her responsibilities. Now that we have how doctors came to wear lab coats out of the way, the more modern approach is worth taking a look at as well. Doctor coats are typically made out of a polyester cotton blend. The reason for this material is that it is easy to keep clean and very stain resistant. While once the symbol of prestige and importance, the length of the Doctor coat now depends on the doctor’s personal preference and the policies of the institution he or she works in. Doctors’ coats can be ordered in lengths from the waist all the way down to the knees if desired.
The man sticks malicious bills on the wall that it is a notice that Western ghost will consume their children soul, their body for food & drink their blood then takes their eyes through photograph of their camera & calls this preposterous
The next morning in Jejungwon, Min Young Ik gave a speech on the official opening of Jejungwon that Gojong has conferred this Royal hospital out of his divine grace, hope that the staff of Jejungwon will assist Superintendent of the Hospital Dr Horace Newton Allen to give medical assistance to the population & hence for further development of Western medical advancement in Joseon. Min Young Ik asked Dr Horace Newton Allen to say a few word before commence the opening of Jejungwon. Dr Horace Newton Allen clear his throat & spoke English that he say this sentence & assures them although their start may seem insignificant to begin with, but in the end, it will bring great prosperity & glory. Yoo Hee Seo translates in Korean for the staff. Dr Horace Newton Allen asked the staff to repeat after him “Long live Jejungwon†the Hwang jeong rally chorus of “Long Live Jejungwon†as the other chorus in vocals
Dr Horace Newton Allen goes to the gate to announce grandly to open to the gate of Jejungwon, Hwang Jeong announce that they will take in the 1st patient of Jejungwon. Yi Gua opens the door. The doors open only be met by disgruntle citizen& get pelted by stones. Dr Horace Newton Allen gets hit by one of the stones, as Hwang Jeong takes Dr Horace Newton Allen to safety while Yoo Hee Seo looks after Min Young Ik. Hwang Jeong goes to close the doors then shouts to ask Yi Gua to bring the wounded Dr Horace Newton Allen into the inner courtyard. The disgruntle mob is throwing stones over the fence
Yoon Je Wook & Baek Do Yang comes as Yoon Je Wook asked whether there is a stone fight, then Baek Do Yang reads the notice on the wall about malicious rumour that Westerns are to consume their children in whole. The wounded Dr Horace Newton Allen can’t understand why the citizen calling him a cannibal. Yi Gua said he doesn’t believe a word of it either. Yoo Hee Seo greets Dr Horace Newton Allen & asked whether he alright that his head is bleeding. Min Young Ik can’t understand why the citizen are protesting & crying at them “to go away†& asked if the population doesn’t understand that the hospital was established on their behalf. Yoo Hee Seo said that Dr Horace Newton Allen’s injury needs medical attention right away
Hwang Jeong open the door get pelted by stones & goes to meet with the mob & tells them to stop their pelting. The crowd stops as Baek Do Yang & Yoo Je Wook looking at the distance. Hwang Jeong shout to them that Dr Horace Newton Allen is that kind of person & this place is where patients are treated & it is not a place that is rumoured that will consume children up to be butcher & eaten. The mob asked Hwang Jeong not to kid them. One of the crowd tells that Hwang Jeong was in the photograph then pelted Hwang Jeong with more stones as Mong Chong come to cover Hwang Jeong inside & closes the door behind him as the mob attacks the door to storm it open. Mong Chong complains that he has been pelted so many times & asked whether Hwang Jeong wants to get stone to death. Hwang Jeong asked why is he here as Mong Chong tells that the stir disorder out there over the notices posted at the wall. Mong Chong gave Hwang Jeong to read that Jejungwon is a place where they consume children as a whole by the Western ghost will consume their children soul, their body for food & drink their blood by butchering them to pieces then takes their eyes through photograph of their camera & calls this preposterous & they must stand united to bring divine punishment towards the Westerners & its staff. The mob started climbing over the fence to storm in as Hwang Jeong & Mong Chong takes run into the inner court yard for safety. Baek Do Yang watching the mob telling that they are a bunch of ignorant. Baek Do Yang ask his friend Yoon Je Wook to inform the police although Yoon Je Wook said watching this, he finds it is interesting as Baek Do Yang stares at his friend. Yoon Je Wook said just wait & see it pass as the fall of Jejungwon will spell the end for Hwang Jeong. Baek Do Yang reminds that Jejungwon was established by Royal patronage by this nation. Yoon Je Wook reluctant goes to report to the police
The mob storms into Jejungwon. Baek Do Yang climbs over the fence. Hwang Jeong finds Dr Horace Newton Allen where Yoo Hee Seo is doing pressure compression to stop the bleeding. Hwang Jeong asked whether Dr Horace Newton Allen is alright. Dr Horace Newton Allen said he is fine. Hwang jeong suggest they seek shelter as the mob is storming into the premises. Baek Do Yang comes to greet Min Young Ik & advice that they should leave through the back doors to escape as the mob will be storming into the inner courtyard of Jejungwon very soon. Baek Do Yang asked where is Yoo Seok Ran as Yoo Hee Seo assures that she didn’t come to Jejungwon today. Baek Do Yang sigh a relief. Yoo Hee Seo asked Min Young Ik to leave by the back door to escape. Min Young Ik asked that this must be reported to the police. Baek Do Yan has already lodge to the police & they will be here soon. Min Young Ik praise Baek Do Yang for a job well done. Min Young Ik asked Dr Horace Newton Allen to leave but Dr Horace Newton Allen holding his own compression on his head tells them that he will not leave this hospital. Dr Horace Newton Allen said that all the medical instruments & medication are here & without these instruments & materials, he will not able to treat or see patient even if he leaves
Baek Do Yang tells that the instruments can be regains later. Hwang Jeong concurs but Dr Horace Newton Allen stubbornly said that he can’t leave the hospital to the mob & run off as Hwang Jeong chase in pursuit then follow by Yi Gua & Mong Chong. While leaving the back door, Baek Do Yang warn that the direction they leaving will be on a collision course with the mob, then Min Young Ik said that the Minister of Rites stays nearby, they will seek refuge in his residence. Min Young Ik tells the foreign dignitary including Minister of US Lucius Foote to follow him quickly to seek refuge from the mob. Baek Do Yang asked Yoo Hee Seo to leave first as he needs to remain here to access the situation as Dr Horace Newton Allen is in the premises. Yoo Hee Seo acknowledges & leaves with the foreign dignitaries to safety
In a Western mercantile most probably run by her father, Yoo Seok Ran testing the fountain pen signing her signature (Su Kyeol) as “SukRanYun†in cursive. Kim Mak Saeng said that the writing looks like worms. Yoo Seok Ran said that she can sign her signature instead of carrying her name seal around. Kim Mak Saeng understands that Yoo Hee Seo also signs his signature on document but what use for Yoo Seok Ran to practice & compose her signature. Yoo Seok Ran said that she will have one ready when the opportunity for it arises.
Lewis Waterman patented the first practical fountain pen in 1884. Writing instruments designed to carry their own supply of ink had existed in principle for over one hundred years before Waterman’s patent. For example, the oldest known fountain pen that has survived today was designed by a Frenchmen named M. Bion and dated 1702. Peregrin Williamson, a Baltimore shoemaker, received the first American patent for a pen in 1809. John Schaeffer received a British patent in 1819 for his half quill, half metal pen that he attempted to mass manufacture. John Jacob Parker patented the first self-filling fountain pen in 1831. However, early fountain pen models were plagued by ink spills and other failures that left them impractical and hard to sell. Fountain pens were designed a 1000 years after the usage of quill pens. Its mechanism was composed of 3 parts- the nib, the feed or black part under the nib which controlled the flow of ink and the round barrel which was to hold the nib and feed together. It was Lewis Waterman’s idea to add an air hole in the nib and three grooves inside the feed mechanism, to avoid ink spillage. All pens have an internal reservoir for ink and even the mechanism to fill the ink also underwent a transformation along with the evolving fountain pen. Initially, eyedroppers were used for filling ink into the pens. By 1915, most pens had a self-filling soft and flexible rubber sac as an ink reservoir. To refill these pens, the reservoirs were squeezed flat by an internal plate and the pen’s nib was inserted into a bottle of ink. When the pressure on the internal plate was released, the ink sac would fill up drawing in a fresh supply of ink. Eventually, several different patents were issued for the self-filling fountain pen design. I own one of the John Schaeffer received a British patent in 1819 for his half quill, half metal pen with its gold nibs that I pick up when an old printing shop wanted to set for closure
Seal, in an East Asian context, is a general name for printing stamps and impressions thereof that are used in lieu of signatures in personal documents, office paperwork, contracts, art, or any item requiring acknowledgment or authorship. China, Japan & Korea currently use a mixture of seals and hand signatures, and increasingly, electronic signature. Seal typically used to stamp with red ink or cinnabar paste. . In modern Korea, the use of seals is still common. Most Koreans have personal seals, every government agency and Commercial Corporation has its own seals to use in public documents. While signature is also accepted, many Koreans think it is more formal to use seals in public documents. However in 2008 the Constitutional Court of South-Korea upheld a Supreme Court judgement that a signed and handwritten will which lacked a registered seal was invalid. Personal seals (dojang) in Korea can be classified by their legal status. Koreans mostly have 2 dojang, one crave in Hanja usually for official purpose & the other Hangeul. I personally own a seal myself
The shopkeeper comes out to serve Yoo Seok Ran that he had brought the merchandise that she order as Yoo Seok Ran wants fountain pen nips for her fountain pen. The storekeeper comments on Yoo Seok Ran eyes for fine goods as he brought out the 2 stethoscope set she has ordered & waited for so almost 3 months for it, as Yoo Seok Ran opens the box to see the stethoscope. Kim Mak Saeng finds it fascination in hearing her heart beat through the stethoscope. Yoo Seok Ran finds Kim Mak Saeng so childlike playing with a toy. The storekeeper asked her to take their time on choosing which they prefer set she prefers. Kim Mak Saeng said that Baek Do Yang will appreciate this gift from overseas as it has just arrive prior to his birthday. Yoo Seok Ran takes one set off the storekeeper. Then as the storekeeper goes to pack the set, Yoo Seok Ran think twice that she will take both the sets. Kim Mak Saeng asked who is the 2nd set is for as she guess whether it is for Hwang Jeong. Yoo Seok Ran brushes it a no. Yoo Seok Ran & Kim Mak Saeng leaves the western store then Kim Mak Saeng pester that Yoo Seok Ran has denied but they shall see whose neck will the stethoscope be hanging on. Yoo Seok Ran admits that Hwang Jeong just started work in Jejungwon, it will be nice if he own one, since he has said her father’s life in the Ujeongchongguk incident. Kim Mak Saeng said that Yoo Seok Ran has in turn save his life & that should balance it off
This should be the binaural stethoscope that was invented in 1852, although what they are listening looks like the Bowles Pilling Combination stethoscope circa around 1902
Then Kim Mak Saeng notice a crowd gathering at the notice board then as the mob comes running with clubs shouting slogans to “down to the Westerners devils†with the police in pursuit. Yoo Seok Ran reads the notice about the malicious rumour that Jejungwon is a place for Westerners to endeavoured to butcher & consume their children. Hwang Jeong, Ming Chung, Yi Gua & Dr Horace Newton Allen packing their medical instrument & medication into boxes. Hwang Jeong asked Dr Horace Newton Allen to leave quickly as they ran out from the entrance, the craze mob is heading towards then as they fled back into the surgery room & Hwang Jeong barricades the door of the surgery with the surgical table. Dr Horace Newton Allen admits that it is his fault that this incident happens. Hwang Jeong assures that it is not Dr Horace Newton Allen but the citizens are slightly misunderstanding. The mob trying to force the surgery door opened. Meanwhile the police are trying to do crowd control by nattering the mobs as Kim Mak Saeng panics to asked what is going on. Yoo Seok Ran fearing that her father may still be Jejungwon. Kim Mak Saeng asked what they suppose to do, as Yoo Seok Ran asked Kim Mak Saeng to rally the household staff to come & help. Kim Mak Saeng acknowledge & realise that Yoo Seok Ran is running straight towards Jejungwon then sneaks into Jejungwon to find the place being rummage then the remnants of the mob come out to find an easy target Yoo Seok Ran & tries to touch her as Yoo Seok ran ask what they are doing as they corner her & accused to be sympathiser of the Westerner. Yoo Seok Ran said that Jejungwon is place to treat patient not to as rumours that they are out to consume their children & asked them to leave here at once. The mob don’t take heed of Yoo Seok Ran explanation as Yo Seok Ran said that she will scream if they come near. The mob asked her to scream as loud as she can. Yoo Seok Ran picks up a stone to defend herself as the mob laugh in ridicule. Then something get throw at the mobs head where Baek Do yang comes to her rescue as Baek Do yang tries to ward off the mob & Yoo Seok Ran managed to pick up a club & whack one of the mob to defend Baek Do Yang.
Yoo Seok Ran goes to help Baek Do Yang as he shout at her why is she doing here. Yoo Seok Ran said she came in fear for his father’s safety. Baek Do Yang said that her father has escape to safety & asked her to leave quickly. Then Yoo Seok Ran turns her anxiety focus on Hwang Jeong & then whether Dr Horace Newton Allen has left Jejungwon in safety & pesters Baek Do Yang to asked where they are 7 what has happened to them. Baek Do Yang tells her that Dr Horace Newton Allen & Hwang jeong are in the surgery room packing up the medical instrument & medication. Yoo Seok Ran goes to the surgery room
Hwang Jeong dressing Dr Horace Newton Allen’s head wounds as Yi Gua tells that they didn’t perform opening ceremony rituals that this house is ridden by spirit that the proprietor of the house is executed & all family members hang themselves that they need to exorcise their spirits. Yi Gua asked if he has some shamanistic power, he will conduct the ritual ceremony. Mong Chung is finding Yi Gua noisy. Yi Gua asked who is Mong Chung & why is he here. Mong Chung said that he came here because he is concern about Hwang Jeong & asked whether the explanation is fine with Yi Gua. Yi Gua said that this place is not mean for him & asked him to leave. Mong Chung asked how can he leave here at of now then finds that all is quiet outside, then Yoo Seok Ran calls out to asked if there is someone inside. Hwang jeong looks at the window as Yoo Seok Ran call his name as Hwang Jeong answer her. Hwang Jeong comes out with the rest & asked why is she doing here. Yoo Seok Ran asked if everybody is alright as Hwang Jeong assures that they are. Baek Do yang comes & tells that the mob has come under police control. Dr Horace Newton Allen asked whether it is as they sees the police clubbing the mob to succumb . The police captain asked Dr Horace Newton Allen whether everything is fine
Jejungwon is the former residence of Hong Young Shik who has been accused high treason as mastermind of Gapsinjeongbyeon coup
Min Young Ik in the meeting that it is a pity to have this unfortunate incident happens & will handle all repairs & replace those who had been lost. The important that Dr Horace Newton Allen is safety is the concern. The police captain said that they need to settle the malicious rumours notice that is posted around the capital walls. Baek Do Yang said that this will not solve so easily as the people already believe in the rumours as truth & there would any patient that will come to Jejungwon for treatment. Dr Horace Newton Allen tells that he will go out to the public to prove that the matter is just a malicious lies. Hwang Jeong tells that Dr Horace Newton Allen it is dangerous to venture out at this present climate. Yoo Hee Seo concurs that is not advisable to venture out now. Hwang Jeong excuse that if this situation persists then what is supposed like happened to Jejungwon. Baek Do Yang asked what Hwang Jeong is implying that Jejungwon will fail to established it legitimacy. Dr Horace Newton Allen said that they will have to for closure the hospital. Yoo Hee Seo tells that they must be so pessimistic to have thinks so far ahead & ride those difficulties. Min Young Ik concurs with Yoo Hee Seo & assures that it will be so. Dr Horace Newton Allen also will like to have the same thoughts to that & thanked for the people for their support. Dr Horace Newton Allen asked what happened to the foreign dignitaries as Yoo Hee Seo tells that they has been lead to Minister of Rites’ residence for safe refuge. Dr Horace Newton Allen glad to hear & they should start with the repairs. Hwang Jeong will go ahead to access the hospital’s damages & leaves
Takezoe Shinichiro & Dr Watanabe goes to Gojong to tell that on their return, they have found this rumours that has cause a stir commotion among the population that the established Jejungwon the hospital that Gojong has conferred that Takezoe Shinichiro express their sympathy sadness for Gojong. Takezoe Shinichiro adding salt to wound that if the Japanese haven’t left hastily that this commotion might not happened if they were around. Dr Watanabe concurs. Gojong said that he need to established the hospital for Joseon & Dr Horace Newton Allen was around to take the posting & asked the Japanese not to take this personally. Dr watanabe said that the population is not taking kindly to the hospital that is run by Westerners therefore Takezoe Shinichiro tells that Gojong that he can asked for their assistance if he require to set up Western Hospital under their patronage. Gojong is displeased. Takezoe Shinichiro & Dr Watanabe leaves the palace & tells that Dr Watanabe scheme is taking off quite well. Dr Watanabe said it wrote a good prescription & the medication should do well. Takezoe Shinichiro tells Dr Watanabe that Jejungwon can be signified as the blooming of a bud for this nation towards modernisation & that Dr Watanabe must assures they must not allow this bud to blossom. Dr Watanabe nods with affirmative that if they bud is not water then it will surely withered. Jejungwon doesn’t have any patient to treat, it will have to closed
Yoo Seok Ran walking with her father that she feels disappointed that Jejungwon starts off in such disarray. Yoo Hee Seo said that it is indeed, it is not just Dr Horace Newton Allen but Gojong has invested his hopes on the hospital. Yoo Seok Ran said that she should stay back to help. Now Jejungwon is in a mess & they should wait & see the situation. Yoo Seok Ran said that they should cater them some food, since they haven’t got a chance to eat. Yoo Hee Seo agrees that they may have not have a decent breakfast then Yoo Hee Seo queries that did Yoo Seok Ran go to Jejungwon on her own being so risky. Yoo Seok Ran said that she went with Kim Mak Saeng but then realise that she ahs send Kim Mak Saeng on the errand as Kim Mak Saeng comes with the band of help from her household. Yoo Seok Ran thought her father was in danger, so she called for help. Yoo Hee Seo assures his household staff that he is fine. Mrs Yoo carries her legs & the last to arrive & asked if her husband is alright & glad that he is alive & hugs & embrace her husband cuddling in front of her staff as Kim Mak Saeng said that the staff are watching while Mrs Yoo asked them to look somewhere else. Yoo Hee Seo doesn’t know what to do with his wife outward behaviour
Jejungwon has police stationed as guards & patrolled. Baek Do Yang & Yoon Je Wook looking at a distance as Dr Horace Newton Allen treating the wounded, police & mob alike. The mob says that he doesn’t want to be treated by Westerners. The police who is receiving treatment tells that if he refuse treatment then he can leave & the police threaten that he will beat the mob hind up & throw him into jail. The mob said that the Westerner consume humans. The police tells that the Westerners will consume those who refuse treatment & asked then to shut their trap & receive treatment. Dr Horace Newton Allen reprimand the police not to speaks in such foul. Dr Horace Newton Allen said he will treat all alike
Hwang Jeong tries to appease the mobs that they need not worry to receive treatment for their injury & needn’t be afraid of Western medicine. Yoo je Wook can’t understand why Dr Horace Newton Allen is treating all patient alike including the mob as they should be throw in jail for their crimes, honestly that the mob are the people that cause of the damages to Jejungwon & should be forgiven
Yi Gua is sterilising the bandages in boiling water. Mong Chong is hanging the bandages to dried & asked what is the purpose to have them boiled & dry if they are to be bandage wounds & soon to be soiled. Yi Gua said that if Mong Chung puts his clothes to boiled, his clothes will come out cleaner, it is on the same principal. Mong Chung still insist that they will get soiled with blood. Yi Gua still queries why Mong Chung is hanging around Jejungwon. Mong Chung said that he has saved Hwang Jeong’s life & acquaintance with Dr Horace Newton Allen, so he is hanging around & asked Yi Gua not to get to sensitive on territorial right & be harmonious in their working relation
Yoo Seok Ran comes to Jejungwon & begs the police to allow to enter as she has brought food for the people inside Jejungwon but the police refuse her entry as they has order that no one is allow to enter Jejungwon. Yoo Seok Ran argues that the people inside has not eaten a decent meals. Kim Mak Saeng persuade Yoo Seok Ran to go home since they are not allow to enter. Yoo Seok Ran tries to talk her way in that she just deliver the food & will be out shortly. The police asked then to leave it with them & they will take it in for them. Yoo Seok Ran said that those are just prepared ingredients, she still needs to make them to rice balls. Kim Mak Saeng said that the people inside can make their own rice balls
Korean Rice balls are called gyungdan. This light Korean snack highlights the chewiness and natural sweetness of sweet rice flour. Boiled until floating, sweet rice balls are really easy to prepare and has endless variations. Dry coatings such as sesame seeds, roasted soybean powder & cinnamon sugar cling readily to its surface. Gyungdan can also be stuffed with sweet fillings such as red bean paste. Yi Gua then comes out to greet Yoo Seok Ran & asked why she is doing at the door as he takes the ingredient in & tells that Dr Horace Newton Allen is waiting for her. Yi Gua tells the guards that Yoo Seok Ran is practically staff of Jejungwon & invites Yoo Seok Ran in as the police couldn’t do anything. Mong Chung gives a smell of the food & laughs to himself as Yi Gua hit his head to come to his sense that how can a beggar hold food. Mong Chung asked that he is given better clothes, there wouldn’t be a beggar standing in front of him. Yoo Seok Ran asked whether everybody especially Hwang Jeong. Yi Gua tells that they are all well due to his render protection for their safety. Mong Chung laughs about Yi Gua’s “protection†as they argue on their merits. Yoo Seok Ran asked Kim Mak Saeng to go & prepare the rice ball before the rice hardened. Mong Chung shows Kim Mak Saeng to the kitchen
Meanwhile Horace Newton Allen finds a groaning patient with bleeding from the buttock as Baek Do Yang there is discharge from buttock. Dr Horace Newton Allen asked that the patient’s pant be removed as Hwang Jeong draws down the pants to finds inflammation at the buttocks. Yoon je Wook looks at it finds it disgusting that he can able to come out here to throw stones in this health condition. Dr Horace Newton Allen takes his finger to go through the opening of the anus as the patient cries in pain. Dr Horace Newton Allen diagnoses the ailment as anal fistula & the abnormal tunnel or tract has been formed between the anal canal and the outer skin of the anus. Baek Do Yang translates as Hang Mun Lu (Anal Fistula) & explain the diagnosis of the ailment. Hwang Jeong put back the patient pants & tell that he must be suffering in agony & asked how long his ailment has been with him. The patient hesitate in giving an answer as Baek Do Yang threaten the patient to give the answer quickly or else he will die if the ailment is left unattended. Horace Newton Allen doesn’t like Baek Do Yang’s attitude. Hwang Jeong pacify the patient that it will be alright & tell them how long. The patient said that his ailment has been a year
Anal Fistula is a fistula opening at or near the anus usually into the rectum above the internal sphincter. Anal fistulas are fairly common in people who have an anal abscess. it is important to treat an anal fistula to reduce the chance of re-infection. Effective treatment also relieves accompnay symptoms. A history of recurring anal abscess with draninage is a clue that a person may have an anal fistula. the external opening usually appear as a red, imflamed spot that oozes ous, sometimes mixed with blood. The location of the external opening gives a clue to a fistula’s likely path & sometimes the fustula can actually be felt as a hard cord. In mayn cases however, visualizing its path may take various tools & sometimes the path may not be clear until surgery. This is always done by performing a fistulotomy procedure. The surgeon 1st probes to find the fistula’s internal opening, then the surgeon will incision a cut to get the tract open, curettes it (scrapes & flushes out its content), then stitches its sides ot the sides of the incision so the fistula is laid open or flatten out
Horace Newton Allen finds that the anus patient has a running fever & then asked about his bowel movement has been frequent, The patient confirms as Horace Newton Allen diagnose his condition as sewrious & that they need to perform the sugery now. Hwang Jeong said that he will prepare the surgery room. Yoon Je Wook asked how can a man live with such a condition, if he was him, he would have died of embarassment with shame. Horace Newton Allen leaves as Baek Do yang asked Yoon Je Wook to wait for him here as he follows Horace Newton Allen. Horace NEwton Allen goes to prepare his surgical instrument as Baek Do Yang asked hoe is Horace Newton Allen going to proceed in doing the surgery. Horace Newton Allen said that the patient has the condition for a long time & detectimg the external opening of an anal fistula is usually easy while finding the internal opening can be more complicated & knowing the fistula’s complete path is critical for effective treatment & he needs to close the opening as Baek Do yang probe into how Horace Newton Allen will do that as he explains that he will proceed to 1st probes to find the fistula’s inernal opening then will cut the tract open, curettes it by scraping & flushes out its content then suture the sides of the incision so that the fistula will be laid open & flattened out. Baek Do Yang asked for permission whether he can observe the surgery as Horace Newton Allen said he could
Horace Newton Allen then queries that why Baek Do Yang has not apply to be a medical assistant to Jejungwon that Horace Newton Allen has anticipate his admission to Jejungwon. Baek Do Yang apologise. Horace Newton Allen asked whether this has anything to do in regards to Hwang Jeong. Baek Do Yang said it is not, & that he honestly wanted to go to Japan for medical studies but then problems has crops up on the plan, therefore he is contemplating that he will pursue his medical studies to United States. Horace Newton Allen tells Baek Do Yang that in United States there are many Doctors that far exceed in expertise than he is, if he wishes to go to United State to pursue his medicine, he can propose to introduce a medical college for him. Baek Do Yang thanked Horace Newton Allen. Horace Newton Allen tells that it is not correct practice to instill fear in patient like he did just now & he should be more friendly like Hwang Jeong that he needs to at least smile. Baek Do Yang apologises & tries to put on a smile in his tight upper lip aristocrat manner & finds it difficult
Kim Mak Saeng asked Yoo Seok Ran to just sit there & look & why she wants to help out. Yoo Seok Ran said she just wanted to help. Kim Mak Saeng said that if she wants to help to do properly, & laughs at Yoo Seok Ran’s rice balls are not up to standard & asked who will eat hers. Yoo Seok Ran said that the taste that count & not the shape of the food. Kim Mak Saeng said that haven’t she hear that the prettier the presentation of the food, the tastier it is. Yoo Seok Ran said that she may not have talent in preparing food. Hwang jeong washing his hands & hears women voice from the kitchen & takes a look at the kitchen as Yoo Seok Ran greets Hwang Jeong at the door. Hwang Jeong comes in & greet her & asked when did she return. Yoo Seok Ran tries to hide her substandard rice ball as Yoo Seok Ran said that her father asked her to come & have a look at the place. Yoo Seok Ran gave one of Kim Mak Saeng rice ball. Hwang Jeong declines as Yoo Seok Ran said it is alright that there is plenty to distribute. Hwang Jeong asked that Horace Newton Allen should have it 1st before he does & he will have it later. Hwang Jeong leaves as Yo Seok Ran comes after him & offer the rice balls to taste. Hwang Jeong declines as Yoo Seok Ran asked him to taste he rice ball to see whether it is taste fine. Yoo Seok Ran said that her hands are tired from holding the rice balls as Hwang Jeong cleans his hands on his clothes & takes the rice ball from Yoo Seok Ran to taste it. Yoo seok Ran asked whether the taste is fine. Hwang Jeong comment that it is delicious. Baek Do Yang finds Yoo Seok Ran with Hwang Jeong then approach her to asked why she is doing in Jejungwon & asked when did she returned.
Yoo Seok Ran was concern about them not having proper meals. Horace Newton Allen comments that the taste smells rather delicious. Yoo Seok Ran said it is rice ball & offer some to Horace Newton Allen. Horace Newton Allen thanked her but will have some after his surgery. Baek Do Yang wants t have a word with Yoo Seok Ran in private. Baek Do Yang reprimand her that she should stay at home & why come here. Yoo Seok Ran said that she has mentioned the reason just now that she was worried about the meals. Baek Do Yang said that the servant can attend to that. Baek Do Yang said that honestly after Yoo Seok Rang help Hwang Jeong to escape from confinement, he order Jung Gyun Bok to look for him. Yoo Seok Ran asked whether Jung Gyun Bok is the man with the head injury that Horace Newton Allen operated on. Baek Do Yang confirms it is indeed. During the incident that he was carried in to the hospital after his accident, he told Baek Do Yang there is something of importance about Hwang Jeong but however when Jung Gyun Bok woke up from consciousness, they seem to have been in league. This is why the reason for Jung Gyun Bok’s disappearance as Hwang Jeong overhears their conversation. Baek Do Yang tells Yoo Seok Ran that Hwang Jeong is not the person that she should render help to. Baek Do Yang claims that Hwang Jeong is dangerous. Yoo Seok Ran tells that Baek Do Yang in comparison he is the one who is dangerous. Yoo Seok Ran came here not only for Hwang Jeong but the people in Jejungwon & if help is being so prejudice to be given then it should be. Yoo Seok Ran said that Baek Do Yang has changed. The person that she knows of Baek Do Yang will form a close working relationship with people like Hwang Jeong who also has keen interest in medicine & the Baek Do Yang she knows is quick to response to knowledge to understand that Hwang Jeong has nothing to do with his father’s death. Yoo Seok Ran tells that since Baek Do Yang have such suspicion & anxiety towards other people, it is really frightening. Yoo Seok Ran takes her leave. Baek Do Yang hols her back that he is anxious not because he is suspicious & what makes my heart is unsettled, it is because the reason that Yoo Seok Ran is with Hwang Jeong are always together. Hwang Jeong listening in.
Yoo Seok Ran stares blankly at Baek Do Yang. Kim Mak Saeng calls Yoo Seok Ran to asked where she is & tells that the rice ball are getting hardened. Yoo Seok Ran leaves then Yoo Seok Ran sees Hwang Jeong & asked that he hasn’t gone indoors yet & asked whether he wishes to have a snack 1st as Hwang Jeong declines that he 1st must apologise that he asked Yoo Seok Ran not to be too attentive in concern toward Hwang Jeong. Yoo Seok Ran doesn’t understand what Hwang Jeong is implying. Hwang Jeong afraid that the help that Yoo Seok Ran render to him might bring misunderstanding to other people which include what has happened today. Yoo Seok Ran smiles that she is not too concern about this kind of misunderstanding, in her foresight, misunderstanding comes like a shadow in rendering help to others. Yoo Seok Ran was misunderstood when she went to help the beggars in her neighbourhood. Yoo Seok Ran said she can’t turn back the clock, but she will always maintain her own self disposition that she will ride justice if she finds that Hwang Jeong is confine unjustly & she will free him & will tried to help the people like Hwang Jeong & Horace Newton Allen who had been trapped in Jejungwon. Yoo Seok Ran said that just like Hwang Jeong who wouldn’t let the sick goes by without helping them. Hwang Jeong understands. Yoo Seok Ran then realise that Hwang Jeong by overhear her conversation with Baek D Yang. Hwang Jeong apologise that he didn’t meant to eavesdrop on their conversation
Yoo Seok Ran said that if that is his concern, he shouldn’t be bother by it at all. Yoo Seok Ran said that she & Baek Do Yang has argue among themselves for over 10 years. Hwang Jeong understands. Yoo Seok Ran said that he must say such things again to surprise her. Kim Mak Saeng asked what is Yoo Seok Ran doing now that the rice ball is hardening to stones. Yoo Seok Ran acknowledge Kim Mak Saeng & takes her leave from Hwang Jeong
Then the patient discuss that Horace Newton Allen puts his finger at the anus as they claim that Horace Newton Allen fingers are long. Yoon je Wook asked why did Horace Newton Allen did that, do they know as the patient asked Yoon Je Wook why. Yoon Je Wook tells that he was just practicing & Horace Newton Allen will stick a metal probe up at the patient anus as the anus patient asked why he needs to do that. Yoon Je Wook said that they are really dumb that the Westerner will put a metal pole through them to grill them then the patient starts to leave in excuse as Yoon je Wook feed fear into them. Yoo je Wook laughs at his prank.
The police captain finds that the supply of paper in the market has all been sold out. The police said consider the amount of notice that was paste on the wall, will have use quite considerable among of papers. The police captain asked whether they has a clear description of the person who bought the paper. The police said that he is identify as wearing a straw hands & carry a haversack & didn’t get a good look as he was wearing his hat pretty low to cover his face. The police asked whether they need to station men at the store, but the police captain said there is no need as he will not return. The police asked that will apprehend all straw hat & haversack suspect. The police captain said that it is a long shot but seen no other method & agrees to have this carry out. The police apprehending people that fits the description. The Man send by Dr Watanabe escape the arrest.
Meanwhile Horace Newton Allen finds the patient has all left as Baek Do Yang asked Yoon Je Wook what is going on. Yoon Je Wook said he doesn’t know but they all left all of the sudden. Baek Do Yang suspect that Yoon Je Wook has something to do with it & asked if it true. Yoon Je Wook do they think that he kick them out. Horace Newton Allen tells that the anus patient shouldn’t have left & if doesn’t get operated on, he will surely dies. Yoon Je Wook knows the seriousness of the patient as Hwang Jeong suggests that they locate him & find him. Baek Do Yang warn that they don’t know what rumour monger the people who left might spread & doesn’t know what consequences will come, it will become difficult if they venture in. Horace Newton Allen said that they should only be discharge after receiving treatment
Dr Watanabe is being told by the Man that he has been warrant for his arrest. Dr Watanabe said that the Man should retire his straw hat & haversack & all the notice would be burned & asked him to take a break. The Man acknowledged. Dr Watanabe said that the matter with Jejungwon is currently going towards their benefits as the rumours are being added upon rumours & soon it will come to them. The Man takes his leave. Dr Watanabe tells the Man to conceal himself well & not to be discover by the authorities
Then the Gisaeng Mi Ryeong meets the Man on the corridors as her servant asked that the Man came out from Dr Watanabe’s room. Mi Ryeong said it is, the servant advice her Mistress to go to another room. Mi Ryeong said there is no need, she will see to Dr Watanabe. Mi Ryeong takes her Gayageum from her servant & enters Dr Watanabe’s room. Dr Watanabe shows the Mi Ryeong a box contains Japanese kimono & accessories & wants her to put it on. Mi Ryeong whether it is a present of apology for the other day’s outburst. Dr Watanabe said it is as Mi Ryeong said it is fine, she will put it on for him. Mi Ryeong asked Dr watanabe how is the to wear a kimono. Dr Watanabe tells that to wear a kimono, she must not wear anything underneath it. Dr Watanabe decided show her how to wear a kimono, as he undress her, Mi Ryeong whack his head with a Japanese slipper. Mi Ryeong apologise to Dr Watanabe then take a dagger to threaten killed herself has her virtue has been breach & asked Dr Watanabe permission to take her life. Dr Watanabe stops her as he said she did nothing wrong. Mi Ryeong asked Dr Watanabe to let her go as she deserves to die. Dr Watanabe tries to talk her out of committing suicide as managed to wrestle the dagger from her. Dr Watanabe said that Mi Ryeong looks like his 1st love Fumiko & flick the dagger away. Mi Ryeong did it all as an act
It is commonly known that during the Joseon Dynasty women of the noble class used jangdo or an ornament dagger to protect themselves, as Joseon society valued chastity and fidelity. However, in that era, men also carried jangdo. Parents often made a gift of a small ornamental dagger to their children at their coming of age and to daughters getting married. As the Joseon era was rife with factional strife, the daggers were also used to test for poison in food. For women the jangdo was a symbol of fidelity, and for men a symbol of loyalty, filial piety, and faithfulness. The jangdo worn on the breast tie or the waistband is about 10 to 30 cm in length. In the past it was an everyday utensil as well as an ornament. The name jangdo, or rather eunjangdo (silver jangdo), is derived from the term eunjangdoja (small silver knife) that was used in the Joseon Dynasty (1392-1910).
In the street Westerners are being attack by pelted stone throwing from disgruntle Korean as Takezoe Shinichiro looks at a distance at his rickshaw & please with the results of the rumour monger that instigated by Dr Watanabe. Takezoe Shinichiro seeks audience with Gojong with Min Young Ik at side telling that the population is not only throwing stone at Western Doctors but at the resentment for Western foreigner as well. Gojong asked Min Young Ik whether it has escalates to that extend. Min Young Ik beg to defer but confirm that the situation is bad. Gojong express displease as Takezoe Shinichiro adds fuel to fire telling that establishment of Jejungwon is a noble feat but suggesting that to appease the tense situation they need to resolve a problem as Min Young ik asked what do Takezoe Shinichiro implying to. Takezoe Shinichiro tells then that they need to change the Superintendent of Hospital of Jejungwon. Min Young Ik finds this absurd as Takezoe Shinichiro said that this incident was provoke by Horace Newton Allen & the change of Superintendent of Hospital will resolve the issue & of course it is best that the candidate is not a Westerner. Takezoe Shinichiro propose that Dr Watanabe who is called Hippocrates of imperial Japan & asked Gojong to take this to consideration
Horace Newton Allen packs some of his surgical instruments & said he must look for the anus patient at once. Baek Do yang asked whether Horace Newton Allen is going to do a house call. Horace Newton Allen said that he can’t stay here & wait. Baek Do Yang advice against it as the rumours may have dire consequences for Horace Newton Allen if he ventures out on a house call on this hostilities environment. Mong Chong calls Horace Newton Allen. Hwang Jeong answers Mong Chong & asked what is the matter & asked him to come in. Mong Chong comes in & tells that he has found the location of the anus patient. Horace Newton Allen asked whether it is true & hoe did he locate him. Mong Chong said that he has been to every abode in the capital, it is in his livelihood & he knows how many things down to the utensils. Horace Newton Allen tells him that a job well done as Horace Newton Allen said he must go to the patient as he has no alternative. Horace Newton Allen leaves as Hwang jeong takes his medical bag.
The police captain will not permit Horace Newton Allen to leave Jejungwon. Horace Newton Allen tells that it is an emergency that the patient require medical treatment at once, if he doesn’t get operate, he will soon die. Baek Do Yang tells Horace Newton Allen that the situation now is dangerous. Horace Newton Allen will not allow a patient to die if the situation is deem dangerous. Baek Do Yang asked Hwang jeong to persuade Horace Newton Allen otherwise without giving comments. Hwang Jeong concurs with Horace Newton Allen that they should see to the patient. Baek Do yang asked whether Hwang Jeong is in the right sense of mind now. Hwang Jeong said that since they found the patient that they need to treat, in due respect they need to abide to Horace Newton Allen’s decision & they should help him to accomplish that task. Horace Newton Allen thanked Hwang Jeong for speaking out. Horace Newton Allen understands Baek Do Yang concern & thanks him for his anxiety.
The police captain will provide protection. Horace Newton Allen is against that, this will frightened the people. The police captain said that if this is so, then he can’t permit Horace Newton Allen to leave unescorted. Horace Newton Allen threaten that if he is prevented from going, then they will create a diplomatic situation . Horace Newton Allen said that he will use it if he is force to if he is not allow to go. The police captain offer Horace Newton Allen a Colt Frontier Six shooter to take it along with him. Horace Newton Allen declines the gun that he will not carry arms as he wants to do this peacefully & leaves
Colt Frontier 6 shooter manufacture in 1873 that also the gun that won the West or it could be the Gray 1873 Calvary 6 shooter
Horace Newton Allen goes to his palanquin as Hwang Jeong assures the police captain he will do his best to protect Horace Newton Allen’s well being. Baek Do yang doubt whether Hwang Jeong can do this alone with the confronting & disgruntle mob. Hwang Jeong leaves with Horace Newton Allen. Min Young Ik passes Horace Newton Allen’s palanquin as they stand aside to give way to Min Young Ik’s sedan chair but he didn’t take notice, until only upon coming to Jejungwon to learn that Horace Newton Allen was in the palanquin that just pass him & leave to do a house call. Min Young Ik tells that the Japanese are harbouring to take over the administration of Jejungwon & how can they permit Horace Newton Allen to leave. Yoon Je Wook said that the Japanese are involve then they have a problem. Min Young Ik shouts to the police to get Horace Newton Allen back at once. The police captain acknowledged. Min Young Ik tells Baek D yang if something was to happened to Horace Newton Allen out there, this is what the Japanese will then get what they are after for. Dr Watanabe may be named the Superintendent of the Hospital. Baek Do yang said that they can’t let the Japanese take over Jejungwon. Min Young Ik tells that what he is saying as they both are the victims of the Gapsinjeongbyeon, the Japanese were behind the coup. Yoon Je Wook agrees the Japanese are their mortal enemies
Mong Chong telling Yi Gua that he doesn’t have the strength to carry the palanquin. Yi Gua said that he guards door & never was a palanquin bearer. Mong Chong said that door guard can also be palanquin bearer when they are off duty, it is not like door guard is an official posting. Horace Newton Allen apologise inside that he is heavy. Mong Chong brushes it as nothing that they are alright. Hwang jeong let a hand is bearing the palanquin. Baek Do Yang comes along & tell that they will go together as he feels nervous about the matter. Horace Newton Allen opens the window & acknowledge Baek Do Yang offer of assistance & he accompany the palanquin.
The anus patient is getting his buttock clean & asked if he any more day to live longer. His wife sick of his groaning about him going to die & asked him to just die quickly. Then Hwang Jeong calls out for the occupants of the house. The wife comes out to ask who is it coming to their house in the middle of the night. Hwang Jeong said that they know that the man of the house is seriously ill, so they can to see him. The wife said that her husband is on the brink of nether world’s gates as the medication doesn’t work anymore for him. Baek Do Yang said that this is why they are here as they are here to treat her husband’s ailment. The wife asked that she thanked for their offer but asked what treatment are they going to conduct on her husband. Horace Newton Allen show himself & tells her that he plans to operate on her husband. The wife get a shock seeing a Westerner like Horace Newton Allen then screams her horrors out that it is the Western Devils. Hwang Jeong tries to calm the hysterical Wife & tells her that they didn’t come with malice. Baek Do yang asked Horace Newton Allen that he should leave this hostility at once. Horace Newton Allen is not backing down. Horace Newton Allen goes to the Wife & tells her that he came to treat her husband. The Wife can only scream for Horace Newton Allen to get out of her sight. Mong Chong tells that the villagers gather up hearing the Wife’s screams & they need to leave. The villagers rally in numbers as Mong Chong flees & they get surrounded by the villagers. Baek Do Yang takes out his 6 shooter & warns the villager not to come any closer or he will shoot. One of the villagers attempted as Baek Do yang fire a warning shot in the air. Baek Do yang said that he will shoot anyone that comes near. The villagers are calling Baek Do yang bluff to say that his gun is not loaded. Yi Gua explains that this gun is a 6 shooter & there is 5 bullet still in the chambers. The villager approaches as Baek Do Yang warn them of the distance but the villager dare Baek Do Yang to pull the trigger. Baek Do Yang tries to pull the trigger & finds the gun jam as the villager asked to attack them
The villager have them all bound as they counted & finds there is one missing from their group. The villager remembers there is 7 of them. The villagers said that if the tag along are missing that is fine, the important matter that the prime culprits with them. Baek Do Yang asked how dare they do this to them & demands to be release. The villager asked if they don’t as Baek Do yang shouting legal action on them 7 they will pay in punishment. The villager tells baek Do Yang that this is no place for him to be bragging about the law as he is in a sad predicament to command anything
The anus patient groaning that he is going to die. Horace Newton Allen said that he must operate on him. Baek Do yang tells that it is not the time to think of surgery but their predicaments. Hwang Jeong shout to the Wife to allow them to operate on her husband. The villagers tell that they can’t allow them to go in & consume the people as they wish. The wife comes out & cries that her husband Byeong Sam’s father is dying & asked what to do. The wife tells that it is fine if it is a Western devil as long as they can able to save her husband from dying. The Wife tells that her husband Byeong Sam’s father the anus patient can’t care less that whether if it is a Western devil or Korean ghost that he just want someone to save him. Hwang Jeong said that if this prolong any further, the anus patient will surely dies & asked them just to give Horace Newton Allen a chance to treat the patient & asked how can they consume humans whether they are all watching over them
The Wife panics for the villagers to agree to permit Horace Newton Allen to operate on her husband & runs in calling her husband. The villager asked what shall they do, if they failed to save the anus patient, will Horace Newton Allen able to pay a life with his. Horace Newton Allen said that he can put a life as a wager. The villager asked how about a hand then. Horace Newton Allen said he can’t do that either that he will stake anything. Then the villager asked the pompous baek Do yang about staking his life as a collateral before telling them that they will be punish for their crimes & tells that Baek Do Yang can’t have the guts to do so. The villager know that they are not even sure that they can save the anus patient life & yet wants to be given a change to operate on him. Baek Do yang said that they are here to save a life 7 they are now being treated this way. Hwang Jeong comes forward & tells them that he will put a stake on my hands as collateral. Horace Newton Allen tells Hwang Jeong that this absurd. Hwang Jeong tells that he believes in Horace Newton Allen’s ability to save the patient. If Horace Newton Allen managed to save this patient then the misunderstanding of Jejungwon with them will be resolve. The villagers agrees that they will let go of their resentment if the anus patient is cure. Baek Do yang asked what if Horace Newton Allen fails then what. Hwang Jeong trust that Horace Newton Allen will succeed in the surgery
Horace Newton Allen determine & agrees to perform the surgery on the anus patient. Mong Chong looking at the distance with anxiety. The anus patient is bend over & anesthetise as Baek Do yang has to assist Horace Newton Allen. Horace Newton Allen tells that he has anesthetise the patient 7 will start the surgery. Horace Newton Allen asked Baek Do Yang to remove the patient pants but is taken aback by the foul smell of his abscess. Horace Newton Allen tells that this is fairly common problem for people to prone to anal abscess then Horace Newton Allen makes an incision to perform a fistulotomy & drained the pus out. Then Horace Newton Allen incision cuts the tract open. Then Horace Newton Allen asked what is Baek Do yang waiting for as he needs to wipe the pus away from the wound. Then he starts curettes it (scrapes and flushes out its contents) with his bear fingers. By the way Surgical Glove was earliest notable use of surgical gloves was in 1889. By then the observers inside the room can’t stand the stench of the pus as one of them goes out vomiting as the Wife calls out to her husband
Pus is often being describes with odour as “smells like old rotten cheese & sourâ€. The epidermal cyst sac is filled with a soft, whitish brown material that sometimes oozes out onto the skin’s surface. This material, which is keratinous debris (dead skin cells), smells like rotten cheese. I have the chance to do an I & D surgery on a horse & the removal of the pus then to clean the wounds, it was heal in 3 days but the drainage of the pus & the whiff is something to be taken aback, you don’t wish to take a bite at the stilton cheese
An abscess is a pus filled sore or pilonidal cyst, usually caused by a bacterial infection. The pus is comprised of both living and dead organisms. It also contains destroyed tissue due to the action of white blood cells that were carried to the area to fight the infection. Abscesses are often found in the soft tissue under the skin such as the armpit or the groin. Doctor will cut into the lining of an abscess, allowing the pus to escape either through a drainage tube or by leaving the cavity open to the skin. The size of the incision depends on the volume of the abscess and how quickly the pus is encountered. Once an abscess is opened, the pus drained, and the epithelial lining removed, the doctor will clean and irrigate the wound thoroughly with saline. If it is not too large or deep, the doctor may simply pack the abscess wound with gauze for 24â€"48 hours to absorb the pus and discharge. If it is a deeper abscess, the doctor or surgeon may insert a drainage tube after cleaning out the wound. Once the tube is in place, the surgeon closes the incision with simple stitches and applies a sterile dressing. Drainage is maintained for several days to help prevent the abscess from reforming. The tube is removed, and the abscess incision is allowed to close & time to heal
Yi Gua goes to the pole to tries to free himself from his ropes. Meanwhile Horace Newton Allen then stitches its sides to the sides of the incision so the fistula is laid open (flattened out). Baek Do yang cuts the catgut from the suture. It is morning as Mong Chong has a look at the situation over the fence then finds that Yi Gua has freed himself. Hwang Jeong waiting for his fate. Baek Do yang put up his pants after dressing the wound then announce that the surgery is complete. Horace Newton Allen tells the surgery has gone well. The villager said that they need to see the patient wake up to determine that he is fine
Mong Chong comes camouflage with a stack of straw then goes to Yi Gua to tried to free him as they bicker over the matter, Hwang jeong tries to warn them but only to get club by one of the villagers. Meanwhile the Wife tries to wake up her sedate husband profusely but fails to wake him up. Horace Newton Allen test the feet reflexes with a probe but don’t find any reaction on the patient. The villager asked whether the patient is already dead. Baek Do yang said that he is still breathing how can that be consider dead. The villager said that the sun is already at noon, if he is not awake, he already become a vegetable in coma. Baek Do Yang asked whether they is a possibility that the patient might not wake up from sedation. Horace Newton Allen said he must wake up, sometimes this might occurs that God will only know whether he will wake up from his sleep. Baek Do Yang doesn’t buy Horace Newton Allen’s Christian faith & believe that it is now in God’s hands. Horace Newton Allen asked Baek Do Yang to twist the patient nipples. Baek Do Yang is surprise. Horace Newton Allen said that it is one of the method that can bring a patient out of anesthesia. Baek Do Yang acknowledge as he undo the patient clothes but his Wife insist she will do for her husband as she start to twist & pinch her husband nipple & asked her to wake up. The villagers tells that the anus patient is now a living corpse & tell that Horace Newton Allen has failed in curing the anus patient. Horace Newton Allen said it is not a failure as they need to wait
There is based on the assumption that a deeply sedated person could not resist a strong pinch of the nipple and would have to wake up if alive, although it has its set of critics
The villager refuse to wait any longer & goes to claim the collateral from Hwang Jeong as his Wife continues to twist & pinch her husband nipples to wait him up from sedation. Yi Gua & Mong Chong is tied up. Hwang Jeong tells the patient will wake up from his sedation. The villager asked when will that be. Hwang Jeong asked them to wait a while longer. The villager tells that Hwang Jeong time is up. Hwang Jeong begs them to wait a while longer. The villager asked not to blame them what they about to do. The villagers asked the pestle & mortar to be brought. Meanwhile the Wife is still pinching the husband nipples while Horace Newton Allen is starting to pray for a miracle as Baek Do Yang encourages the Wife to pinch harder. The pestle & mortar is brought before Hwang Jeong & his hand being placed inside the mortar to be smash as the villager prepare to use the pestle on his hand & about to have Hwang Jeong’s hand pounded.
Episode 7
Episode 7 Part 1
Episode 7 Part 2
Episode 7 Part 3
Episode 7 Part 4
Episode 7 Part 5
Episode 7 Part 6
Episode 7 Part 7
Synopsis/Summary of Jejoongwon The Hospital (??? (???) Episode 8
Hwang Jeong begs them to wait a while longer. The villagers asked the pestle & mortar to be brought. The pestle & mortar is brought before Hwang Jeong & his hand being placed inside the mortar to be smash. Meanwhile the Wife is still pinching the husband nipples & calling out for her husband while Horace Newton Allen is starting to pray for a miracle & the anus patient started to scream in pain but the villager already to use the pestle on his hand & Hwang Jeong’s hand being pounded as Hwang jeong cries in pain. The anus patient rubs his nipples awake from the anesthesia. Horace Newton Allen, Baek Do Yang & Wife glad to see the patient finally recovered
Hwang Jeong brings up his badly severe bruise hand out of the mortar. Yi Gua & Mong Chong screams for Hwang Jeong & asked how can they do this to innocent person. The Wife comes out to tell them that her husband is alive & awake as Horace Newton Allen comes out to find Hwang Jeong’s hand being battered. Horace Newton Allen tells that it is a fracture & bring him indoors as Yi Gua & Mong Chong asked to be release. Baek Do Yang sees the colt 6 shooter.
Horace Newton Allen immobilise the bone with strips of bamboo as a splint then bandage the hand & splint together. Horace Newton Allen said that he has only applies 1st aid treatment to Hwang Jeong’s fracture & tells that he will cast the fracture when they return to Jejungwon. Horace Newton Allen with some regret tells that Hwang Jeong almost lost his hand in this endeavour. Hwang Jeong brushes that his injury is not serious. Horace Newton Allen said that they will keep it in observation. Horace Newton Allen blames himself that he shouldn’t have administer too much an anesthesia to the patient. The Wife apologise that her husband didn’t wake up sooner for this calamity to have happened. The anus patient apologise that while he was sleeping like a log he wasn’t sensitive to what is happening even someone was to carry him off & regrets that Hwang Jeong hurt his hand. Hwang Jeong said that it is not of that reason as Horace Newton Allen confirm that it has nothing to do with sleep
Then suddenly a shot is fire & screams, as they went outside to find the villager duck for cover & Baek Do yang fire the pistol in the air as caution. Yi Gua comes to Hwang Jeong to let him have a look at his hand. Hwang Jeong assures him that he is alright. Yi Gua asked how can the villagers did this deed to Hwang Jeong’s hand. Mong Chong said that those who cause injury to Hwang Jeong’s hand will be punished. The villager who handle the pestle tells that he deserve death but asked for forgiveness just this once. Baek Do Yang said he will hand all of them to the police for the crime they has done & be penalise under the nation’s law. Then Baek Do Yang start to point the pistol at the villager as they beg for mercy. Baek Do Yang said he can’t so that. Hwang Jeong asked Baek Do Yang to forgive them. Baek Do Yang is surprise as Hwang Jeong tells that he is alright. Baek Do yang tells that it is not sole his matter. Hwang Jeong goes to Baek Do Yang & stops him. Baek Do Yang asked him to move aside but Hwang Jeong hold tighter his grip & tell that they have succeeding in giving treatment to their intended patient & that is all is sufficient & will do. Horace Newton Allen also concurs to let matter lies & should return. Baek Do Yang relented
Seo Geun Gae’s father cutting some meat when he accidentally cuts his head, as a colleague comes by that he has slice off some flesh from his finger & asked why he is so disturb in thoughts to be so careless with the knife & not stay in focus. Seo Geun Gae’s father said that he dream of his son last night. The colleague asked what is use to dream of a dead son for what purpose & how he is going to tend to his injury
Horace Newton Allen return in a palanquin. Baek Do Yang & Hwang Jeong follows behinds as Baek Do Yang tells that established a western hospital in Joseon may seem impulsive & hasty for the people to accept. It seems treating ignorant in western medicine is like casting pearl before swine. Jejungwon was established to render benefits to the people but now it is about to fail because of them. Hwang Jeong said that change of mindset needs to be done gradually. Baek Do Yang concurs with Hwang Jeong but it seems Hwang Jeong needs to suffer bashing before he made it to become a Medical Doctor & there is a possibility that he might not make it….if his hand doesn’t recover. Hwang Jeong looks at his splint bandage hand
Cast not your pearls before swine is a Korean proverb but is internationally known throughout the world with the same meaning that indicate that something sophisticated is lost on an uncultured audience. There is a similar Japanese proverb which also fits the description is “Gold coins to a catâ€
Seo Geun Gae’s father delivering meat carrying an A frame when he avoids a palanquin. Baekjeong usually avoid contact with the upper class by standing away from sight & turning their back away. Seo Geun Gae’s father hears a familiar voice telling that his hand will heal as he turn towards the voice, he catches the glimpse of Hwang Jeong’s back walking pass in Yanban clothing. Then the house that he was suppose to deliver the meat, call him in
Horace Newton Allen apply a cast Hwang Jeong’s hand with plaster & give him a sling to wear & tell that it will be some discomfort & inconvenience in wearing a cast & sling but will need to tolerate until the bones is heal. If the cast is removes before its time, he may lose the mobility of his hand permanent. Hwang Jeong understands. Horace Newton Allen said that it all perspective looking at the matter, Hwang Jeong has food out too great a price. Horace Newton Allen tells that they now much express caution in their action & not to be too gung ho in their excessive enthusiasm in their dedication. Hwang Jeong said that they can’t stand idle & not do a thing or else Jejungwon will be……Horace Newton Allen wouldn’t risk another man’s life in order to see patient.
Then Yi Gua calls to save that there is a crowd coming their way. Horace Newton Allen rushes out the courtyard telling them to secure & shut all doors & warns that there could be something flying over the fence. Hwang Jeong asked Yi Gua to go & close the gates quickly. Then a chicken flies into Jejungwon. The Wife comes to asked them to catch the chicken as Mong Chong grabs the chicken. Mong Chong then asked that the Wife didn’t come all the way to Jejungwon to catch a chicken. The Wife said she did not & greets Horace Newton Allen. Horace Newton Allen acknowledged her & asked about her husband’s well being. The Wife tells that her husband is recovering well because of his treatment & in return she send a chicken for Horace Newton Allen to make a good soup
Horace Newton Allen also describes in his journal of an interesting scene in which people brought food as payment for treatment. “The Koreans seem to go on the principle of no cure, no pay. Payment moreover seems seldom to be in money. I have been given hundreds of eggs, quantities of meat, live pigs, chickens, pheasant and all manner of eatables by grateful patients,†he wrote.
Then the Wife said that the other villagers also has come as they also bear some peace offering for the grievances they have caused over their ignorance & will like to thanked Horace Newton Allen for saving Byeong Sam’s father. The villager who smash Hwang Jeong’s hand with a pestle apologise & offer some peace offering for his wrong doing. Mong Chong busily taking the gifts as Yi Gua said that he dream of a group of pigs. Mong Ching said that the egg is still warm & tries it raw. The villagers encourage Mong Chong to try. Enmity among the people has subsided to laughter
In some cultures, dreaming of pigs is a symbol of prosperity & denotes good fortune coming on one’s way because the families owning one are assured of food for an entire year
Gojong in the palace laughing with Min Young Ik that he is happy Jejungwon is now filled with patients as Takezoe Shinichiro & Dr Watanabe are in audience. Min Young Ik confirm & tell Gojong that they need to send a civil administrator to oversee Jejungwon management & in front of the Japanese legation, Min Young Ik propose that they will established the Medical School that was projected. Gojong contemplate on the establishment of medical school that indeed they must established a medical school to trained medical staff in order to have a 2nd & follow by a 3rd Jejungwon
Min Young Ik asked that the Western Medical Doctor in Jejungwon will be confer the designation as Ui Sa (Medical Scholar).Min Young Ik quotes from Confucian Analects that scholars place special value on its strength in excellent language as well as rhythmic harmony. Min Young Ik says that the Doctors in Jejungwon fit perfectly to the description therefore should be confers as Ui Sa. Gojong agrees that it really title fits those under Jejungwon’s special concession. Gojong then asked opinion of comment from Takezoe Shinichiro & Dr Watanabe about conferring the title Ui Sa to the Doctors of Jejungwon whether it is a great designation t bestow upon them. Takezoe Shinichiro said it have no concern what title they use in their designation & swallow his pride in congratulating Gojong that the establishment of Jejungwon has come off to a good start. Dr Watanabe adds that in the future if problems should arises then Gojong can always fall back to them for assistance. Gojong said that he appreciate their thoughts. Takezoe Shinichiro & Dr Watanabe takes their leave
The title “Ui Sa†still current address until the present day as an official designation for a Medical Practitioner in Korea
Confucian Analects under humaneness. The Master said, “The determined scholar and the man of virtue will not seek to live at the expense of humanity. They will even sacrifice their lives to preserve their humanity.â€
Gojong laughing aloud that they “did a number†on the Japanese as he finally has the last laugh & to his satisfaction
“Did a number†used in synonymous fashion with total consumption and demolition
Takezoe Shinichiro & Dr Watanabe leaves as Takezoe Shinichiro asked Dr Watanabe as he recalls that they were standing outside the palace once before & question Dr Watanabe’s assurance that Jejungwon will not able to flourish as Jejungwon will deem to fail as they wouldn’t have any patient. Dr Watanabe recalls that he did, as Takezoe Shinichiro asked Dr Watanabe what is happening then, as the result is deem unsatisfactory. Takezoe Shinichiro kicks Dr Watanabe at the shin. Dr Watanabe apologise for his folly. Takezoe Shinichiro tells Dr Watanabe that Joseon is going to establish their own medical school & what will Dr Watanabe do if Jejungwons starts to blossom like flowers, if it does then it is hard for Imperial Japan’s ambition to annexe Joseon & then kicks Dr Watanabe’s shin to asked him to try harder. Dr Watanabe will not falter in mistake the next time
A notice board is place & official telling that the Foreign Ministry will select candidates for Jejungwon’s Medical school & they will be no prejudices against class & men of great intelligence & virtue of 17 years & above can apply. Yoo Seok Ran reads the notice board. Yoo Seok Ran said that the content will be in English. Kim Mak Saeng said that it would be easy for the students of her father who are studying to be interpreter or translator. Yoo Seok Ran said if Kim Mak Saeng knows that in the West, there are many female Doctors. Kim Mak Saeng said that that is in the West as they are now in Joseon. Yoo Seok Ran accidentally bump into the “original†Hwang Jeong & apologise to him where he drop his registered card as Yoo Seok Ran picks it up & reads it as Hwang Jeong. The “original†Hwang Jeong grabs the card from her telling her that she is indeed rude reading his name. Kim Mak Saeng shields her Miss & apologise to the “original†Hwang Jeong. The “original†Hwang Jeong reads the notice board to find the registration for candidates to the medical school with free perks of education & accommodation. The “original†Yi Gua made a comment that this is better than the civil examination. The “original†Hwang Jeong laughs that he always has an interest in western medicine but didn’t know he will get this opportunity to utilise his knowledge for an examination then realise that the content of the exams is in English & leaves as he doesn’t have English backing
Yoo Seok Ran comments that the man she bump sinto had the exact name as Hwang Jeong down to the character. Kim Mak Saeng said that Hwang Jeong sounds common, not like hers, she doubts anyone will have the same name as her ‘Mak Saengâ€. Meanwhile Jejungwon, Mong Chong is in charge of the queue as Yoo Seok Ran comes & Mong Chong greets Yoo Seok Ran & calls to tell that Yoo Seok Ran is here. Hwang Jeong peep out & greets her & asked her to wait a moment. Mong Chong admires Kim Mak Saeng who is also here as Yoo Seok Ran walks in to the consultation room & take a peek
A patient is coughing out something & then draws out a large roundworm from his throat. Someone may cough if the roundworms move into the lungs. Yoo Seok Ran finds it revolting sight as the roundworm proudly show his cough up roundworm to slightly repulsive Horace Newton Allen & tells that that this is a white snake. Horace Newton Allen asked Hwang Jeong to bring the trash can at once to discard the roundworm. Hwang Jeong brings it & asked the roundworm patient to throw it in the trash can. The roundworm tells that he ate a white snake in the summer & it must have laid eggs in his stomach hence the results as he discard it into the bin. Horace Newton Allen tells that it is a roundworm. Yoo Seok Ran translate roundworm as “Hwa Chung†(parasite) as Hwang Jeong realise that she was at the door & advice her that it is best that she doesn’t see such nauseating sight & close the door. Yoo Seok Ran finds Hwang Jeong’s hand is in a sling
Roundworm: A type of parasitic worm that hatches in the intestines and lives there. The eggs of the roundworm usually enter the body through contaminated water or food or on fingers placed in the mouth after the hands have touched a contaminated object. Symptoms from roundworm infections include fatigue, weight loss, irritability, poor appetite, abdominal pain & diarrhea. Treatment with medication results in a cure in about a week. Without treatment, anemia & malnutrition can develop. Example of a roundworm is Trichuris trichiura, also called the human whipworm. This worm is found worldwide, with infections more frequent in areas with tropical weather and poor sanitation practices, and among children. Some 800 million people are infected. The term roundworm is in contrast to a flatworm.
Yoo Seok Ran coming out feeling slightly nausea from the encounter as Kim Mak Saeng asked what is the matter seeing Yoo Seok Ran looking rather sick. Yoo Seok Ran tells that it is better she doesn’t know. Yoo Seok Ran asked Mong Chong about Hwang Jeong’s hand. Mong Chong explains, meanwhile Hwang Jeong teaching the roundworm patient to take Santonin by 1st gurgling then swallow the medication. Horace Newton Allen explains that it is Santonin & tells that tomorrow the roundworm will be expels from his body by tending to cleanse or purge, especially causing evacuation of the bowels, Horace Newton Allen will like the patient to tell him how many were expel. The roundworm patient asked whether it is not white snake. Horace Newton Allen assure the patient that it is not white snake. Hwang Jeong explains to the patient mutters on the pronunciation “roundworm†& it is a parasite. When he does his bowel movement the next day to poke his feces to see how many worms are there & come back to report to them. The roundworm patient asked that he needn’t bring the roundworms to them. Horace Newton Allen beg him not to bring it over with a full stop “no†& laugh about it
Santonin was founded in 1830 is a colorless crystalline compound obtained from species of wormwood and used as an anthelmintic. Santonin is a drug which was widely used in the past as an anthelminthic, a drug that expels parasitic worms (helmiths) from the body, by either killing or stunning them. Santonin was formerly listed in United States & British pharmacy but has fallen out of use with the development of safer ascaricides & is no longer registered as a drug in most countries. Santonin was formerly used as an anthelminthic, typically administered with a purgative with “one-shot†doses of Santonin especially via suppository were common in the late 1800s-early 1900s. Santonin was used in treatment of infestation by the roundworm ascaris lumbricoides and in ascarid parasitoses in general including threadworm parasitosis. It is ineffective in treatment of tapeworm infestation.
Yoo Seok Ran learns how Hwang Jeong’s injury came about. Kim Mak Saeng listening with fright that how Hwang Jeong’s hand was pounded by the pestle as Mong Chong tells that in truth Hwang Jeong exchange his hand for the patients to come to Jejungwon & has this hospital flourish. Yoo Seok Ran asked how could Hwang Jeong do such a thing & whether he is fine. Kim Mak Saeng said that he is fine as Horace Newton Allen has fix his fracture. Horace Newton Allen greets Yoo Seok Ran. Yoo Seok Ran asked Hwang Jeong that his hand must hurt that she has just learn. Hwang Jeong said that it is healing well but the reason for her asking her to come to Jejungwon is of some importance. Horace Newton Allen asked that they will speak of the matter as they walk
Hwang Jeong explains that there were 10 female patients who came for treatment but decline to seek treatment & left after learning that the Doctor was a man. Horace Newton Allen said that he has retain a woman in the hospital. Yoo Seok Ran asked why as Hwang Jeong said that the woman attempted to drink poison. Kim Mak Saeng asked whether she was sentence to death by poisoning. Yoo Seok Ran hush Kim Mak Saeng up. Horace Newton Allen said that the woman has refuse treatment & asked Yoo Seok Ran assistance on the matter
Regarding the women of Joseon, absolute seclusion was the custom of centuries. Women were seldom allowed to go out, and when they did they wore the changot, a thin white or green cloak, with which they veiled their faces. Then there was the women’s hours at night after dark, during which time women were given the privilege to walk about the streets of the town, and pay calls on their parents and lady friends, while the men were confined to the house. In those days, when the reputation of the masculine “foreign devil†had yet to be proved, woman also had the right to open and enter any door of a Joseon house when she saw a foreign man appearing on the horizon.
Yoo Seok Ran enters the room & recognise the maid attending as Eun Nyeon as the maid greets Yoo Seok Ran . Yoo Seok Ran knows the woman as Sung Yeon. Sung Yeon gets up & greets Yoo seok Ran, her face is batter with bruise look like a case of domestic violence & asked why Yoo Seok Ran is here. Yoo Seok Ran concern for her friend Sung Yeon & asked her what has happened that he hear she attempt to drink poison & asked her why she did that. Sung Yeon said that she is glad to see Yoo Seok Ran as Yoo Seok Ran hugs her friend & telling her friend is a fool & asked what has happened. Horace Newton Allen in the door way asking Yoo Seok Ran that she must assist in his diagnostic of the patient
Horace Newton Allen is on an extended stethoscope on the other room as Yoo Seok Ran is asked to hold the chest piece of the stethoscope as Hwang Jeong give the instruction. Sung Yeon having a conversation as she asked whether Yoo Seok Ran still can recall that when they were children that they want to be woman translator in the foreign ministry so that they can travel the world. Yoo Seok Ran remembers it well. Horace Newton Allen instruct them to hush up to be silence. Yoo Seok Ran said that they will discuss this later & asked Sung Yeon to inhale & exhale. Sung Yeon inhale & exhale as Horace Newton Allen said that it is fine. Hwang Jeong instruct Yoo Seok Ran to move to on with her chest piece. Yoo Seok Ran learns that Sung Yeon was hit by her husband for reading. The maid tells that he lend some books from the bookstore for her Miss, the Master of the house fails his civil exams many time while the Miss could able to reads books of all languages. Sung Yeon husband develop an inferior complex over his wife’s intelligence. Sung Yeon said it is all her fault that she should have lay low & be invisible when she got married & not show that she is dynamic. Yoo Seok Ran asked what is wrong in reading books, is it a crime. Sung Yeon nods that it seem it is. Yoo Seok Ran said that Gojong has decree that women should also have an education towards this modernisation & especially for her friend who is so intelligent. Yoo Seok Ran really misses her friend Sung Yeon as Sung Yeon said she too. Then suddenly Sung Yeon estranged husband come storming into the room to finds his wife in the hospital. The maid tells that the Miss is not well as Sung Yeon estranged husband wouldn’t listen to explanation storm in & asked his wife to leave at once
Yoo Seok Ran tries to protect her friend. Hwang Jeong block Sung Yeon estranged husband to tell him that this is hospital but get pushes aside. Yoo Seok Ran said that he can’t take his wife away as she is not well. Sung Yeon estranged husband pushes Yoo Seok Ran & attack his wife to asked how dare she attempt to drink poison so she could bring shame to the family. Hwang Jeong asked Sung Yeon estranged husband not to create a stir & gets pushed aside. Sung Yeon beg mercy from her husband for her faults. Yoo Seok Ran comes in between the couple & asked Sung Yeon estranged husband not to do anything. Sung Yeon estranged husband recognise her as Yoo Hee Seo’s daughter & tell that Yoo Seok Ran is all about preaching woman rights & modernisation. It is the same with the saying “when a hen crows, the house goes to ruin,â€. Yoo Seok Ran asked whether it is brings in good fortune if a man lay his hands & hit on a weak woman & all this happened in the household of nobility
It is a Japanese proverb “when a hen crows, the house goes to ruin,†which has a similar to the Russian adage “It never goes well when a hen crows†where else the Persian version is if you a cock crow, if a hen lay eggs, then adding that if a woman reigns the devil will frown or even don’t trust a hen that crows This proverb circulated when Queen Myeongseong was holding helm in court, telling that woman should know where their place & frown if they are wearing the pants
Sung Yeon estranged husband finds it rude that Yoo Seok Ran talking directly at him in argument. Sung Yeon estranged husband tells that subservient creature is beyond cure. Yoo Seok Ran argues that it is more demean low for a man to lay his hand to hit a woman. Sung Yeon estranged husband slaps Yoo Seok Ran as she fells & Hwang Jeong comes to punch Sung Yeon estranged husband. Hwang Jeong goes to Yoo Seok Ran to ask whether she is alright. Sung Yeon feels bad that her husband has also lay his hand on her friend
Horace Newton Allen comes & asked whether Sun Yeon & her husband had returns home. Yoo Seok Ran said that they had. Horace Newton Allen never would have thought that the incident wouldn’t have come to this. Horace Newton Allen has asked Yoo Seok Ran to come to Jejungwon today is to suggest that she be a chaperon for the female patient. Yoo Seok Ran is surprise on the offer of a job of chaperon in Jejungwon. Horace Newton Allen said just what she has did, he will like her to act as a chaperon when he diagnose a female patient. Horace Newton Allen said that they must not refuse any patient therefore he suggests that Yoo Seok Ran comes to work in Jejungwon as a chaperon however this incident happened. Hwang Jeong apologise for his reckless. Horace Newton Allen reminds Hwang Jeong that Doctors are not allow to interfere or get involve in patient’s domestic problems, no matter what it may be, the hospital will not condone to violence as a method to resolve matter. Horace Newton Allen knows that Hwang Jeong is a person who don’t condone to violence.
Chaperon is a guide or companion whose purpose is to ensure propriety or restrict
Yoo Seok Ran asked Horace Newton Allen for cut her some slack in understanding the exception to why she has reacted in that manner. Horace Newton Allen tells her that there is none to rule of exception. Hwang Jeong will adhere to what has been said. Horace Newton Allen tells that however, he still wish Yoo Seok Ran to give consideration on the propose posting that he wish to have her take up in Jejungwon. Horace Newton Allen said that he require Yoo Seok Ran’s expertise to be his hands & eyes for his diagnostic assessment.
Hwang Jeong sends off Yoo Seok Ran who thanked him for coming to her rescue just now. Hwang Jeong said not at all. Yoo Seok Ran tells that the lady patient was a close friend of hers & their father were close friends. Hwang Jeong said that she must be sad to had seen this happened. Yoo Seok Ran said she is not & takes her leave
Yoo Seok Ran comes home & meets her parents when her mother asked where she went so late that Baek Do Yang has been waiting in the house for her return. Yoo Seok Ran surprise that Baek Do Yang is in her house. Mrs. Yoo hints that Baek Do Yang might prompt the proposal of marriage to Yoo Seok Ran. Yoo Hee Seo doesn’t seem pleased as he carries with his reading as Mrs. Yoo hurries her daughter to go meet with Baek Do Yang
Yoo Seok Ran goes to see Baek Do Yang who is pondering as she calls him & he drops some postcards. Yoo Seok Ran goes to pick it up & it is the postcard of the Mississippi River as Yoo Seok Ran takes a look at the postcard. Baek Do Yang tells that he was really hard on her the last time. Yoo Seok Ran asked that this postcard is the Mississippi River. Baek Do Yang said that Yoo Seok Ran had mentioned that she wishes to visit the Mississippi River one day. Yoo Seok Ran said that he still can remember. Baek Do Yang that they discover this river when they read a book about it when they were children & she mentioned that she wanted to see the Mississippi River one day as he recalls. Yoo Seok Ran thanked Baek Do Yang for the postcards
Yoo Seok Ran must have read Uncle Tom’s cabin published December 1852 authored by Harriet Beecher Stowe. Uncle Tom’s Cabin was the best-selling novel of the 19th century & the second best-selling book of that century, following the Bible.
Baek Do Yang tells Yoo Seok Ran that actually he came to tell that he is leaving for overseas then hands her an envelope, as she takes out the content, she finds a letter of entry visa signed by US Minister Lucius Foote from the United States legation office. Yoo Seok Ran said that this is an entry visa from the US legation office signed by the US Minister. Baek Do yang confirm that it is & after seeing what has happened to Jejungwon, he needs to speed up his education therefore made a decision on the matter. Baek Do Yang plans to enter a medical college in United States, so he came to asked Yoo Seok Ran to come with him together. Baek Do Yang said he took the liberty to prepare a entry visa for Yoo Seok Ran to come with him to the United States. Yoo Seok Ran sees her name “YuSukRan†on the application. Baek Do yang said Yoo Seok Ran that he will get permission from her father & she will just need to follow him over as Baek Do Yang tells that it is done at a sudden notice but he knows she wants to go there too. Baek Do Yang said that they are given that they have marriage arrangement, it is just to consent to the ceremony & they will conduct the ceremony before they leave. Yoo Seok Ran is rather put off by Baek Do Yang’s attitude that she will consent & went to do this arrangement without prior consultation with her.
Yoo Seok Ran would have spell her name as “YuSukRan†under the McCuneâ€"Reischauer romanization but it was invented in 1937 is one of the two most widely used Korean language romanization systems, along with the Revised Romanization of Korean or RR, also called South Korean or Ministry of Culture (MC) 2000, which replaced (a modified) McCuneâ€"Reischauer as the official romanization system in South Korea in 2000. There was a Wade-Giles romanization but in 1880s the romanization was an open season. In the 19th century English & American books uses Corea but Horace Newton Allen spell Corea as “Korea†in his published works but although both spelling was coexisting together. At the official Korean exhibit at the World Columbian Exhibition in Chicago in 1893 a sign was posted by the Korean Commissioner saying of his country’s name that “‘Korea†& “Corea†are both correct, but the former is preferred.†This may have had something to do with Horace Newton Allen’s influence, as he was heavily involved in the planning and participation of the Korean exhibit at Chicago. A shift can also be seen in Korea itself, where postage stamps issued in 1884 used the name “Corean Post†in English, but those from 1885 and thereafter used “Korea†or “Korean Post
Yoo Seok Ran question Baek Do Yang does he recalls what the reason that she wishes to see the Mississippi River. Baek Do yang doesn’t know the answer. Yoo Seok Ran said that she just didn’t what to see & curious to know some foreign country’s mighty river looks like but the strength of that river that span the whole continent of United States & the passionate of the people who live by & around the Mississippi River, that is why she wanted to go & see the Mississippi River. Yoo Seok Ran said that Baek Do Yang can’t recalls, of course he will not as he is always thinking of his own aspiration & be considerate enough even once asked what her aspiration was. Baek Do yang never listen to her thought but it is always wants her to listen to his that she compare to her being compare to a tree & a rock that will just stand idle & take this all in from him without response. Baek Do Yang said there must be a misunderstanding on his intention & relay that when he was young, & what happened to his mother, he was all alone & the person who listen to him was Yoo Seok Ran. Yoo Seok Ran said that it was true, but that was then when they were children & it seems they are no longer children any more & they mindset ahs change & whether Baek Do Yang has even given any consideration having any whatsoever thought of what her thinking & thought of aspiration she might have now. If he did that he will have carry on doing something this discernment without consulting her 1st prior. Yoo Seok Ran goes in rather upset with Baek Do Yang left there standing as Yoo Seok Ran stood him up as she is not going to be push around by Baek Do Yang to decision her action. Baek Do Yang drops the entry visa into the pond as the entry visa gets soak in water
Min Young Ik meets with Baek Do Yang to tell that he needs to require young blood talents like Baek Do Yang but he heard from the US Minister that Baek Do Yang is leaving to United States for studies. Min Young Ik offer Baek Do Yang a posting of Civil Administrator to Jejungwon. Baek Do Yang asked that he is the candidate as Min Young Ik tells that Baek Do Yang has a keen interest & insight in Western medicine, therefore the posting will be appropriate, they need a Civil Administrator & Finance, so he propose Baek Do Yang. Baek Do Yang thanked Min Young Ik for giving him the consideration but he tells Min Young Ik that he has no interest in taking official government posting & the fact what he is interested is the enrolment into Jejungwon medical school as his keen interest. Min Young Ik queries about Baek Do Yang’s intend to study abroad & he is not going. Baek Do Yang confirm that he will not as the there is more important the reason that he should remain in Joseon. Min Young Ik asked what the reason may be. Baek Do Yang said that it is now the turning point for Joseon to accept readily western medicine & he doesn’t want to feel that he is selfish for his own justification to pursue his medical education in the United States, therefore he plans to study locally to arouse public awareness of the benefits of western medicine. Min Young Ik praise Baek Do Yang for his noble intention & he is glad that Baek Do Yang has taken this decision. Min Young Ik asked then who shall be the propose candidate for the Civil Administrator. Baek Do Yang will like to propose a person that may fit this criterion
Chu Sa is Civil Administrator
It may seems bias that Min Young Ik will only comb his inner circle for candidate rather than looking for the man best for suited for the job is from the impact of Confucian concepts of feelings, especially paternalism and favouritism, on organizational culture in Korean or Joseon higher education even existing to this day. The influence of paternalism and favouritism on Korean institutional organizational culture is evident in the following: first, the absence of criticism is one of shortcomings in colleges and universities; second, factionalism rooted in family ties, regional relations, and school ties becomes an obstacle to the exchanging of scholarly knowledge as well as of academic information among universities, schools, departments, and faculty members; third, favouritism based on interpersonal ties and selfish feelings is another problematic practice; fourth, egoistic scholarship & worship of foreign knowledge are also problematic; and finally, a closed organizational culture is another dilemma in Korean higher education
Oh Choong Hwan the former lecturer of Sungkyunkwan & Baek Do Yang’s teacher teaching children the Confucian Analects as the children recites after him the texts in hygiene. He doesn’t seem to be too enthusiastic in teaching children. Baek Do Yang watching at a distance at his former teacher. Oh Choong Hwan complains doesn’t practice personal hygiene even if they learn about it as he can feel his students transmitting him with some infection of flea, ticks & lice as he itches. Oh Choong Hwan notice Baek Do Yang in the distance as Baek Do Yang greets his teacher & apologise that because of his father sudden demise, he didn’t get to speak to his father about his teacher’s official posting. Oh Choong Hwan said there is no need to apologise that he also didn’t come to pay his respect to Baek Do Yang’s father & too ashamed to let him see his current predicament. Baek Do Yang said that he went to Sungkyunkwan & he heard that Oh Choong Hwan relinquish his posting after his father’s death. Oh Choong Hwan said that this is how politics is run in Joseon with siding of faction, it is so happened that he was on the losing end & was reprimanded.
Baek Do Yang asked whether Oh Choong Hwan has heard of the establishment of Jejungwon. Oh Choong Hwang said that he has heard that it is a Royal hospital establish by the government that cater to western medicine. Baek Do Yang said that he will be straight to why he is here, that he is offering his former teacher a Civil Administrator posting to Jejungwon & the running of the medical school. Oh Choon Hwan is surprise as he was not the person in favour of western medicine as he depicted the Western medicine as heresy. Baek DO Yang said that Jejungwon needs Oh Choong Hwan’s expertise in management of the Jejungwon. Baek Do Yang has propose his name to Min Young Ik that Oh Choon Hwan has special interest in western medicine. Oh Choong Hwan laughs.
Min Young Ik introduce the Civil Administrator & Finance which is Oh Choon Hwan & Baek Gyu Hyeon to Horace Newton Allen as the Government official in charge of the management of Jejungwon & the medical school. Horace Newton Allen said that isn’t Baek Gyu Hyeon the Uncle of Baek Do Yang. Baek Gyu Hyeon greets Horace Newton Allen then introduce Oh Choon Hwan who is a former teacher of Sungkyunkwan & great experience in Joseon education system will be handling the medical school entrance examination. Oh Choon Hwan introduces himself to Horace Newton Allen. Min Young Ik realise that it is the 1st time for Oh Choong Hwan to meet a westerner. Hwang Jeong has his uneasiness over the recruited government officials
In the meeting Hwang Jeong serves tea as Baek Gyu Hyeon looks at Hwang Jeong with some prejudice. Min Young Ik discuss on the logistics of the management of Jejungwon. The Foreign Ministry will do the requirement drive for the medical students & Oh Choon Hwan & Baek Gyu Hyeon will be the government official that will see to the running of Jejungwon administration. Horace Newton Allen thanks Oh Choong Hwan & Baek Gyu Hyeon & tell he will assist. Oh Choong Hwan said that Horace Newton Allen will not able to participate, as Oh Choon Hwan explains that Horace Newton Allen must keep his neutrality in the exams, so he must not be involve in the exams. Horace Newton Allen said that this is absurd that this are the student that he will be teaching & therefore he must have a definite said in the selection of the student. Min Young Ik explains to Horace Newton Allen that it is government policy & asked for his understanding
Oh Choong Hwan asked who is Hwang Jeong who is standing there listening to the meeting. Hwang Jeong introduce that he is Horace Newton Allen’s medical assistant. Oh Choong Hwan asked on what qualification that justify that he can be a Medical Assistant. Horace Newton Allen said the qualification of Hwang Jeong is his own personal recognition that Hwang Jeong is his medical assistant. Oh Choong Hwan said that this they can’t recognise. Horace Newton Allen asked what does he imply as Oh Choon Hwan said that everybody would agree with him that he reminds Horace Newton Allen that Jejungwon is establish as Joseon Royal Hospital & in his viewpoint, Royal Hospital must had the highest of standard in their staff in order to treat patient with the utmost care. Horace Newton Allen said that the current situation doesn’t applied. Oh Choong Hwan then suggest that Hwang Jeong should take that entrance exams & he must passed to see if he does indeed justify his presence & be fair to all. Min Young Ik finds Oh Choong Hwan’s argument as analytical logic & praise that he is indeed from a Professor of Sungkyunkwan. Baek Gyu Hyeon adds salt to wound that if Hwang Jeong fails, he will lose his position as medical assistant. Oh Choong Hwan confirm it will indeed since Jejungwon wouldn’t function properly without strict code of management
Yi Gua tells Hwang Jeong as he can see from face reading that the 2 Government official are out to scheme that Hwang Jeong be expels. Hwang Jeong said that he sees it that Oh Choong Hwan seems to be a fair man. Yi Gua tells that it is not from what he has read in their face’s physiognomy that they are 2 face serpents & be weary of them. Hwang Jeong tells that what is there is in their so called physiognomy that they are right, how can he become a medical assistance without any qualification & that he needs to pass the exams to justify his position & it will be absurd for him to become a medical assistant if he can’t pass the exam. Yi Gua asked whether Hwang Jeong has taken an exam in his life before. Hwang Jeong said that he need to give it a try that he should use his utmost ability to become a Medical Doctor. Yi Gua said that is why he is glad that he is in born in a Yanban class. Yi Gua tells that his head will explode with all that studies. Yi Gua said that Hwang Jeong should at least do some preparation of groundwork in anticipate for the exam. Hwang Jeong said 1st & foremost he must obtain an English Dictionary or some textbooks & asked Yi Gua to come along
Then storekeeper is selling the last English-Chinese Dictionary as people rush to grab & buy the last dictionary. Hwang Jeong couldn’t get to buy the last dictionary as the storekeeper tells them that it all sold out. All the rest went away disappointed as Hwang Jeong asked the storekeeper if there is any other method of him getting a English-Chinese Dictionary. The storekeeper said he has one but it has been reserved. Hwang Jeong asked whether he can have a look to browse it for a while
Yeong Hwa Sa Jeon is the English Chinese Dictionary. The foreigners who entered China in late Ming and Qing Dynasties needed dictionaries for different purposes than native speakers. Wanting to learn Chinese, they compiled the first grammar books and bilingual dictionaries. Westerners adapted the Latin alphabet to represent Chinese pronunciation, and arranged their dictionaries accordingly. Two Bible translators edited early Chinese dictionaries. The Scottish missionary Robert Morrison wrote Chinese-English and English-Chinese lexicons in1815-1823. The British missionary Water Henry Medhurst wrote Hokkien (Min Nam) dialect in1832 & Chinese-English in 1842 dictionaries. Both were flawed in their representation of pronunciations, such as aspirated stops. The American philologist and diplomat Samuel Wells Williams applied the method of dialect comparison in his dictionary in 1874, & refined distinctions in articulation. The British diplomat and linguist Herbert Giles compiled a lexicon in 1892, 1912 was calls “the first truly adequate Chinese-English dictionaryâ€. It contained 13,848 characters and numerous compound expressions, with pronunciation based upon Beijing Mandarin, which it compared with nine southern dialects such as Hakka, Cantonese & Min Nam. Giles modified the Chinese romanization system of Thomas Francis Wade to create the Wade-Giles system, which was standard in the West until 1979 when pinyin was adopted. The Australian missionary Robert Henry Mathews updated and condensed Giles for his (1931, 1943, 1960) Chinese-English dictionary, which was popular for decades.
Hwang Jeong learning the alphabets & jotting down with his left hand. Yi Gua said that he can only read Hangeul but if he is going to memorise the English alphabets in this method, he will help him draw for Hwang Jeong. Hwang Jeong said that he can memorise better if he write it himself. Then Baek Do Yang comes & asked for his reservation as the storekeeper greets Baek Do Yang, the reserved English-Chinese Dictionary is for him. Yoon Je Wook asking who is this in the store as the storekeeper takes the English-Chinese Dictionary from Hwang Jeong to give to Yoon Je Wook. Hwang Jeong asked if he could have some time with the English-Chinese Dictionary as the English-Chinese Dictionary is hard to find. Yoon Je Wook refuses him although Baek Do Yang asked his friend to lend him a while & pays the storekeeper telling Hwang Jeong that he too needs to study. Baek Do Yang learn that Hwang Jeong is taking the medical exams & inform that he too will also taking the medical exams & said that they must do well in it
Yi Gua said that Hwang Jeong needs to compete with people like Baek Do Yang & what are they going to do without any English-Chinese Dictionary to begin with & aren’t they already doom. Hwang Jeong goes to Yoo Seok Ran for help as she goes to the store to finds a English-Chinese Dictionary asking that there must be a great interest in the medical exams if the English-Chinese Dictionary are all sold out in the bookstores. Hwang Jeong opens the English-Chinese Dictionary although I find the version of the Dictionary in doubts of the era. Hwang Jeong said that this is the correct English-Chinese Dictionary. Yoo Seok Ran said that the students studying English with his father are also express great interest in the medical exams. Hwang Jeong said that it is good for them that they understand & needn’t worry about the English’s grammar construction & the alphabets
Hwang Jeong tells Yoo Seok Ran that Baek Do Yang has told him that he is taking the medical exams. Yoo Seok Ran is surprise as she thought that he will do it in United States. Hwang Jeong asked Yoo Seok Ran that she wasn’t aware of it. Yoo Seok Ran said that she hasn’t seen Baek Do Yang for a while. Yoo Seok Ran change the subject that English-Chinese Dictionary is different from the Chinese Dictionary that it can’t just self study by itself so it may be difficult. Hwang Jeong tells her that he doesn’t know where to start to study. Yoo Seok Ran offer to help him get a kick start.
Yoo Seok Ran writes the capital & small letters of the alphabets as Hwang Jeong looks at her fondly. Then Yoo Seok Ran tells that there are 3 alphabet that can represent a word like “A†as a single item, “I†as in “me†then comes “O†as an exclamation of mark of enthusiasm. Hwang Jeong understands that Horace Newton Allen always express the exclamation “ohâ€. Yoo Seok Ran said that is correct, then the rest of the 23 alphabets combination will create words. Yoo Seok Ran explains that the English words construction the short words consist of at least 2 letter as she writes “So†while longer words, she writes “beautiful†that consist 9 letters. Hwang Jeong finds it amazing. Yoo Seok Ran goes to explains the sentence construction in asking a interrogative sentence by writing the sentence “Mr. Hwang, are you sick?â€. Hwang Jeong tells that “Mr. Hwang†is referring to him as Horace Newton Allen always address him in this manner, then sentence construction is “you are†but in a question reverse the order “are you†that it become a question as Yoo Seok Ran explains in Korea that “are you sick?â€. Hwang Jeong answer her that he is not ill, he is just fine then aggravate his hand & felt the pain. Yoo Seok Ran asked what is he saying there as Hwang Jeong realise it is a sentence construction & not asking whether he is ill as they both had laughs over the matter
I would think that Yoo Seok Ran should be writing her font in cursive with fountain pen rather than block letters as it was common in those days in 1880s. In school we were taught 1st with block letter with pencil but then advance to write cursive in 3rd Grade of school & become the standard script, the school taught to write cursive with the fountain pen & remain as a standard script since with teacher emphasis the handwriting must be clear & precise. But with the advent of typewriters and computers, cursive as a way of formalizing correspondence has fallen out of favor & thus handwriting has deteriorated. My handwriting now looks more like a Doctor’s prescription note
Yi Gua reading palmistry of Kim Mak Saeng’s palms & asking about her longevity in reading her life line & she comments what use to live that long. Yi Gua said that she should live long to see how the world changes, then he looks at her love or heart line. Kim Mak Saeng takes back her hands & asked about love line, in her age, it is too embarrassed to look at that. Yi Gua takes her hand back & said that all woman are destine to be love. Kim Mak Saeng asked whether she will meet a rich about to die widower. Yi Gua tells that Kim Mak Saeng is destined to be fated to be with a younger man. Kim Mak Saeng asked what is the use with a younger man & feel bashful about it. Yi Gua said that in the palmistry, Kim Mak Saeng will fall for a younger man. Kim Mak Saeng asked whether it is true as Hwang Jeong calls for him. Kim Mak Saeng gives Yi Gua some take away & when he is free to come back & read her palm again. Yi Gua assures her that he will thoroughly reads the rest of her lines like fate & leaves
Yoo Seok Ran sends Hwang Jeong off as he tell her that he has learn a lot of English today. Yoo Seok Ran only told him how to start on the basic steps to learning English. Hwang Jeong asked what may that be, Yoo Seok Ran memorizing the words. Hwang Jeong will bear that in mind & tells that he envies Yoo Seok Ran’s intelligence. Yoo Seok Ran asked what he is envious about. Hwang Jeong said that she is good in English & well verse knowledge in western medicine & if she should take the medical exam in Jejungwon, she will come out as Valedictorian. Yoo Seok Ran laughs that this is nice to hear but she knows that society will not allow that to happen. Hwang Jeong asked Yoo Seok Ran about her consideration in taking up the posting as chaperon. Yoo Seok Ran said that she hasn’t brought up the subject to her parents yet but she really wants to do it. Yi Gua comes out as Hwang Jeong bids her goodbye. Yoo Seok Ran said that if she finds any other English textbook reference for him, she will pass it to him. Hwang Jeong thanked her in advance & he will memorise the English-Chinese Dictionary that she lent him
Jang Won is Valedictorian or Scholar official that passed on top of the Imperial Examination
Hwang Jeong reading his notes as he sterilise the bandages. Hwang Jeong reads his English vocabulary like reading Confucian analects in a sing song manner. Yi Gua drawing a talisman then tells Hwang Jeong that he will pass his medical exams as Hwang Jeong asked why, Yi Gua likes to be in Jejungwon & if Hwang Jeong fails, then they have to be leave from here. Yi Gua tells that Hwang Jeong must become a Doctor then he could only save patient like his mother who couldn’t received treatment due to lack of money & couldn’t afford the treatment & he will love Hwang Jeong if he can be a great Doctor especially in all those death defying experience that they has gone through is a worthwhile scarf ice. Then after Hwang Jeong pass, he can go & visit her grave together, it has been a while, they need to do a ritual for her. Hwang Jeong is touch as Yi Gua said that he has finished his talisman. Yi Gua asked that Hwang Jeong must keep this talisman in his pantsas he dries the ink. Hwang Jeong thanked Yi Gua for his talisman. Yi Gua said not to mentioned it & all he needs to do is to study hard & pass the exams. Hwang Jeong continues with his studies.
Yoo Seok Ran in her room sees the postcard of the Mississippi River then thinking it over, take the stethoscope. The next morning, Yoo Seok Ran goes to give Baek Do Yang the stethoscope & told him that she wanted to give this to him on his birthday, but she has bought it therefore brought it to him today. Yoo Seok Ran heard that Baek Do Yang is not going to United States to further his studies but staying back to take the medical exams at Jejungwon. Yoo Seok Ran explains that the day Baek Do Yang come to her house, she was over at Jejungwon. Yoo Seok Ran said she was upset that her friend Sung Yeon was battered by her husband & she tried to kill herself by consuming poison & that day, her friend was dragged from Jejungwon like an animal by her husband, & this was the incident she witness & therefore Yoo Seok Ran refuse Baek Do Yang’s proposal to United States. Baek Do Yang tells Yoo Seok Ran that she is correct, that they are no longer children & asked them not to create anymore unnecessary misunderstanding between them after some days of contemplation
Baek Do Yang admires the stethoscope gift & tries it on & asked whether he looks good wearing the stethoscope. Yoo Seok Ran said it suits him well. Baek Do Yang tells that he will pass & be a fine Doctor. Yoo Seok Ran said that Baek Do Yang may come out as valedictorian from the medical exam as he did with his civil exams. Baek Do Yang said that he did indeed get 1st placing in his civil exam. Yoo Seok Ran laughs that someone has told her that if she takes the medical exam, she also will be a valedictorian. Baek Do Yang asked who has said it to her. Yoo Seok Ran said it is just someone. Baek Do Yang ponders over valedictorian for her sounding like someone is making ridicule of her. Yoo Seok Ran question about the ridicule as Baek Do Yang give her the lecture although he thinks that Yoo Seok Ran as a woman has the potential of intelligence to take the medical exams but as valedictorian that someone is making fun of her in her expense. Yoo Seok Ran doesn’t feel that it was said in that manner, that someone has earnest & sincerely mentioned this to her that he believe that she would be able to achieve that. Baek Do Yang said that this is overboard to mentioned this, it may be true that woman in the West, given that there are many female Doctors but he reminds Yoo Seok Ran that this is Joseon, then next time someone mentioned this to Yoo Seok Ran again & asked her not to be lure by this. In Joseon it is not easy for a woman’s place to take exams here. Yoo Seok Ran has to swallow her pride that Baek Do Yang also concurs with the same male chauvinism principals
Confucian ethics in general has been notorious for its history against the oppression of woman especially in the Joseon Dynasty. Confucianism played a big role in male chauvinism. In traditional Confucian society, a female’s role is simply to take care of the husband, the family and the kids, as shown by the common saying “male takes care of outside world and female takes care of inside in the familyâ€. Woman must obey her father before marriage, she must obey her husband after marriage and she should also obey her sons after the death of her husband. Confucianism’s male chauvinism had also influenced Korea and Japan, that tend to be rather male chauvinistic. The man is only responsible for affairs outside family (namely work). Korea might be the most male chauvinistic country in Asia, largely because it was “more Confucian†than China. In Korea, a woman who smokes in public will often be “shunned offâ€, whereas for a guy, it is fine. A lot of Korean man still do not like their wife to work but feels inferior when they can’t bring back the dough & the wife has to work to support or worst if the wife become successful. If you happen to watch lots of Korean dramas, you will notice that woman still takes charge of many family affairs and household chores, although certain decision is still decided by the father (male-dominated). Needless to say, this is quite similar to what many Asian housewives encountered and they shared the same experience. That’s why Korean drama series sell like hot cakes in East Asia with the same predicament. This obviously doesn’t sit well with Yoo Seok Ran’s feminist ideals that is clear & simply that she just wants equal opportunity. With Hwang Jeong praising her that she could be a Valedictorian then comes Baek Do Yang’s bloated male ego & Confucianism scholar upbringing belittle her with those oppression which seems that she is taken aback & offended
Yoo Seok Ran leaves Baek Do Yang & recalls him saying that it may be true that woman in the West, given that there are many female Doctors but he reminds Yoo Seok Ran that this is Joseon… In Joseon it is not easy for a woman’s place to take exams here. Yoo Seok Ran looks determine. Yoo Seok Ran goes to the Foreign Ministry to beg for the official to stamp her registration & giving the reasons for her proxy. The official said that they can’t do that. Hwang Jeong meets Yoo Seok Ran in the Foreign Ministry & asked what is the matter that bring her here to entrance of the Foreign Ministry. Yoo Seok Ran said that she is coming to act as a proxy for her older brother but she doesn’t have his registration card (Hu Pae) with her . Yi Gua queries that she has an older brother. Yoo Seok Ran said that it is her 1st cousin 7 he is not feeling well. Hwang Jeong asked whether the official could bend the rules for this reason. The official asked whether government policy are to be ridicule. The official said that they don’t allow proxy in exams. Yoo Seok Ran said she must registered. Hwang Jeong asked Yoo Seok Ran to wait as he asked Yi Gua for Min Young Ik’s carte blanche (Myeong am). Yi Gua said that he has it on him like a talisman & gives it Hwang Jeong. Hwang Jeong show Min Young Ik’s carte blanche & he has been told by Min Young Ik if he should face any difficult, this carte will able to override the problems. The official asked that Hwang Jeong knows Min Young Ik personal acquaintance. Yi Gua tells them it is not for them to know. The official quickly stamps Yoo Seok Ran’s registration & pass it back to Yoo Seok Ran with Min Young Ik’s carte blanche as Yoo Seok Ran thanked the official for stamping the registration.
Yoo Seok Ran really want to thanked Hwang Jeong for intercede for her. Hwang Jeong brushes that he didn’t do anything. Yoo Seok Ran asked how is Hwang Jeong’s English progress. Hwang Jeong said he is trying hard to memorizes the words. Yoo Seok Ran offers further English tuition for Hwang Jeong. Hwang Jeong gladly accepts. In a tea house where Hwang Jeong asked about the word Yoo Sok Ran taught him the word “beautiful†& the adjective of “so†in front & asked what does it mean. Yoo Seok Ran writes “So beautiful†& explains that “so†is the adjective that act as an intensifier. Hwang Jeong now understands that it is an intensifier for beautiful, knowing that he has already know the grammar structure of “so beautiful†but take the opportunity to have Yoo Seok Ran explains to him as Hwang Jeong runs through the sentence structure of “so beautiful†then Yoo Seok Ran adds “You areâ€â€¦.in front of the sentence as Hwang Jeong reads that sentence “You are so beautifulâ€. Yoo Seok Ran said that his sentence construction is correct with “You are†+ “so beautiful†as Hwang Jeong reads it in Korean & Yoo Seok Ran that he is correct & asked him to recite again as Hwang Jeong took the liberty is reciting “You are so beautiful†in bilingual to Yoo Seok Ran over & over again with intend as Yoo Seok an comment that he is pronunciation is precise
The original Hwang Jeong tells that official that he is the actual Hwang Jeong when he wanted to enrolled as the official said that there is already a Hwang Jeong who has registered. Hwang Jeong showed his registered card as the official insist that he has already been registered & show him the list. Hwang Jeong can’t believe that his name has been registered. Hwang Jeong comes back to his room as Yi Gua tells him that Horace Newton Allen passes him some notes that might help him in his exams. Yi Gua said that it is in English & asked whether it could be an American’s talisman. Hwang Jeong takes a note & slap it on Yi Gua’s face to asked him not to be absurd. Yi Gua asked him to recite in English as it is a good lullaby to sleep. Hwang Jeong goes to his bureau table to open the drawer to see Yoo Seok Rang’s norigae as he recalls that he is worried for her & Yoo Seok Ran assures him that she is alright as her snaps her norigae from her hanbok & give it to him to sell for some money in his travel expenses, Yi Gua drags Hwang Jeong to leave.
Then Sung Yeon’s estrange husband come with the police to call for Hwang Jeong’s arrest. The police apprehend Hwang Jeong as Yi Gua calls Hwang Jeong Hwang kneels before the magistrate. The magistrate asked whether Hwang Jeong assault Sung Yeon’s estrange husband. Hwang Jeong defended that it is because there was certain circumstances. The magistrate tells Hwang Jeong to just answer to the question to a yes or no. Hwang Jeong answer affirmative to the question, then asked the 2nd question whether Hwang Jeong is now concealing this man’s wife by any chance. Hwang Jeong asked what is the magistrate implying & asked that this is absurd why would he conceal this man’s wife. Sung Yeon’s estrange husband asked Hwang Jeong then where is his wife now. Sung Yeon’s estrange husband said that he sided Hwang Jeong against him, & this morning disappear without a trace from the house. Horace Newton Allen with Yi Gua telling that this can’t be & it is all lies. The magistrate said that Hwang Jeong is in bad character to have assaulted a man & accused of concealing his wife. The magistrate asked Hwang Jeong to be confined to a cell. Hwang Jeong then pleas his innocence that it is not him being drag away to be locked up. Horace Newton Allen shouts for them to release Hwang Jeong. Hwang Jeong shouting for his innocent in the cell
Next morning, a call for the candidates for the medical exam in the Foreign Minister as vendor selling talisman on the streets as lucky charms. The exam question is brought under heavy security in lock as the question brought to the exam hall. The police captain pass a note to Baek Gyu Hyeon. Oh Choong Hwan finds that nothing amiss on the question chest. Oh Choong Hwan asked whether the police captain is going back to the bureau but the Police captain said he will stay on to oversee that no one cheats on the exams. Baek Gyu Hyeon concurs with glee.
Hwang Jeong in his cell & recalls when Yoo Seok Rang tries to persuade him to escape & when Hwang Jeong believe whether he has done wrong due to his ignorance & Yoo Seok Ran asked him that he needs to survive in order to find out where was the wrong & has it rectify therefore the mistake will not repeat itself again when he saved another person, then he recalls Horace Newton Allen giving him just one condition that as A Doctor, he must refuse any patient, this is the Doctor’s principal from the start to the end. Then he recalls Yi Gua telling him that he needs to become a fine Doctor, so that patient like his mother who can’t afford treatment will be treated & saved & Yi Gua wish him to become a great Doctor, so that their death defying experience make it all worthwhile a sacrifice. Yoo Seok Ran tells that he will do well
Hwang Jeong shouts that he must go & take the medical exams, he wishes to become a Doctor & asked him to be let out so he can take the exam & become a Doctor as he breaks down crying. Yi Gua waiting at the entrance of the police bureau where Horace Newton Allen come to asked what is happening & Yi Gua said that the Police captain has not return to the police bureau. Horace Newton Allen tells that he has learn that Min Young Ik was summon to the palace this morning & asked what they suppose to do now. Yi Gua said that Hwang Jeong needs to take the medical exam this morning. Then they notice Sung Yeon coming to the police bureau then walks in
In the Foreign ministry, the officials are doing register for the candidates. Baek Gyu Hyeon goes to meet his nephew & Yoon Je Wook as they greet him. Baek Gyun Hyeon pass the note to Yoon Je Wook. Baek Do Yang doesn’t want the note & tell he is fine without it. Baek Gyu Hyeon asked his nephew to take it as Yoon je Wook heard that the exam is going to be tough. Baek Gyun Hyeon force Baek Do Yang to take it but it fall on the ground. Then the “Man†picks it up from the ground & return to Baek Gyun Hyeon to say he must be careful. The “Man†is on a mission sent by Dr Watanabe to go into the Jejungwon medical school to create havoc. The “Man†goes to tap on Yoo Seok Ran’s shoulder who is in disguise as her “1st cousin†with all the attachment of facial hair & spectacles, look like the younger version of Yoo Hee Seo, asking there is a lot of people taking this exams. Yoo Seok Ran answer so it seems that she has heard it is over 1,000 people. The “Man†wish her “good luckâ€. Yoo Seok Ran smiles as her disguise is seal proof.
Hwang Jeong is release from his cell as he greets Horace Newton Allen. Sung Yeon apologise to Hwang Jeong for the trouble cause & tells that it will not repeat again & apologise on behalf of her husband. Hwang Jeong said that this is fine that he is alright. Horace Newton Allen so glad for Hwang Jeong’s release & hugs him. Hwang Jeong apologise for causing trouble & worries for Horace Newton Allen. Yi Gua asked Hwang Jeong to hurry to the exam hall to take his exams. Horace Newton Allen said he must hurry to take his exams. Hwang Jeong runs to the Foreign Ministry, then asked the Official to wait up as he gives his registration. The official process his application but taking his sweet time as Hwang Jeong hurries the official to be quick. The official checks the records then finds it in order & permit Hwang Jeong to enter. Then the “original†Hwang Jeong calls out to Hwang Jeong, as Hwang Jeong turns around to see the “original†Hwang Jeong greeting him, long time no see. The original Yi Gua also send his greetings as they approach Hwang Jeong
Episode 8
Episode 8 Part 1
Episode 8 Part 2
Episode 8 Part 3
Episode 8 Part 4
Episode 8 Part 5
Episode 8 Part 6
Episode 8 Part 7
Synopsis/Summary of Jejoongwon The Hospital (??? (???) Episode 9
Hwang Jeong runs to the Foreign Ministry, then the “original†Hwang Jeong calls out to Hwang Jeong, as Hwang Jeong turns around to see the “original†Hwang Jeong greeting him, long time no see. The original Yi Gua also sends his greetings as they approach Hwang Jeong telling that it is not easy to find him & asked whether they should go somewhere for a chat. The “original†Hwang Jeong & his valet carries Hwang Jeong & render him a thrashing from the “original†Hwang Jeong that Hwang Jeong dare to use his identity to go & take the medical exams that he deserve to die. Hwang Jeong begs for forgiveness for using the “original†Hwang Jeong’s identity. The “original†Hwang Jeong tells that Hwang Jeong has a great time of fun impersonating to be him all this while & tells Hwang Jeong that it will end this deceit. The “original†Hwang Jeong tells that he will report Hwang Jeong to the police bureau & asked them to investigate Hwang Jeong’s deceit. Hwang Jeong begs for forgiveness. The “original†Hwang Jeong tells Hwang Jeong that he wants him to die, how would he forgive him. The “original†Hwang Jeong tells his valet to tie up Hwang Jeong & take Hwang Jeong to police bureau quickly & witness to see if this wretch will get his head beheaded. His valet tells that he will take Hwang Jung to the police bureau but his Master must go & sit for the medical exams. The “original†Hwang Jeong asked what as his valet tell that his Master is the “original†Hwang Jeong & it is proper that he takes the medical exams since Hwang Jeong use the registration. The “original†Hwang Jeong tells that it is indeed & not a bad idea. The “original†Hwang Jeong brush it off after consideration & said he has no confident to speak American language (English). The “original†Hwang Jeong feels better that they report Hwang Jeong to the police bureau, it will end of his anxiety.
The valet drags Hwang Jeong who goes pleading to the “original†Hwang Jeong that he will take the exam on his behalf. The “original†Hwang Jeong is surprise. Hwang Jeong said for his fault, he will make it up to the “original†Hwang Jeong that he will pass the exams on his behalf & if he pass, the “original†Hwang Jeong can enter medical school. The “original†Hwang Jeong is suggesting that Hwang Jeong act as a proxy for him. Hwang Jeong affirms it that he will exchange it for his forgiveness. His valet said that his Master can’t do it as Hwang Jeong will make his escape. Hwang Jeong said that the examination hall is control by police, how would not be able to escape & asked the “original†Hwang Jeong to give him a chance. The “original†Hwang Jeong asked whether Hwang Jeong has the confidence to pass the medical exams. Hwang Jeong assures the “original†Hwang Jeong that he has study with utmost effort for the exams & guarantee that he will pass the exams. The “original†Hwang Jeong agrees & let Hwang Jeong takes the exams on his behalf as proxy & warn Hwang Jeong not to escape although his valet doesn’t think that it is a good idea. The “original†Hwang Jeong said that if Hwang Jeong goes missing then he report Hwang Jeong to the police bureau & his sketch (mug shot) will plaster all over the capital notice board by then Hwang Jeong will never able to show his face here again & tells Hwang Jeong to bear this in mind. Hwang Jeong agrees that he will not run away because he wants to become a Doctor, he must become a Doctor. He will choose to become a Doctor then to runs away & hid himself. The “original†Hwang Jeong returns Hwang Jeong his medical exams registration
Yoong Mu Pa Ki is the police face sketch or face composite match
Hwang Jeong runs back to the Foreign Ministry to take his exams & calls out to wait to wait for him before the doors are closed & show his registration for him to enter. The guard looks at his papers & allow him in. The “original†Hwang Jeong wishes him well for Hwang Jeong exams as he will receive good news from him soon. Hwang Jeong goes in as the door closed. Hwang Jeong comes to the courtyard as Yoo Seok Ran glad to see Hwang Jeong has come although he is catching his breath
Yoon Je Wook nudge Baek Do Yang to tell him that Hwang Jeong is in the courtyard & tells that it seems he look like he was been in a brawl seeing Hwang Jeong looks bruise. Hwang Jeong notice Baek Do Yang. The gong is sounded. Oh Choong Hwan asked for the attention of the candidates that the selection for students for Jejungwon medical school will commence. There were total 1476 candidates that applied. Oh Choong Hwan said however that those who are over or under the age limit, or holding any governmental posting or takes government salary are excluded or eliminated. Those who are caught acting as proxy for someone will be expels as disqualification therefore after the elimination of the nons, the candidates now stands at total 147 & today selection exams will only choose 12 candidates to be student of Jejungwon medical school. Oh Choong Hwan said that the group will be divided for physical check up tests. Those who had failed the test will has to leave the premises immediately & appreciation their cooperation. Then the group is divided into the rows heavenly stem in group of “Gap, Eul Byeong Jeong (???? or the version of ABCD), as incognito Yoo Seok Ran queues behind Hwang Jeong
There are 10 heavenly stems ?(Gap);?(Eul); ? (Byeong);? (Jeong); ? (Mu); ? (gi); ? (Gyeong); ? (shin); ? (Im) & ? (Gye)
The 1st test is an eye test. Hwang Jeong close an eye with a wooden spoon as the instructor show the words for him to read out but his sight is somewhat blur but he passed his eye test after able to read the words. Then the test for colour blindness as a candidate is drag out in protest that this is a useless test. Yoon Je Wook laughs that he can differentiate the character of 2 & 3 as Baek Do Yang said that this test is to eliminate colour blindness. Yoon Je Wook asked where can you find someone who doesn’t know how to distinguished colours. Baek Do Yang tells that he is doesn’t go around kidding as there are some people who can’t distinguished between red & green, & those people can’t qualified as Doctors, if they can’t distinguish colours apart how are they going to perform surgery on arteries
The Chinese character 2 (?) & 3 (?) is just a difference of one horizontal line
Yoo Seok Ran & Hwang Jeong taking the colour test then Yoo Seok Ran & Hwang Jeong is given a pass. Baek Do Yang & Yoon je Wook was the next to take the test. Then Hwang Jeong does the physical examination with a series of exercises, stand up & sit down exercise then lift one leg for balance & raise their hand up in the air but Hwang Jeong has difficulties as the examiner approaches Hwang Jeong & tell Hwang Jeong that he has failed. Hwang Jeong removed his cast hand from his sling & show again to the examiner as Yoo Seok Ran looks concern for Hwang Jeong. Hwang Jeong moves his finger but the examiner wants to be certain & asked Hwang Jeong to remove his cast for a better look. Hwang Jeong said that if his cast is remove it before time it will jeopardise his recover of the usage of his hands. The examiner said that he will have to fail Hwang Jeong. Hwang Jeong asked to wait as he has something for the examination & takes out a letter for the examiner to see. Hwang Jeong said that this is a Doctor’s note from the Superintendent of Jejungwon Hospital in regards to his injury. The examiner doesn’t know how to read as it is written in English & asked Hwang Jeong wants does the letter read. Hwang Jeong explains that this notes tell that the injury that Hwang Jeong has will recover in time & it will not impede his performance as a medical student. The examiner asked how can he be sure that this is what is written on the note
Yoo Seok Ran voice & volunteer if she can take a look at the letter. She approaches & takes the letter which is a Doctor’s Diagnostic Note on Hwang Jeong. Yoo Seok Ran reads
Yoo Seok Ran: This man Hwang Jeong now suffer the facture to the 2nd & 3rd finger & also part of the metacarpal but convalescing satisfactorily, he will make full recovery. The Superintendent of Widespread Relief House, Horace Newton Allen
Metacarpals is the 5 cylindrical bones extending from the wrist to the fingers or any of the five long bones that form the metacarpus and articulate with the bones of the distal row of the carpus and with the five proximal phalanges.
Convalescing is to return to health and strength after illness; recuperate
Widespread Relief House is actually Gwanghyewon. The hospital was established by King Gojong in 1885 at the suggestion of American medical missionary Horace Newton Allen & originally named Gwanghyewon, or Widespread Relief House, before it was renamed Jejungwon. One has to be careful with the translation & their facts since they are many English speaking Korean d-addicts out there who is meticulous in finding faults
Yoo Seok Ran translate Widespread Relief House as Jejungwon or so the letter reads
Yoo Seok Ran translate the Doctor Diagnostic into Korea for the examiner & tells that since there is a expertise diagnostic from the Superintendent of Jejungwon in regards to Hwang Jeong injury & the surety that is given by Horace Newton Allen to this candidate, she finds it that shouldn’t be of any matter. The examiner asked whether it was written as it she has translate as Yoo Seok Ran confirm the content then it is also has Horace Newton Allen signature to the letter
Su Kyeol is signature
The examiner sees Horace Newton Allen’s signature at the bottom of the letter. Then the examiner gives Hwang Jeong a pass. Baek Do Yang looks at Yoo Seok Ran suspiciously as Hwang Jeong thanked the examiner. Yoo Seok Ran went back to her line as she takes the next line in the physical examination while Baek Do Yang takes a keen observation on Yoo Seok Ran. Hwang Jeong has a glimpse of her on his way out
The “original†Hwang Jeong & his valet is waiting outside the Foreign Ministry as the valet tell that Hwang Jeong has not make his appearance. The “original†Hwang Jeong tells that Hwang Jeong excels even if he is just a Baekjeong. The valet asked if they will permit Hwang Jeong to live if he passes the medical examination. The “original†Hwang Jeong shakes his head that there should only be one Hwang Jeong in this world, as the “original†Hwang Jeong tells that they must not allow Hwang Jeong to become an obstacle in their path & become a calculating risk for them & they need to tie up the loose ends. The valet said that if this is so, then they will have to kill Hwang Jeong, will that be consider murder. The “original†Hwang Jeong reminds that Hwang Jeong is merely a Baekjeong & & asked the valet if he has heard killing a Baekjeong is charge in committing murder. The “original†Hwang Jeong said that killing a Baekjeong doesn’t consider a crime of murder. The valet asked when do they need to do Hwang Jeong in. The “original†Hwang Jeong tells as soon as Hwang Jeong comes out from the examination hall to “silent†him & laughs
Then they are given a written test as the examiner passes out the question to the candidates. Then as Hwang Jeong reads down the question to finds “You are so (fill in the blanks)†then recalls Hwang Jeong asking Yoo Seok Ran to explain the word beautiful in the sentence construction. Yoo Seok Ran explains about “so beautifulâ€. Oh Choon Hwan asked the candidates attention that this is a written test to test their comprehensive & the command of vocabulary in the English language & their knowledge on Western medicine termology as Oh Choong Hwan asked the candidates to commence the test. They are given pencil to write. Everybody answer the question You are…..as beautiful as Yoo Seok Ran recalls teaching Hwang Jeong that sentence construction & smiles looking at him scratching his head with the pencil. There is a candidate Go Jang Geun who look like a border line student struggling with his written test. One of the examiner caught one of the candidate cheating & is disqualified & taken out of the exam hall.
Baek Gyu Hyeon covers Yoo je Wook to copy his exam with the notes as Hwang Jeong fills in the answer in his answer sheet
In Jejungwon, Horace Newton Allen is trying to attempt to pull a teeth & Mi Ryeong is the patient as Mong Chong & Yi Gua & her maid servant trying to restraint her to have her teeth pull as Horace Newton Allen encourage Mi Ryeong to say “Ah†for him to extract the teeth. Horace Newton Allen tells that if she doesn’t extract the teeth, it will effect her other teeth to decay & asked her whether she wants then, Mi Ryeong clams her mouth & shakes her head. Horace Newton Allen apologise & force open Mi Ryeong’s mouth & manage to extract the teeth & out it in a kidney dish & applies gauze to stop the bleeding & asked her to bite on the gauze & all will be fine
The written test time up as the examiner collect the test paper. Baek Do yang announce that now they break for lunch & is given then time of Han Shi Gyeong so those who brought their lunch boxes & commence to have their meals but however they are not allow to go outside this exam premises. Yoo Seok Ran want to approach Hwang Jeong but Baek Do yang cuts in to asked that he will like to have a word with Yoo Seok Ran in private. Yoo Seok Ran makes an excuse that she is busy right now. Baek Do Yang asked for a moment will be sufficient
Han (1) Shik Gyeong is equivalent to 30 mins
Yoo Seok Ran goes to Baek Do Yang as tries not to look Baek Do yang’s direction as Baek Do Yang asked that Yoo Seok Ran is proficient in English & asked where she learns the language from. Yoo Seok Ran said that she learn from Dong Mun Hak & it is where she is from. Baek Do Yang conform that she might be from that school. Baek Do Yang tells that there is an interpreter Yoo Hee Seo who is established in that school. Yoo Seok Ran said that Yoo Hee Seo is her teacher & asked Baek Do Yang what is the purpose of wanting to speak with her. Baek Do Yang asked about a English grammar on the past tense “mustâ€. Yoo Seok Ran said that must is use as the same prefix as “have to†& the past tense will be “had toâ€. Baek Do Yang tanks Yoo Seok Ran for the clarification of the grammar & he recalls that he has learn this from Yoo Seok Ran before. Yoo Seok Ran is worried that Baek Do Yang saw through her disguise & tell that they will meet again in Jejungwon & wish her well for the coming tests. Baek Do Yang leaves her as Yoo Seok Ran can breathe a sigh of relief
Dong Mun Hak is Joseon 1st Royal English School sanction by Qing China. Dongmunhak opened in September 1883. It was located in today’s Jaedong, Jongno-gu in Seoul. It was established under the directions of Paul Georg von Moellendorff who works for the Qing China government & was send to Korea to lend expertise. It is been traditionally the posting of interpreters had been a patrimonial trade of the Jungin (“middle peopleâ€) class, but by stipulating that the school “shall admit even the sons of farmers, industrialists, businessmen, and merchants, and irrespective of class background, considerations shall be given to (the applicants’) academic aptitude only,†the government showed a progressive approach in English language education. The Dongmunhak was set up as a one-year interpreter training school. In March 1884, within only a couple of months after its opening, the school produced over twenty of its first graduates but was closed when the government opened a formal school, the Yugyeong Gongwon (Public Institute of Education) in 1886. The government’s experience with the Dongmunhak helped set up the new school, & Dongmunhak students initially served as assistants to American instructors. It should be noted that the first “modern†school the Korean government established was an English language school. However, rather than being an active measure taken by the Korean government, the Dongmunhak was established and maintained under the heavy influence of Qing China. The appointment of the school’s founder was arranged by China, and its instructors were Chinese or a Westerner associated with him. Even the name of the school was closely related to that of a diplomat-training school the Chinese government established in China. The Dongmunhak was a school of expedience: it was set up as a one-year training school, producing graduates in an even shorter period. Namgung Eok, for example, graduated in January 1884, within a couple of months after having entered the school, and served as an interpreter under Paul Georg von Moellendorff. While the instructors were native or fluent English speakers, they had little background in English language education. In Korea, they tend to accept the American English as the standard of English rather that native English speak like the English because they are use to the American accent of English rather than the British one. It is also may due to that the American missionary & the history of American participation in the country
“Must†doesn’t change its form whether in the present or past tense. “Must†was commonly use as a past tense in the early 20the century but it seem to lose out of favour in the modern times
Yoo Seok Ran goes to look for Hwang Jeong, as Hwang Jeong goes to have a drink of water from the well as she asked whether Hwang Jeong did well for his written test as she startle him & he choke on his drink. Hwang Jeong said that it is passable & thanked Yoo Seok Ran for translating Horace Newton Allen’s surety letter for the examiner. Yoo Seok Ran brushes it is not at all. Hwang Jeong said that he was about to be expels from the exam for disqualification but she came to his aid & he managed to salvage to remain in the exams. Yoo Seok Ran said that it is not a problem. Yoo Seok Ran asked whether Hwang Jeong bought a lunch box. Hwang Jeong claims that he was occupied with some matters. Yoo Seok Ran asked what has happened, looking that Hwang Jeong has back eye & his gat is out of shape. Hwang Jeong brushes that it is nothing major. Yoo Seok Ran offers her lunch box of tteok to share as she has plenty for one person to have. Hwang Jeong said that he is alright & declines but Yoo Seok Ran insist that Hwang Jeong has some of her lunch & offer a piece of tteok to Hwang Jeong although Hwang Jeong declines her offer then in the tussle he tips her lunch box & it falls to the ground & apologise. Yoo Seok Ran resume her voice to say that it is fine & asked him to leave it alone, she will pick it up, as Hwang Jeong finds the voice familiar & asked whether it is Yoo Seok Ran. Yoo Seok Ran smiles that she has been found out
Hwang Jeong & Yoo Seok Ran goes to a secluded part as he look out to guard the area. Yoo Seok Ran tells him that it is alright & offers her lunch of tteok to Hwang Jeong. Hwang Jeong asked what makes her come to take the examination with such risk. Yoo Seok Ran said that she has the confidence to take the exams & what to take it to test & prove herself that she can. Yoo Seok Ran aware that even if she pass the medical exams, she will not allow to enter the medical school but she just want to prove as a marker on the extent of her standard of her abilities. Yoo Seok Ran tells that this is all worthwhile her effort just thinking that she is able to do it. Hwang Jeong asked that Yoo Seok Ran wants to prove of her standard of her abilities & therefore she wants to conform it. Yoo Seok Ran knocks in affirmative. Yoo Seok Ran said that Hwang Jeong is also works with his utmost effort towards the exams the same as she is doing it right now. Hwang Jeong concurs that he too wants to prove of the extent of his standard of abilities that he will work hard for it. Yoo Seok Ran said that Hwang Jeong should have the mentality that he will definitely enter the medical school. Hwang Jeong said no matter what he will work hard for it
Horace Newton Allen is giving Gojong a medical check up with his stethoscope as Gojong asked how is the progress of the medical exams & asked whether it is going smoothly. Min Young Ik reports that in the afternoon will commence the practical. Horace Newton clears his throat to ask for silence. Yoo Hee Seo is attending as interpreter & tells Gojong that during check up, Gojong must not speak or else the Doctor can’t hear the correct diagnostic. Gojong kept quiet as Horace Newton Allen finished with his check up & informs that Gojong heart sound fine & Gojong is pronounces in good bill of health. Yoo Hee Seo act as interpreter for Gojong but Gojong tells that he has trouble sleeping & so does Queen Myeongseong. Horace Newton Allen sees the pot of coffee on the table & enquire how many cups does Gojong & Queen Myeongseong drink daily.
Ka Bae Cha is Koreanise word for coffee but consider the beverage as a variety of tea
Gojong said that he seems to favour (addict) drinking coffee & he has about 4 cup daily. Horace Newton Allen asked Gojong to minimize his coffee intake to once a day. Horace Newton Allen said that coffee is what is causing Gojong & Queen Myeongseong insomnia.
Insomniaâ€"chronic inability to sleepâ€"has been attributed to the caffeine in coffee more than to any other specific dietary agent. More commonly, caffeine can provide a boost of energy or heightened alertness and is often used to stay awake longer. People from all walks of life use it to stay awake late into the night while others feel as though they cannot function properly without a cup of coffee first thing in the morning. As well as being an addictive drug, caffeine stimulates the brain in much the same way as amphetamines, cocaine, and heroin. Although the overall effects of caffeine are somewhat milder than these other drugs, it is nevertheless still manipulating the same brain channels which gives caffeine; it is addictive qualities. If you are one of those people that feel like you cannot function without coffee or other caffeine based stimulants, then you are addicted. Caffeine consumption has been linked to many sleep disorders, including insomnia, due to its physiological effects. Insomnia is a condition when you have difficulty sleeping or cannot get off to sleep at all. Although insomnia symptoms normally only last a few nights, some sufferers have had the symptoms last for many months or even years in extreme cases
Gojong finds that it is the cause but with some regret he will limit his intake as per prescribe by Horace Newton Allen. Queen Myeongseong will also reduce her intake of her coffee. Yoo Hee Seo thanked Gojong for listening to the medical advice as Gojong continue to ask about the progress of the medical examination from Min Young Ik & asked whether the examination is run without any flaws & with authenticity. Gojong reminds that these candidates are going to hold someone’s life in their hands, therefore make sure there is no misdemeanors of whatsoever that tarnished the sanctity of the noble cause of this exams & make sure that they are severely punished if any misdemeanors is to be found & reward the those who come forward to report & uphold the dignity of the nation’s laws. Min Yung Ik acknowledge Gojong’s instruction & leaves
Gojong asked if there is anything Jejungwon needs besides Medical student & assistant. Horace Newton Allen tells that they actually need nurses to treat patient of both genders. Queen Myeongseong queries that woman need attend to male patients & also to woman patient. Gojong asked where they are going to get this kind of women as this nation the genders are segregated. Queen Myeongseong said that it is exactly her precise thought. Horace Newton Allen said that they really need the service of nurses. Gojong gave some thought to the matter.
Outside the palace, Yoo Hee Seo tells Horace Newton Allen that in reality in finding nurses may prove to be a hard task to able to obtained these staff, this matter doesn’t confer to the Joseon society & at present it will not be complied. Horace Newton Allen knows but he said that 1st & foremost, he will find a chaperon as an alternative. Yoo Hee Seo said that Horace Newton Allen imply a chaperon to act as an accompany in the present of diagnostic for female patient. Horace Newton Allen said that Yoo Hee Seo is well knowledge on the matter. Yoo Hee Seo laughs that it too much praise from Horace Newton Allen. Horace Newton Allen tells Yoo Hee Seo that he has actually approach Yoo Seok Ran for that role. Yoo Hee Seo said that Horace Newton Allen is referring to her daughter Yoo Seok Ran. Horace Newton Allen apologise that he should seek prior permission from Yoo Hee See as to the customs state before his approach to Yoo Seok Ran. Yoo Hee Seo asked what did her daughter’s reply to the matter. Horace Newton Allen said Yoo Seok Ran has not give her answer. Horace Newton Allen said that Yoo Seok Ran is an exceptionally rare & seldom seen women in Joseon, she is proficient in English, her intelligent & wits. If it was in the West, Yoo Seok Ran will have become a Doctor. Horace Newton Allen wish to invite Yoo Seok Ran to Jejungwon. Horace Newton Allen has heard that in Joseon, children must seek permission from her parents to make the decision or else they can’t do anything about it
Yoo Hee Seo said that in regards to the matter, compare to him, it is best that Horace Newton Allen seeks Yoo Seok Ran’s perspective on the matter is more important. Horace Newton Allen asked if Yoo Seok Ran agrees then Yoo Hee Seo will not oppose. Yoo Hee Seo tells his daughter Yoo Seok Ran may be a girl but however Yoo Hee Seo has raise her like a son. Yoo Hee Seo wish that his daughter to see & find & makes her own decision independently what she wants to do therefore he wish that what Horace Newton Allen has propose is what his daughter seek that she wants to do, it will be great
Yoon Je Wook, Baek Gyu Hyeon & Baek Do Yang having lunch as Yoon Je Wook complains that examination is really stressful. Baek Gyu Hyeon said that this is the last stage to the medical test & asked them to get going. Yoon Je Wook asked does Baek Do Yang know what is asked from the last section of the exam will be. Baek Do Yang tells perhaps. Yoon Je Wook accused Baek Do Yang for being selfish not to disclose. Baek Do Yang said that if he tells Yoon Je Wook, he may not want to enter the exam hall if he reveal it. Yoon Je Wook said that he wouldn’t listen either would he want to enter. Baek Gyu Hyeon said is up to Yoon Je Wook that he will son regret but tells that the last section of the exam, Hwang Jung will be done for. Yoo Je Wook asked Baek Do Yang for confirmation. Baek Do Yang sees this to be interesting & leaves.
Baek Do Yang comes out as Yoo Seok Ran & Hwang Jeong avoid eye contact with Baek Do Yang. Oh Choong Hwang call the candidate for the afternoon session of the exams. Then the Police Chief has something to announce as he tells that Gojong has decree that if the candidate that any misdemeanor in the exams will be punishable with 70 lashes & prison time & therefore be barred from all governmental examination. Hwang Jeong & Yoon Seok Ran look at each other, Hwang Jeong her true identity, Yoo Seok Ran her gender. Police Chief said that if anyone wishes to tarnish the sanctity of the exam may leave now & that they will not be prosecuted. Baek Do Yang looks at Yoon Je Wook. Some candidates leaves as Police Chief tells that people has some conscience & the invigilation will be strict from now onwards
Oh Choong Hwa asked the candidates to make a group of 3. Hwang Jeong tells Yoo Seok Ran it is best & beneficial that she & Hwang Jeong are in the same group. Yoo Seok Ran agrees that it is a good idea. Then there is a candidate Go Jang Geun who writes the character “person†in his palm then swallows it. Hwang Jeong asked what is Go Jang Geun doing. Go Jang Geun tells that there is a superstition that if one’s write “person†(?) in his palm & swallow it, will give them courage & eliminate anxiety & asked them to give it a try. Hwang Jeong & Yoo Seok Ran does it, as Hwang Jeong only had a hand free, Go Jang Geun writes the character on his palm as they swallow it. Yoo Seok Ran finds it interesting & Hwang Jeong laughing. Yoon Je Wook asked whether that group is crazy.
Baek Do yang asked Yoon Je Wook to take any notice with them & asked Yoon Je Wook to stay with him the group. Then the Man (shall we call the Japanese agent) asked whether he can join Baek Do Yang’s group. Yoon Je Wook also tries the superstition. Hwang Jeong & Yoo Seok Ran scrubs their hands as they leave, Baek Do Yang & his group comes in.
The examiner said that this is the final section of the examination & asked them to remove the covers on the table, the find a piglet cadaver for them to dissect as some finds it disgusting & nauseating. Baek Gyun Hyeon said that this is a pig for them to perform dissection & to draw the anatomy of the respiratory tract system. The pig’s respiratory tract system has similarity with humans, so the West has taken the pig as an anatomy testing specimen for dissection to study human anatomy. Baek Gyun Hyeon asked the candidate to dissection the abdomen of the pg to draw the respiratory tract system, when dissecting the abdomen make sure they don’t damaged the respiratory tract system
The anatomy of a pig and a human are very similar. Both are placental mammal, which means the fetus receives nourishment from the mother through the umbilical cord. Both species are also omnivores. These two things lead to the digestive track and layers under the skin to be similar. Both have complex systems that allow nutrients and dissolved gases to enter and leave individual cells throughout the body. Basically the internal cavity of the pig is very similar to that of a human, it is only smaller. The heart is located at the same place, between the lungs, the liver and a gall bladder look almost like the humans, and the whole digestive system is extremely similar to humans’ digestive system. The Chinese believe that eating any part of the pig internal organs will have improve their organ from disruption
One group voice their upset why they need to something that is done by only lowly Baekjeong & they can’t accept this & they leave in detest, so it is down to Baek Do Yang & Hwang Jeong’s group. The examiner tells to being in another group, as the group comes in. The examiner said that they has just 30 mins to do the dissection & asked them to commence the dissection
Han (1) Shik Gyeong is approx 30 mins
Go Jang Geun tells that he will draw the anatomy. Hwang jeong he will do the dissection. Yoo Seok Ran hold him back & tell Hwang Jeong that she will give it a try. Hwang Jeong refuses as he said he still have his left hand & he can managed. Yoo Seok Ran stops him & said she will do the dissection & assures Hwang Jeong that she can do it. As she approach the specimen & takes the scalpel as Hwang Jeong prepare the cadaver for Yoo Seok Rang to make an incision on the abdomen. Yoo Seok Ran taking a deep breath for courage but she drops the scalpel as Hwang Jeong picks up the scalpel to asked if she is alright. Hwang Jeong asked that the scalpel is bend & needs another scalpel. The examiner said there is any because it is their fault & they have to proceed the dissection with that scalpel. Go Jang Geun panics with the calamity. Baek Do Yang just smiles
Baek Do yang said he will to the dissection with Yoon Je Wook’s assistant & the Japanese agent will do the drawing. Japanese agent asked whether Baek Do Yang has the confidence. Baek Do Yang asked his to just observe. Japanese agent asked Baek Do yang to proceed. Yoon Je Wook volunteer to draw instead. Baek Do Yang asked Yoo Je Wook to just hold the pig’s legs. Baek Do Yang starts his dissection as Japanese agent said that he is not bad
Yoo Seok Ran said there isn’t much time left & apologise. Hwang jeong said that it is alright that the scalpel is just slightly bend but then it will be alright if strength is applied. Go Jang Geun said that will damaged the respiratory tract system. Go Jang Geun tells that he is really in trouble having been in the same group as them. Yoo Seok Ran said she should have focus. Hwang jeong takes out his sling then decided to break his cast. Yoo Seok Ran asked what is Hwang Jeong planning to do. He smashes his cast hand on the table to break the plaster & feeling the pain as the hand is still sensitive. Yoo Seok Ran asked him not to do it or else he will never able to use his hand again. Hwang jeong said that the important thing is not his hand but to do the utmost effort in doing the exams. Hwang jeong tries to smash his cast then on the 3rd attempt break his cast then takes the scalpel slips down on the table as he couldn’t holds it properly with his finger. Yoo Seok Ran tries to persuade Hwang Jeong not to do it & pick it up to tie the scalpel with his bandage & goes to do his dissection with such determination. The Japanese agent asked this is really some extraordinary person, as Yoo Seok Ran & Go Jang Geun help Hwang Jeong to prepare the position of the pig for Hwang Jeong to do the incision then into the dissection of the anatomy as Yoo Seok Ran sees Hwang Jeong is so skill with the scalpel as Go Jang Geun draws the anatomy. Yoon Je Wook is getting queasy. Go Jang Geun good in sketching the anatomy with a charcoal. Yoo Seok Ran washes her hands as Hwang Jung nursing his pain tell that the other group has done well. Yoo Seok Ran encourage that their group also had dissect well & draw well & praise them well done. Go Jang Geun brushes as nothing, it his luck that he was able to accompany suck excellent people. If they are lucky they shall meet again & leaves as he gave his signature sign of “swallowing†the character (?)
Baek Do Yang comes in to watch his hands as Hwang Jeong & Yoo Seok Ran leaves. Baek Do Yang & Yoon Je Wook upset over the outcome as Hwang Jeong was able to do the dissection & & Yoon Je Wook asked wouldn’t that be consider qualified to pass. Baek Do Yang said that Hwang Jeong knife skills, it is not a skill for just a mere scholar to achieve. Yoon Je Wook tells it seems that he has been long been practice. Yoon Je Wook said that learning from Allen, he has learn so fast. Baek Do Yang has his doubts.
Yoo Seok Ran concern about Hwang Jung’s hand & asked if his hand is alright. Hwang Jeong assures her that his hand is fine. Yoo Seok Ran asked Hwang Jeong not to move too much on his hand that something wrong will be the results. Hwang Jeong said that it will not & he move his finger giving it some physiotherapy but gave him some pain but assures Yoo Seok Ran that it will be better soon. Yoo Seok Ran agrees that it will be. Hwang Jeong finding that the “original†Hwang Jeong & his valet is waiting at the entrance as Yoo Seok Ran leaves & then asked if Hwang Jeong is not leaving. Hwang Jeong said he will leave in a short while. Yoo Seok Ran then she will take her leave. Hwang Jeong said because of her fortune that he was able to succeed in taking the exams without any regrets. Yoo Seok Ran tells that because of Hwang Jeong’s rested fortune, she managed to take this exams smoothly without glitches. Hwang Jeong tell if perhaps by chance even if he can’t enter into the medical school, but he will not have any regrets. Yoo Seok Ran tells why wouldn’t he able to enter since Yoo Seok Ran can see that he is of Jang Won quality. Hwang Jeong hearing her encouragement; he thanked her. Yoo Seok Ran said it is the truth, she is not saying to raise his spirit up. Yoo Seok Ran said until they will meet again. Hwang Jeong said that he was really happy that today she & him participate in this exams together. Yoo Seok Ran concurs that she also too as she leaves
Jang Won is valedictorian or the highest honour for scholar official in an Imperial exams
The “original†Hwang Jeong asked Hwang Jeong how did the exams went as Hwang Jeong that it is fine. The “original†Hwang Jeong praise him well done as he asked Hwang Jeong to walk with him as they discuss over matters. The “original†Hwang Jeong asked Hwang Jeong that according to him, it seem that he has pass the exams. Hwang Jeong said that he has give his utmost effort on the exams. The “original†Hwang Jeong asked he is not referring to this but whether he pass the exams. Hwang Jeong pass all the physical exams then the written test, he thinks he would not fail, that is nothing could prevent from passing. Then the “original†Hwang Jeong asked whether he has qualified. Hwang jeong said that it will be know when the result is announce in the end, but he feels that he has passed. The “original†Hwang Jeong praise Hwang jeong for doing well as he said that Hwang Jeong has fulfilled the “original†Hwang Jeong’s family aspiration & he will like to have a few drinks with Hwang Jeong as he signal his valet that they will do (kill) Hwang Jeong in. While walking, Hwang Jeong asked that they let him off. The “original†Hwang Jeong said they have to wait for the result to see if he pass. Hwang Jeong know that this is not the path to go to a drinking tavern. The “original†Hwang Jeong tells Hwang Jeong that he needs be so suspicious, then the “original†Hwang Jeong tells there is just a drinking tavern nearby just up the road. The “original†Hwang Jeong signals his valet as he draw his dagger, but Hwang Jeong is alert as he kicks the valet away while the “original†Hwang Jeong tries to restraint her but Hwang Jeong gave the “original†Hwang Jeong a basic judo throw over his shoulder & then when to settle the valet & wrestle his dagger & takes the dagger about to thrust downed the “original†Hwang Jeong. Hwang Jeong asked why they need to kill him off. The “original†Hwang Jeong said where they want to kill but wants to have drinks with him. Hwang jeong said that he kept his side of the promise & the “original†Hwang Jeong must also keep his part of the bargain. The valet tries to approach as Hwang Jeong threaten the valet not to come any closer or else. The “original†Hwang Jeong fearing for his life asked his valet not to come any closer as Hwang jeong aim the dagger at the “original†Hwang Jeong & asked why they need to kill him. The “original†Hwang Jeong said it is because they don’t want any loose ends. Hwang Jeong said what he is saying that even if he pass or failed, he will get killed & asked that this is what Yanban do, that his life is just see as a pest to them therefore he too also wants to tie up his loose ends & tells the “original†Hwang Jeong that he will need to done them in, as Hwang Jeong about to thrust the dagger as the “original†Hwang Jeong pleads with Hwang Jeong that he was wrong. The “original†Hwang Jeong tell Hwang jeong if he is let off, then he promise Hwang Jeong that they will disappear from his sight. Hwang jeong said that the “original†Hwang Jeong will go & report him to the police bureau that there is an imposter Hwang Jeong that was seen that he enter to take the medical exams for the medical school, anyhow a person who perceive as just a mere pest than human, before his death was allow to take the exams. Hwang Jeong thrust the dagger just inches from the “original†Hwang Jeong’s neck as the “original†Hwang Jeong gave a loud scream.
Hwang Jeong tells that the “original†Hwang Jeong has somewhere to go as the “original†Hwang Jeong asked where. Hwang jeong takes the “original†Hwang Jeong to the police bureau where they are busy punishing people. Hwang Jeong still holds the “original†Hwang Jeong as hostage with the dagger as the “original†Hwang Jeong tells that this is the police bureau then Hwang Jeong asked why these people are being punished. The “original†Hwang Jeong asked how would he know. The “original†Hwang Jeong comment that they are going to killed someone with their tactics as he looks at the punishment. Hwang Jeong tells the “original†Hwang Jeong that this is the outcome of people who acted as proxy & it is severely punish after Gojong’s decree that they have been given 70 lashes & additional prison time & asked if the “original†Hwang Jeong ever been under the flogging punishment. The “original†Hwang Jeong that when he was young he only have receives lashes in his legs. Hwang Jeong said that for him who has experience this a few times, the lashes of 70 times will able to kill a person. Hwang Jeong said that he is in the wrong, he will not suffer flogging it will be just a sentence to a quick death. For a person like him who have lived so long & has experience many life death situation that he has nothing to fear & even if he dies, he has no regrets, although there is some regret that he can’t become a Doctor but he will go to nether world to become one then Hwang Jeong reminds the “original†Hwang Jeong that he almost forgot to mentioned that if someone is found in unworthy conduct will forever be barred from taking any government exams. The “original†Hwang Jeong is shock at the statement. Hwang jeong throw the dagger to the valet & tells the “original†Hwang Jeong that now it is the best time for them to report Hwang jeong to the police bureau
The “original†Hwang Jeong tells Hwang Jeong where did he ever mentioned that he wants to report Hwang Jeong to the police bureau, how could he report Hwang Jeong to the police bureau. Hwang Jeong drags the “original†Hwang Jeong but he refuses to go in then she falls to the ground. The “original†Hwang Jeong tells his valet that instead of staying here that it is best they head back to the hometown. The valet concurs as they leave in a haste. Hwang Jeong finally able to feel relief.
Seo Geun Gae’s father deliver’s meat, then he brings the shank for the master of the house. Kim mak Saeng inspecting the shin tell it is of fine quality. Seo Geun Gae’s father said that to cook the shank in cold water as it will take out the impurities, the when eating it, it will become delicious. Kim Mak Saeng acknowledge the preparation. Yoo Hee Seo & his wife comes as Kim Mak Saeng informs that the meat is here. Seo Geun Gae’s father greets by bowing to Yoo Hee Seo as Kim Hee Seo acknowledge his presence & asked if his doing well. Seo Geun Gae’s father tells rest on their fortune, he is well. Kim Mak Saeng tells that Seo Geun Gae’s father has brought Yoo Hee Seo some shank. Mrs. Yoo tells that Seo Geun Gae’s father also bring them the shank, will there be any left for him. Seo Geun Gae’s father said that Yoo Hee Seo’s birthday is coming soon. Mrs. Yoo marvel that Seo Geun Gae’s father remembers Yoo Hee Seo’s birthday. Seo Geun Gae’s father tells that Yoo Hee Seo’s birthday is almost some days with his son. Mrs. Yoo said that if it so, then Seo Geun Gae’s father should send his son for delivery. Yoo Hee Seo said that Seo Geun Gae’s father has mentioned to tell that his son is really bright. Seo Geun Gae’s father said that he had a son. Yoo Hee Seo comments on the past tense & asked what does that mean. Seo Geun Gae’s father tells that his son’s fortune has been thin & he has since passed away. Mrs. Yoo exclaims on his loss as Yoo Hee Seo tells he shouldn’t have too inquisitive about the matter
Shin, shank or leg, used for soups, stewing or hashes, etc. Shank meat is tough and lean, and benefits from long, slow moist cooking, which makes it succulent and gelatinous
Chil Bok comes back with fire woods & call for some help with his A frame & left the back door open as the incognito Yoo Seok Ran sneak back to her house, then she rushes back to her room only to be caught by Kim Mak Saeng asking her where she is going seeing that she is a man. Yoo Seok Ran said yes it is indeed in his male voice. Kim Mak Saeng said that this is the women’s quarters. Yoo Seok Ran said that it is Yoo Seok Ran’s room. Kim Mak Saeng warns she will scream for help as Kim Mak Saeng about to scream for help, Yoo Seok Ran runs to her to gag her before she calls for attention & Yoo Seok Ran admits that it is her. Kim Mak Saeng surprise at Yoo Seok Ran’s dressing & drag her to her room. Kim Mak Saeng said because of her Miss, she will have a short life span from fright. Yoo Seok Ran apologise to Kim Mak Saeng for giving her a fright
Kim Mak Saeng asked what is the purpose that Yoo Seok Ran disguise as a man & where she went with it & threaten if Yoo Seok Ran doesn’t disclose where she went, she will inform Mrs. Yoo. Yoo Seok Ran asked her not to & tells she actually went to take the medical exams. Kim Mak Saeng stood up as Yoo Seok Ran asked what with her reaction as Kim Mak Saeng is confuse whether she should tell Mrs. Yoo or return to her home. Yoo Seok Ran plea that it is all her fault & she apologise. Kim Mak Saeng asked whether Yoo Seok Ran has given any thought to what she is doing, what she was found out in that place, moreover if she pass the exams, what she is suppose to do then, will have to enter the medical school. Yoo Seok Ran said it will not come to that, she just want to take the examination. Kim Mak Saeng asked what is the purpose of taking the exams, what is her reason. Yoo Seok Ran finds it hard to explained to Kim Mak Saeng.
Horace Newton Allen tells that Hwang Jeong is a person out of his wits, as he crepe bandage Hwang Jeong’s hand that he doesn’t know how to look after himself. Yi Gua tells that Horace Newton Allen said that is correct & Horace Newton Allen must reprimand Hwang Jeong. Hwang Jeong apologise to Horace Newton Allen. Horace Newton Allen said it is because of the dissection section of the exam that he broke his cast in which he has heard from the examiners & said that it the dissection, Hwang Jeong’s group has come out to be 1st placing. Hwang Jeong is happy as Yi Gua asked whether it is true. Horace Newton Allen knows that Hwang Jeong will do well in the exams & tells Hwang Jeong that he will be soon be a medical school in Jejungwon. Horace Newton Allen tells Hwang Jeong that he has a lot to teach Hwang Jeong about medicine
Baek Gyu Hyeon comes as Yoo Hee Seo is marking the English paper as he asked how is the progress about the student in their English test. Yoo Hee Seo said that it is really basic but some has got full marks for their test & excel in the test. Baek Gyun Hyeon tells there is full marks & asked who will that be. Yoo Hee Seo goes to see who is it from the list. There is a Yoo Seo Hwan (aka Yoo Seok Ran), his English is full mark & his knowledge of western medicine is not bad. Baek Gyu Hyeon asked that if the English is full mark, wouldn’t that be one of his students. Yoo Hee Seo said that he doesn’t know the person but looking at the name, it seems that he might come are in the same genealogy family as him. Baek Gyu Hyeon asked about his nephew results. Yoo Hee Seo said that after Yoo Seo Hwan, he comes next & he has done well then he asked about Hwang Jeong’s result. Yoo Hee Seo said that he has corrected Hwang Jeong test paper yet. Yoo Hee Seo asked that Baek Gyu Hyeon is curious that is why he came here. Baek Gyu Hyeon said that he wasn’t that he just wants to see if there are any misdemeanor candidates to be eliminated. Baek Gyu Hyeon goes to the test pile to find Hwang Jeong’s test paper & remove it from the pile then replace by another copy & then tells Yoo Hee Seo for an effort well done
Baek Do Yang recalls Hwang Jeong dissection’s technique with the scalpel. Baek Gyu Hyeon comes in & tells Baek Do Yang & Yoo Je Wook that the results are now finalising & the result will announce by tomorrow. Yoon Je Wook asked what about Hwang Jeong’s results. Baek Gyu Hyeon asked what they think it will be. Baek Gyu Hyeon takes out Hwang jeong written paper & burns it before them. Baek Do Yang condones the act, as they see it burns.
The next morning at the notice results, Go Jang Geun swallowing his “person†for courage as Hwang Jeong looks blankly at the notice board as Yi Gua asked when the results will be out. Yoo Seok Ran comes to greet Hwang Jeong in her hanbok as Yi Gua greets Yoo Seok Ran & waves to Kim Mak Saeng as Kim Mak Saeng address him as little brother. Yi Gua asked whether Yoo Seok Ran is here on behalf of her 1st cousin to see the results. Kim Mak Saeng then queries on Yoo Seok Ran’s supposing 1st cousin. Yoo Seok Ran said that she hasn’t mentioned to her yet about her 1st cousin. Kim Mak Saeng said that they are pasting the result on the notice board. The official place the results on the notice board as they anticipate nervously on the result, as the official leaves. Hwang Jeong can’t see his name in the selection of the 12 candidates. Yoo Seok Ran finds & shock that she has be declare as Jang Won as Kim Mak Saeng said that it is her Miss but Yoo Seok Ran corrects Kim Mak Saeng it is her 1st cousin & finds that Baek Do Yang has qualified. Then Yi Gua finger a name & think it is Hwang Jeong but then it is the Japanese agent’s name is Kim Do as he acknowledge that it is his name.
We still don’t know if it is his actual name but we will stick by Kim Do for now. The Go Jang Geun looks at the notice board to finds that his name is on the list & praise “Mansei†for himself & turns to Hwang Jeong that he helps him pass the test on his rested fortune as Go Jang Geun goes back to his mother that he has pass the exams. Yi Gua said that the list only have a single character name & it doesn’t belong to Hwang Jeong & what they are going to do. Kim Mak Saeng asked whether Hwang Jeong has failed the exams. Yi Gua shakes his head. Hwang jeong bow & leaves really looking disappointed. Yi Gua said that this is all in the list. Hwang Jeong walks away dejectedly
Yi Gua asked Hwang Jeong to cheer up. Hwang Jeong said that he is sorry that he doesn’t have the face to face Yi Gua. Yi Gua asked what is he talking about. Yi Gua said that it is just a guard, there is no concern of he doesn’t do this job. Yi Gua asked Hwang Jeong not to frown in dejection, it is not it seems to be the end of the world. Yi Gua tells that it has come to this, it is best they go back & settle their belonging to leave, just leave a letter & need not go & see Horace Newton Allen. Hwang Jeong said that he really don’t want to leave Jejungwon, no he can’t leave Jejungwon. Yi Gua asked what Hwang Jeong wants to do about the matter. Hwang Jeong said he doesn’t know, anyhow it is just that he doesn’t want to leave Jejungwon
Baek Gyu Hyeon host banquet for Oh Choong Hwan with Baek Do Yang & Yoon Je Wook to celebrate their qualification to Jejungwon that he propose a toast. Yoo Je Wook notice Baek Do Yang’s frowning expression that he is unhappy, isn’t it great that Hwang Jeong has already failed in the exam & they all has passed. Baek Do Yang asked who is Yoo Seo Hwan who is the Jang Won. Oh Choong Hwan said that Yoo Seo Hwan was with Hwang Jeong in the practical & achieve the highest score. Baek Gyu Hyeon said that in English written test that Yoo Seo Hwan achieves full marks. Baek Do Yang said that Yoo Hee Seo never mentioned that Yoo Seo Hwan is not one of his students. Baek Gyu Hyeon confirms as Baek Do Yang gives some thought & he recalls asking Yoo Seok Ran where she learn her English being so proficient as Yoo Seok Ran tells that she learn from Dongmunhak then she drops the scalpel & also reads Hwang Jeong’s Doctor Diagnostic note from Horace Newton Allen then recalls the mannerism & realise it is Yoo Seok Ran & laugh to himself
Mi Ryeong is suffering from a toothache as her servant maid comes to the room. The servant maid tell that now outside there is someone that MI Ryeong favours in men. Mi Ryeong said that she knows is Watanabe. The servant maid said it is some gentry gentleman that is from Jejungwon. Mi Ryeong tells that the Jejungwon’s people are old geezers, Mi Ryeong then complains that the traditional medicine is not working for her toothache & asked her servant maid not to patronise them the next time but the servant maid tells that the elderly gentleman brought some young gentry tonight. Mi Ryeong said if they are not young gentry, her servant maid will die for it. The servant maid tells that she & Mi Ryeong has similar taste in men. Mi Ryeong looks thrill.
Dr Watanabe waiting for Mi Ryeong to entertain but finds her not coming as he is with Takezoe Shinichiro as Dr watanabe tells the Minister that Kim Do has pass the medical exams in Jejungwon as Takezoe Shinichiro queries that he has passed then what. Dr Watanabe said that Kim Do will create havoc in Jejungwon & Dr Watanabe said that this time, he will deracinate Jejungwon totaling out of its existence instead of the previous incident with the camera. Dr Watanabe said that there is a Korean saying when looking at the leaf you will know how the root is forming & whether it will grow. This time they need to deracinate the tree in order for the leaves to wither. Takezoe Shinichiro question about uprooting the roots to make the leaves wither as Dr Watanabe confirms then he asked whether Dr Watanabe is a vegetarian as he sees Dr Watanabe with his vegetable as Dr Watanabe tells that he is not a vegetarian. Takezoe Shinichiro asked him to convert his strategy then to go around with saying about vegetation but should be like animals as a dog swallow Jejungwon that should be how it is phrase. Dr Watanabe will put effort on it. Takezoe Shinichiro said he will just wait & see & if Dr watanabe were to fail again this time, he warns Dr Watanabe that he will be ship out to Japan without notice & makes sure he understands what the consequences are. Dr Watanabe understands. Takezoe Shinichiro as they return to the conversation where is that Gisaeng that Dr Watanabe claims that she look alike like his 1st love has not makes an appearance to their room. Dr Watanabe said that it is Mi Ryeong & she is great in strumming.
Takezoe Shinichiro got the meaning wrong as strumming & shuffling card has the same pronunciation as Dr Watanabe correct that it is the Gayageum. Mi Ryeong goes to Baek Do Yang & group’s room as Mi Ryeong is please with the occupants. Baek Do Yang said that it is nice timing that Mi Ryeong has come for them to hear a tune from her Gayageum playing. Mi Ryeong strums her Gayageum as the group enjoy their banquet as they pour each other cups with wine. Yoo Hee Seo & Yoo Seok Ran are having their dinner as Yoo Hee Seo said it seems that Baek Do Yang is disappointed that he was not make Jang Won in the medical exams. Yoo Seok Ran said that he still got 2nd placing. Mrs. Yoo said that to qualify is already fine, do they need to tussle & bitter who get 1st placing. Yoo Hee Seo said that it only their thinking, but for a person who have been a Jang Won before will be a big blow to him (his ego actually). Then Yoo Hee Seo queries about the Jang Won Yoo Seo Hwan, it seem that he may come from the same genealogy family from us since his name follow the genealogy family order & could be the generation below him. Yoo Seok Ran said it is so. Mrs. Yoo said that if the Jang Won & their family are kinsman, it will be great & asked her daughter whether she concurs. Yoo Seok Ran concurs. Yoo Hee seo said that the English test was full marks. Yoo Hee Seo wrote the test & added some difficult question that he was able to answer it correctly even the student of Dongmunhak got it wrong & anyhow, this person is seen as a great talent to be reckon. Mrs. Yoo asked whether her husband has met the person. Yoo Hee Seo said whether the admission to enroll in the school, they will get to meet
In Chinese, usually given name follow a certain order in the genealogical family book principals therefore Korea also follow the same practice with their Chokbo to some extent rigid, but commonly only list male born & not female. The Chinese usually will have male & female version
Yoo Seok Ran asked her father if the person doesn’t turn up during the admission to enroll the school, what will happened. Yoo Hee Seo laughs that the person has achieve being a Jang Won how can he not come, it could not happened. Then Kim Mak Saeng asked what if the person doesn’t turn up. Yoo Hee Seo said that if the person doesn’t show up…but Yoo Hee Seo finds it rather strange over their line of questioning. Yoo Seok Ran said that it just suddenly pop up. Yoo Hee Seo said that if he doesn’t show up that he will relinquish his admission then the selection will less a person will become 11 person. Yoo Seok Ran asked whether it will be replace by another person. Yoo Hee Seo said that it is general practice that if there is insufficient in the selection then it will goes to the 13th candidate in which it will be Hwang Jeong to replace the number. Mrs. Yoo said that how can Hwang Jeong become the replacement, as the people who participate this exams was a difficult one, how wouldn’t that person don’t show up & asked her daughter whether she concurs. Yoo Seok Ran agrees with her mother
Yoo Hee Seo said that when his daughter finished with dinner to come with him. Yoo Seok Ran meets her daughter outside the house as he mentioned that he has heard from Horace Newton Allen. Yoo Seok Ran asked what is her father referring to. Yoo Hee Seo said that Horace Newton Allen has propose to her the posting of chaperon. Yoo Seok Ran affirms as Yoo Hee Seo likes to know what her daughter thinks of this posting & what to hear it from her. Yoo Seok Ran said that if Yoo Hee Seo permits, she will like to do it. Yoo Seok Ran said that Joseon has prejudice against woman working but however if she is able to do then she will do her utmost best at it. Yoo Hee Seo said that if it is what she thinks that he agree to the matter & give his approval. Yoo Seok Ran thanked her father’s approval. Yoo Hee Seo said that his daughter doesn’t look thrill with the news & asked her what is wrong. Yoo Seok Ran brushes it as nothing that she is happy working for Jejungwon. Yoo Hee Seo said that it wouldn’t be easy as she is a woman, there will be ignorance & prejudice towards her. Since that she has already made her decision to venture to this posting, she will have to face up to them with strength & substance. Yoo Seok Ran said she will play according to the situation. Yoo Hee Seo tells that he believe in her daughter
Kim Mak Saeng & Yoo Seok Ran walking as Kim Mak Saeng asked Yoo Seok Ran to promise her. Yoo Seok Ran asked what is it. Kim Mak Saeng tells that Yoo Seok Ran must never bring out the subject that she dress incognito as a man to take the exams. Yoo Seok Ran sighs as Kim Ka Saeng asked whether Yoo Seok Ran understands. Yoo Seok Ran said that it is wasn’t because of her, Hwang Jeong would have passed & qualified. Kim Mak Saeng tells that she is not suppose to bring the subject up again that because to save Hwang Jeong, Yoo Seok Ran can’t admit that the Jang Won is her dress incognito as a man to take the exams & this will create chaos for Joseon 8 province & the family will be filled with turbulence of turmoils.
Kim Mak Saeng can’t pronounce chaperon as Yoo Seok Ran has to said the word out said that will also diminished completely. Yoo Seok Ran understands the seriousness of the whole matter. Kim Mak Saeng asked whether Yoo Seok Ran is certain & understands & hope Yoo Seok Ran understands
Horace Newton Allen has a favour to asked Oh Choong Hwan. Oh Choong Hwan refuses Horace Newton Allen down flat. Oh Choong Hwan said that Jejungwon is just starting to take off & once commence there is not bending of rules for the standard or use back door tactics as this is what Gojong has decree for sanctity of Jejungwon & that is not what Gojong has aspire for. Baek Gyu Hyeon said that if Hwang Jeong wants to become a Doctor then Hwang Jeong should come back the next year to take the exams why does he insist it have to be this year. Hwang Jeong said that he doesn’t wish to become a Doctor, just that he wants to be Horace Newton Allen medical assistant. Oh Choong Hwan said that Hwang Jeong is not qualified. Hwang Jeong said that he doesn’t need government salary just let him stay on at Jejungwon that he doesn’t need to be involve in medical school. Just let him observe. Baek Gyu Hyeon said that this is utter nonsense to allow Hwang Jeong to just stay on here
Oh Choong Hwan tells Hwang Jeong if he want the good of Jejungwon, it is best he leave here quietly & to do it immediately. Hwang Jeong goes to beg Oh Choong Hwang for him to retain in Jejungwon that he will do chores. Oh Choong Hwan said there are people hire for them & asked him to leave. Hwang Jeong said that whatever it is instructed, he will do it. Oh Choong Hwan said that if this is, then asked him to leave Jejungwon at once. Hwang Jeong kneels before Oh Choong Hwan to beg him to allow him to stay on that he really want to stay at Jejungwon. Oh Choong Hwan said why Hwang Jeong is so stubborn, for the his sake Oh Choong Hwan means to bend the rules & will tarnish Jejungwon’s rules & regulation. Oh Choong Hwan kicks Hwang Jeong away as Yoo Seok Ran & Kim Mak Saeng witness it & asked what did Hwang Jeong did wrong. Baek Do Yang comes from behind, as Hwang Jeong looks at Yoo Seok Ran. Oh Choong Hwan tells Hwang Jeong that he has overstay his welcome at Jejungwon & walks away. Yoo Seok Ran feels for Hwang Jeong
Episode 9
Episode 9 Part 1
Episode 9 Part 2
Episode 9 Part 3
Episode 9 Part 4
Episode 9 Part 5
Episode 9 Part 6
Episode 9 Part 7
Synopsis/Summary of Jejoongwon The Hospital (??? (???) Episode 10
Hwang Jeong kneels before Oh Choong Hwan to beg him to allow him to stay on that he really want to stay at Jejungwon. Oh Choong Hwan said why Hwang Jeong is so stubborn, for the his sake Oh Choong Hwan means to bend the rules & will tarnish Jejungwon’s rules & regulation. Oh Choong Hwan kicks Hwang Jeong away as Yoo Seok Ran & Kim Mak Saeng witness it & asked what did Hwang Jeong did wrong. Baek Do Yang comes from behind, as Hwang Jeong looks at Yoo Seok Ran. Oh Choong Hwan tells Hwang Jeong that he has overstay his welcome at Jejungwon & walks away. Yoo Seok Ran feels for Hwang Jeong as he walks away. Baek Do Yang knows Yoo Seok Ran has feeling for Hwang Jeong. Yoo Seok Ran goes to Hwang Jeong but hold back by Baek Do Yang then address Yoo Seok Ran has Yoo Seo Hwan
Baek Do Yang asked why did Yoo Seok Ran disguise as a man to take the exams. Baek Do Yang asked whether what he has said had upset her. Yoo Seok Ran said there was some, but in comparison she just wanted to prove herself. Baek Do Yang said that however she has done well able to achieve Jang Won. Yoo Seok Ran said that it is not all from her own effort, it is because Hwang Jeong was in her group that is why she passed. Baek Do Yang said anyhow, he will like to render sincere apology to Yoo Seok Ran for what he has said the other day that he indeed disparage & belittle her ability. Yoo Seok Ran brushes it off as Baek Do Yang said he must apologise. Baek Do Yang said if he comes out with any difficulties, he will come & consult with Yoo Seok Ran. Yoo Seok Ran said that she doesn’t have that kind of abilities. Baek Do Yang said that he is well aware of her abilities & compare to Hwang Jeong she is 1,000% better. Then he refers about Hwang Jeong that as a scholar once need to take responsibilities but find him disappointed. Yoo Seok Ran said that Hwang Jeong was reprimanded by Oh Choong Hwan because he had failed. Baek Do Yang said that Hwang Jeong doesn’t qualified to be retained in Jejungwon, so that is why but however he queries why Yoo Seok Ran is here
Horace Newton Allen glad that Yoo Seok Ran has agreed to accept the posting & thanked Yoo Seok Ran who has willing to take up the posting of chaperon will be a great assistance to them. Yoo Seok Ran said how can that be term as great that she needs a lot of guidance from Horace Newton Allen. Horace Newton Allen said he would. Yoo Seok Ran enquires what will happened to Hwang Jeong. Horace Newton Allen said tomorrow after the commencement ceremony is over, Hwang Jeong will have to leave Jejungwon that he wish to help, but he has no idea whatsoever in helping his cause
Yoo Seok Ran goes to look for Hwang Jeong who sitting around pondering over his bleak future at Jejungwon & it sadden her as she looks from a distance. In her room, she looks at her stethoscope then recalls her father telling that if there is no show from the selection candidate then the 13th person who is Hwang Jeong will be call to be the substitute to fulfill the quota. As she takes up the stethoscope, she recalls Horace Newton Allen telling that Hwang Jeong will have to leave Jejungwon by tomorrow after commencement ceremony. Then Yoo Seok Ran goes to her father to reveal that she is the Jang Won Yoo Seo Hwan as Yoo Hee Seo was surprise at her daughter’s confession. Yoo Seok Ran admits that he disguise as a man incognito to take the exams. Yoo Hee Seo asked whether it is this the truth & asked who know about her incognito. Yoo Seok Ran names Baek Do Yang, Kim Mak Saeng & also Hwang Jeong. Yoo Hee Seo asked his daughter why she can do something so reckless as this. Yoo Seok Ran never imagine that this will come out to be such dire consequences. It is because of her that Hwang Jeong lost his qualification to be in Jejungwon & because he has failed in his admission that he will have to leave Jejungwon tomorrow. Yoo Hee Seo concurs that this is true. Yoo Seok Ran wants her father to disclose that she is the “Jang Wonâ€. Yoo Hee Seo doesn’t want to do it as she will be liable to be punished by law. Yoo Seok Ran said that if they stand by idle & don’t do anything about the matter, Hwang Jeong will surely…..Yoo Hee Seo feels sad & regret about Hwang Jeong’s predicament but it is seen inappropriate to resolve this matter with this method & he knows that Hwang Jeong wouldn’t want it this way. Yoo Seok Ran asked if her father was in her shoes, what will he do about the matter. Yoo Hee Seo warns his daughter must not to get involve with this matter. Yoo Hee Seo said that he will like to read a book & dismiss his daughter to her room as Yoo Seok Ran pleas with her father. Yoo Hee Seo caution his daughter not to go near Jejungwon tomorrow
Baek Gyun Hyeon in the Gibang for a celebration banquet as the Mi Ryeong tells after hearing, she too will like to go to Jejungwon. It seems that all news recently is related to Jejungwon. Mi Ryeong wants to filled up Baek Do Yang cup but he tells that he has enough. Mi Ryeong is disappointed. Yoon Je Wook said that it is Mi Ryeong sincerity & shouldn’t declines her hospitality. Baek Do Yang said that in the commencement ceremony, Gojong will arrive tomorrow in attendance how he can’t drink. Baek Gyu Hyeon said that honestly tomorrow activities will mainly focus on the Jang Won, he only just the 2nd placing. Baek Do Yang said that who know that the Jang Won may not show up at the commencement ceremony due to some reasons. Yoo Je Wook tells Baek Do Yang to wait being the student representative. Baek Gyu Hyeon said that Baek Do Yang couldn’t achieve as Jang Won that he is not contented. Baek Do Yang said that he was just joking about it
Mi Ryeong said that she should pray that the Jang Won should show up that Baek Do Yang will regret after for not drinking her cup of wine. They laugh that Mi Ryeon is threatening vendetta. Yi Gua comes with a wine tray & asked Hwang Jeong to come & drink with him to forget. Hwang Jeong asked where did the wine come from. Yi Gua said that he wants to give this to Hwang Jeong so he brought over, as Yi Gua asked him to finished drinking up so that he can pour him another bowl. Hwang Jeong bottom up his bowl as Yi Gua said that this is how he should drink to forget about Jejungwon then pour the wine for Yi Gua
Korean Drinking etiquette is that a Korean should never pour a drink from a bottle into his own glass & never allow another person in the group to pour his own drink as seen as being impolite. When someone else in the group has finished or almost his drinks, one of the people in the group should top up his glass for him. If he has started pouring his own drink, he should be stopped & have it poured for him. You don’t need to pour drinks for everyone in the group all the time, as other people will do it also but try to keep an eye on the levels in people’s glasses. It is uncommon for Koreans to drink without eating. This dishes are mean that primarily to be taken with alcohol is called “ahn juâ€, which means “food to accompany alcoholâ€. The group will usually order several different “ahn ju†share them, in the drinking session. “Ahn ju†is like party food. “Ahn ju†consists of things like shrimp crackers, fruit salad, chicken salad, noodle dishes and dried squid bit I wouldn’t think in Joseon 19th century may have more elaborate dishes.
Yi Gua tells Hwang Jeong that the country left for Hwang Jeong to learn western medicine is now Qing China & invites Hwang Jeong to go there together with him. Tomorrow they will go & bid farewell to Horace Newton Allen then also it may be the last time he will get to see his father & asked Hwang Jeong to go see his father. Yi Gua said that actually he has gone to pay a visit to the village several times. It started that he thought Hwang Jeong has die in the river & the time he left Yi Gua on the jetty & he left that he has met So Geun Gae’s father. Hwang Jeong ask what then as Yi Gua tells that his father thinks that he is already dead. Yi Gua said that he hasn’t convey to So Geun Gae’s father that he is still alive. Yi Gua said that if Hwang Jeong sees it as hard to meet with his father, Yi Gua can help to convey this to him that Hwang Jeong is somewhere he doesn’t know but he is still alive. Hwang Jeong asked Yi Gua not to mentioned at all, anyhow as for his father, he already consider his son as dead whether he is alive or dead. Yi Gua agrees that the Baekjeong So Geun Gae is indeed dead.
Hwang Jeong leaves as Yi Gua hold him back & asked where doesn’t he want to go & asked whether he is leaving without notice again & run away alone. Hwang Jeong said that he will never run away. Yi Gua tells or else he will kill Hwang Jeong. Hwang Jeong goes out to ponder aimlessly at space over the night sky.
The next morning, Horace Newton Allen trimming his beard when Yi Gua comes running to say that there is trouble. Horace Newton Allen asked what is the trouble. Yi Gua said that Hwang jeong has left him behind & ran away & now has gone missing. Horace Newton Allen doesn’t understand Yi Gua going so fast with his sentence as Yi Gua complains that he knew Hwang Jeong will do this to him. Horace Newton Allen said that there is no reason for Hwang Jeong to run away, he is not that kind of person, but Yi Gua affirms that he is that kind of a person. Yi Gua said to take a look as he show his shoes. Yi Gua said that they were sleeping together & has his legs ties to his ankle & now it is loose to show that it is evidence that he has already ran away that he wants to kill Hwang Jeong. Meanwhile Hwang Jeong sterlising the surgical instrument in boiling water
Medical hygiene was sterilising surgical instrument through hot water. In the 19th century, surgery was risky and dangerous, and patients undergoing even the most routine operations were at very high risk of infection. This was so because surgery was not performed under aseptic conditions. The operating room, the surgeon’s hands, and the surgical instruments were laden with microbes, which caused high levels of infection and mortality. Surgeons in the mid-1800s often operated wearing their street clothes, without washing their hands. They frequently used ordinary sewing thread to suture wounds, and stuck the needles in the lapels of their frock coats in between patients. Surgical dressings were often made up of surplus cotton or jute from the floors of cotton mills. It was against this background that French scientist Louis Pasteur demonstrated that invisible microbes caused disease. Pasteur’s work influenced the English surgeon Joseph Lister, who applied Pasteur’s germ theory of disease to surgery, thus founding modern antiseptic surgery. To disinfect, Lister used a solution of carbolic acid (phenol), which was sprayed around the operating room by a handheld sprayer. It was clear that Lister’s techniques were effective in increasing the rates of surviving surgery, but his theories were controversial because many 19th century surgeons were unwilling to accept something they could not see. Also, perhaps another reason that surgeons were slow to pick up on Lister’s methods was the fact that during surgery they were required to breathe an irritating aerosol of phenol. The control of microbial growth is necessary in many practical situations, and significant advances in agriculture, medicine, and food science have been made through study of this area of microbiology. In microbiology, sterilisation refers to the complete destruction or elimination of all viable organisms in or on a substance being sterilized. There are no degrees of sterilization: an object or substance is either sterile or not. Sterilization procedures involve the use of heat, radiation or chemicals, or physical removal of cells. Heat was most important and widely used. For sterilization one must consider the type of heat, and most importantly, the time of application and temperature to ensure destruction of all microorganisms. Endospores of bacteria are considered the most thermoduric of all cells so their destruction guarantees sterility. Boiling at 100o for 30 minutes. Kills everything except some endospores. To kill endospores, and therefore sterilise a solution, very long (>6 hours) boiling, or intermittent boiling is required
Hwang Jeong prepares Horace Newton Allen’s consultant desk as he unwind his bandage & throws out the trash when he see the Royal musician practicing court music. Then Baek Gyu Hyeon kicks the trash basket & tell Hwang Jeong that he is really stubborn that he hasn’t left Jejungwon yet. Hwang Jeong said that as of now, he is still Jejungwon medical assistant. Baek Do Yang said that he is, but when the commencement ceremony is over, then it will be his time to leave. Then Baek Gyu Hyeon leave but turns around that before Hwang Jeong leave, he needs to surrender his white gown as they are government property. Yi Gua runs to Hwang Jeong that he thought that Hwang Jeong has run away. Hwang Jeong said why does he need to run away then picks up the spill trash where Yi Gua helps him. Horace Newton Allen looks at a distance
Gojong & Queen Myeongseong leave their palace for Jejungwon for the commencement ceremony as Yoo Hee Seo is in the entourage accompany the Royal Couple looks rather troubled then recalls what her daughter has said that what if Yoo Hee Seo was in Yoo Seok Ran’s shoes, what will he do. Yoo Seok Ran dressed incognito as Yoo Seo Hwan as she head to Jejungwon where the guard only admit entry to those on the list. Then Min Young Ik arrive to Jejungwon. Min Young Ik tells the guards that Gojong & Queen Myeong will be arriving soon. Go Jang Geun shocks that Gojong will be arriving & ate a few more of his “people†courage as Kim Do asked what he is doing. Go Jang Geun said that didn’t it was mentioned that Gojong is arriving. Kim Do brushes as what is such a big deal that Gojong is coming or arriving & asked Go Jang Geun to go in. Yoon Je Wook looks at Kim Do & asked that he has passed. Kim Do said that it was rested on Yoon Je Wook’s good fortune that he has passed the turn to Go Jang Geun whether Yoo Je Wook remember that Go Jang Geun draws quite well on the dissection. Yoon Je Wook remembers that Go Jang Geun is that person that swallows “people†for courage. Yoo Je Wook asked whether Go Jang Geun is from Hwang Jae Yi is an address for artist. Go Jang Geun said that he is. Then Yoon je Wook said that the world is really changing for the better.
Yoon Je Wook said how can an artist & scholar class been studying in the same school together. Jejungwon is a place that admits any cats & dog to their school. Kim Do said that Yoon Je Wook’s comment is a little excessive that they will soon be Doctors but anyhow, the people like Yoon Je Wook thinks that it is just a game will looks more like dog & cat play. Yoon Je Wook is upset over Kim Do’s remark
Painter & Artist are considered low class to the Yanban scholars. Joseon Government abolished the class system class in 1896. Yanban always pride themselves as the ruling class therefore treat people like maggot or insects
Baek Gyu Hyeon comes to break it up as asked what they are doing, & wasn’t it been mentioned that Gojong will be arriving soon. Baek Gyu Hyeon calls for Jang Won Yoo Seo Hwan & wonder that if he didn’t show up. Yoo Seok Ran tells that Yoo Seo Hwan is present as Baek Gyu Hyeon why the being the jang Won she comes in so late. Yoo Seok Ran apologise for her lateness as Baek Gyu Hyeon asked Yoo Seok Ran to follow him. Baek Gyu Hyeon sees that Hwang Jeong is in his clothes to indicate that he is leaving & he has return his white gown & asked him to leave & stop loitering at Jejungwon. Hwang Jeong notice the incognito Yoo Seok Ran as Yoo Seok Ran asked him to hush. Hwang Jeong leaves as Min Young Ik comes in. Baek Gyu Hyeon introduces Yoo Seok Ran to Min Young Ik as the Jang Won. Horace Newton Allen offer his hand to greet her acquaintance as Yoo Seok Ran shakes his hands. Min Young Ik congratulate Yoo Seok Ran for being the Jang Won. Yoo Seok Ran thanked Min Young Ik’s congratulation. Hwang Jeong looking at a distance discreetly
Baek Do Yang is having tea with Oh Choon Hwan as he complains that normally the Jang Won has to be here Dul Shik Gan (1 hour) prior the commencement ceremony to make preparation & asked why is the Jang Won so late. Baek Do Yang said that he will step in as the Monitor of the class. Baek Gyu Hyeon tells his nephew that Jang Won has arrive. Baek Do Yang is surprise that Jang Won & asked where he is right now. Baek Gyu Hyeon said that he just send greeting to Min Young Ik at the courtyard. Baek Do Yang leaves quickly as Oh Choong Hwan complains how “fast†he was in coming. Min Young Ik tells Yoo Seok Ran, there is something that is require from her that she must do. Min Young Ik said that as the valedictorian of the medical school, she needs to accept “Hong Paeâ€
Hong Pae is similar to the royal recommendation that is bestowed to a scholar that is usually written on red coloured paper
Yoo Seok Ran said that it is her regrets that she can’t participate in the commencement ceremony of the medical school. Min Young Ik asked what does that mean. Baek Do Yang approach Yoo Seok Ran as Oh Choong Hwan tells Yoo Seok Ran that she should have come earlier. Min Young Ik tells that Jang Won has mentioned to him that “he†will not participate in the commencement ceremony. Oh Choong Hwan is surprise that Yoo Seok Ran doesn’t wish to participate in the commencement ceremony. Yoo Seok Ran said that her mother is gravely ill & she needs to nurse her, therefore unable to enroll into the medical school. Min Young Ik said that this is of great regret. Oh Choong Hwan asked whether she has brought a letter of resignation. Yoo Seok Ran said that she did & hands the letter & find Yoo Seok Ran having well manicure hands that if he said that it is a woman’s hands, people will believe those hands belongs to a woman. Yoo Seok Ran tries to hide her hands under the sleeves. Baek Gyun Hyeon finds Yoo Seok Ran rather suspicious as she avoid eye contact. Min Young Ik said that it is a pity that she is after all Jang Won. Oh Choong Hwan reads the letter & agrees that he will process the matter. Yoo Seok Ran tells that she will take her leave
Baek Gyu Hyeon asked Yoo Seok Ran to halt as she leaves. Baek Do Yang prevents his Uncle from going any further as he asked Horace Newton Allen to get ready the commencement ceremony. Baek Gyu Hyeon goes & stands in front of Yoo Seok Ran then remove her spectacles which surprise her then realise who she is rips her facial hair away & was dumfounded to find that it is Yoo Seok Ran. Hwang Jeong regrets that Yoo Seok Ran is found out. Horace Newton Allen is surprise that it was Yoo Seok Ran. Min Young Ik recognise her as Yoo Hee Seo’s daughter. Yoo Seok Ran apologise for her deceit
Baek Gyu Hyeon is upset & asked where did her education come from that she is so daring to do such a deceit. Oh Choong Hwan suggest to Min Young Ik that there should report this matter to Police bureau so they can thoroughly investigate, this have tarnish the sanctity of the nation law. Horace Newton Allen is surprise that Yoo Seok Ran has already admitted her mistake, therefore it should be forgiven. Oh Choong Hwan asked how can Horace Newton Allen suggest to forgive what she has done. Oh Choong Hwan reminds that there is a royal decree from Gojong saying that any misdemeanor will be punishable by the law, this case not just involve a woman but also the parents who didn’t control or education their daughter well enough to know the restriction that is also be penalise
Yoo Seok Ran said that she has committed a serious crime that deserves death but her parents are not involve & must not be punished. Yoo Soek Ran said that she wanted to prove & know her standard of her abilities. Min Young Ik question Yoo Seok Ran’s standard of her abilities. Then you have already had knowledge of it, but why come running to then to said that she will unable to enrol into the medical school. Yoo Seok Ran said that if she doesn’t disclose that it will deprive someone of a placing in the medical school that qualified to enter the medical school. Baek Do Yang doesn’t realise that she is doing this for Hwang Jeong’s sake. Min Young Ik agrees that it will be indeed
Min Young Ik said that there is should a few on standby on the list that is able to enrol as replacement. Oh Choong Hwan said there is as Baek Gyu Hyeon tries to hide the list. Min Young Ik asked for the list of candidates as Baek Gyu Hyeon has to surrender to Min Young Ik. Min Young ik takes a look at the list as Hwang Jeong comes by to eavesdrop. Then Min Young Ik reads Hwang Jeong as the next person that will able to replace the vacancy. Baek Do Yang is surprise that it will be Hwang Jeong. Baek Gyu Hyeon said that Yoo Seok Ran is an accomplice of Hwang Jeong to get him into Jejungwon. Baek Do Yang realise that she is doing this for Hwang Jeong. Baek Gyu Hyeon swear he will not let Hwang Jeong & Yoo Seok Ran from being punish for their crime then he will drag Yoo Seok Ran to the police bureau personally. Hwang Jeong storm in & said that they can’t. Baek Do Yang angry at Hwang Jeong’s heroic entrance to save the “damsel†Yoo Seok Ran from doom. Hwang Jeong said that it is not true. Yoo Seok Ran said that she know about his intention to stay on in Jejungwon & that is why she did it. Hwang Jeong asked them to punish him instead of penalising Yoo Seok Ran for the fault
Baek Gyu Hyeon said that this scenarios is really strange & telling Min Young Ik there is something amiss about the matter. The scenarios that a woman disguise as a man takes the medical exams is already strange. Yoo Seok Ran said that this is all her own doing & accord. Oh Choong Hwang then suggest to min Young Ik that they be best that they leave this matter later to settle & that the immediate matter for them is now need to handle is the commencement ceremony. Oh Choong Hwan suggest that Baek Do Yang be made the Jang Won & receive the Royal recommendation from Gojong then do with only the rest of the 11 candidates to receive their commencement papers in commencement ceremony & invites Min Young Ik to leave for the ceremony. Baek Gyu Hyeon asked Hwang Jeong & Yoo Seok Ran to wait & see.
Min Young Ik said that he will resolve this issue now. Min Young Ik said that Jang Won Yoo Seo Hwan @Yoo Seok Ran had been disqualified from the medical school due to irregularities in the qualification of her gender, also the vacancy for the 12th will be replace by Hwang Jeong. Yoo Seok Ran is relief as Baek Do Yang is clearly unhappy. Horace Newton Allen exclaims as “wonderful†that Hwang Jeong was able to make the cut. Baek Gyu Hyeon said that he will drag Yoo Seok Ran to the police bureau & she will resign to her fate. Min Young Ik scolds Baek Gyu Hyeon that he hasn’t finish what he want to say. Baek Gyu Hyeon apologise as Min Young Ik always tell that Baek Gyu Hyeon keep interrupting him all the time. Min Young Ik orders to everybody presence not to mentioned this matter & treat this incident has never happened & issue a gagged order over the matter. Min Young Ik said that they shall proceed to the commencement ceremony. Oh Choong Hwang protest that this is the matter of the sanctity of the nation’s law, how can they allow such crime to go without penalty, moreover this is matter of Jejungwon’s foundation reputation & integrity. Min Young Ik question integrity. Min Young Ik asked do Oh Choong Hwan wishes to inform the world that lady over there has passed Jejungwon’s maiden medical exams as Jang Won & a woman has surpassed all the male’s candidacy in become Jang Won is a fact. Oh Choong Hwan is speechless as Min Young Ik tells that at that time, it is not just the integrity of Jejungwon will be in question but then it will come to Jejungwon physical existence will be crumble & this is something that Gojong will not wish to see it happened
Gojong arrival is announced soon. Min Young Ik asked them to hasten their speed in preparing the arrival of Gojong, Baek Do Yang leave but without staring at Yoo Seok Ran & glaring at Hwang Jeong. Hwang Jeong thanked Yoo Seok Ran for what she has done. Yoo Seok Ran said it is nothing & tells that she is indebted to Hwang Jeong. Min Young Ik goes out to greet Gojong at the entrance & report that the preparation has gone well. Gojong is pleased as he enter Jejungwon. Min Young Ik invites Queen Myeongseong into Jejungwon
Yoo Hee Seo approaches Min Young Ik that he has something to tell Min Young Ik. Yoo Hee Seo said that he doesn’t know whether it is already too late but however there is someone who will have been disqualified due to inappropriate qualification as Min Young Ik asked what if there is, Yoo Hee Seo asked Min Young Ik to filled the vacancy. Min Young Ik asked whether Yoo Hee Seo is referring to Jang Won Yoo Seo Hwan who relinquish his placing & replace the vacancy with Hwang Jeong. Yoo Hee Seo asked how did Min Young Ik knows about it. Min Young Ik said that Yoo Seo Hwan has come to him & tender his letter of resignation in which he accepted. Yoo Hee Seo said it that so. Min Young Ik invites Yoo Hee Seo into Jejungwon. Yoo Hee Seo sees his disguise daughter among the crowd & shakes his head over his daughter’s folly. Baek Do Yang looks at Yoo Seok Ran where else she looks at Hwang Jeong pondering at the sky & smiles that he was able to make the cut
Queen Myeongseong mentioned that this is Joseon 1st batch of medical student. Gojong confirms that it is indeed. Queen Myeongseong hopes that they quickly can qualified to be excellent Doctors just like Horace Newton Allen who has saved Min Young Ik’s life that will proceed to heal the nation’s sick would be so great. Gojong said that it will be, but looking at them they must really procure & select the nurses for them as soon as possible
The government is looking at Gisaeng for the nurses posting in Jejungwon by giving them lucrative condition. The proprietor said that if they work in Jejungwon then their Gisaeng status will be strike off from the register. The Gisaeng steps out as the Official said that nursing is not an easy task that they must not hesitate in wiping blood off male & female patient & suck out the puss & abscess. The Gisaeng steps back. Mi Ryeong tries to step back but her maid Nang rang stops her as Nang Rang tells that the handsome esquire Baek Do Yang is in Jejungwon. Mi Ryeong said that she most disgust his blood & pus. Nang Rang said that she needs to use love to overcome this with courage. Then the official tells that the government will reimburse on their debts that they have at the Gibang. The proprietor said that this is an opportunity not to be missed as the Gisaeng step out. Mi Ryeong steps out as Nang Rang said didn’t Mi Ryeong mentioned that she is disgusted with blood & pus. Mi Ryeong said that wait for the debt to be settle & discuss on the matter. Mi Ryeong said there a few people that she is acquainted in Jejungwon, so she will not find it a problem.
Dr Watanabe giving a medical check up to Takezoe Shinichiro as gave his diagnostic gastritis as gastric pain due to indigestion. Takezoe Shinichiro tells that there will be numbness in the finger & feet & headache. Dr Watanabe said that this is anxiety attacks due to stress related that is overworking the digestive system. Dr Watanabe will prescribe medication for his ailment. Takezoe Shinichiro asked Dr Watanabe why does he think that cause Takezoe Shinichiro has this illness. Dr Watanabe said from what he saw last night that Takezoe Shinichiro has been consuming heavily on food & beverages. Dr watanabe gave the prescription as Takezoe Shinichiro yells at Dr Watanabe as does he looks like a person who easily get sick from illness. Dr Watanabe said he is not, then Takezoe Shinichiro question asked why is it that he has this illness. Dr Watanabe said that he has got a clue. Takezoe Shinichiro said that Dr Watanabe being this way, will not do. Takezoe Shinichiro said that this is consider Imperial Japan might & power & his illness has nothing to do what he ate last night as Dr watanabe should question what is stressing Takezoe Shinichiro up & asked to do his line of questioning as Dr Watanabe obey & asked what is stressing Takezoe Shinichiro recently. Takezoe Shinichiro slams the table at said that Jejungwon is officiating its commencement ceremony today that is why since yesterday he suffer numbness & headache. Dr Watanabe said that it can be treated with medication. Takezoe Shinichiro flung the medication bottle & tells Dr Watanabe that his illness will go away once Jejungwon closes. Dr Watanabe assures that Jejungwon will not last very long. Takezoe Shinichiro said that he will sees it closed before he believes it. Takezoe Shinichiro tells that he doesn’t believe Dr Watanabe’s assurances anymore & leaves as Dr Watanabe sighs
Baek Do Yang received the Royal recommendation as Gojong bestowed to him as Jang Won & Baek Do Yang accepts from Gojong. Horace Newton Allen gives out the Jejungwon’s badge as he reaches Hwang Jeong as Hwang Jeong stands attention. Yoo Seok Ran is happy for Hwang Jeong. Horace Newton Allen congratulate Hwang Jeong for his admission. Hwang Jeong is happy beyond words. Mong Chong & Yi Gua looking over the wall telling that Hwang Jeong managed to become a medical student. Yi Gua said that maybe Gojong has help Hwang Jeong. Yi Gua boast that Hwang Jeong & Gojong are well acquainted & then after no one is able to bullied Hwang Jeong at all. Yi Gua said of course that when both of them are alone, they refer to each other informally as brothers. Mong Chong kicks Yi Gua & knows that he is pulling his leg that he knew from the starts it is all lies. Yi Gua said that this time, he has said it a little overboard but asked about the beggar children that follows him. Mong Chong asked why Yi Gua needs to refer them as beggar children as he asked whether he is a beggar, as Mong Chong asked confirmation from his children KKotyi & Sambyul as the children chorus in affirmative. Yi Gua said that Mong Chong is one of its kind where he gets all this children. Mong Chong asked Yi Gua what does he thinks he is. Mong Chong said that there are the orphans from the Imo Incident. Mong Chong said that he was in the army. Yi Gua asked whether that is true & don’t come & joke. Mong Chong said does he look like a person at jokes around
Imo Incident or the Imo Mutiny in 1882
Gojong gave a speech looking at the 1st batch of medical student that he is happy & hope through this medical institution that they will able to trained medical staff to this nation’s needs. Jejungwon acknowledge Gojong’s grace as they went on their knees to thanked Gojong. Horace Newton Allen takes the medical student to their quarters. Kim Do asked whether Hwang Jeong was the replacement as Hwang Jeong confirms he is. Kim Do praise that he is indeed something. Yoon Je Wook said that some people took a struggle to enter the school but some just came via technicality default. Yoo Je Wook said that he heard rumours Hwang Jeong threaten Jang Won & driven him away to take his place. Go Jang Geun is upset over the student’s attitude towards Hwang Jeong & tries to console Hwang Jeong not to be bother by the comments & asked Hwang Jeong to see their quarters.
Horace Newton Allen takes them to a lecture hall as the student takes their places as Horace Newton Allen introduce this place as Jejungwon’s lecture hall. Horace Newton Allen wrote something on the blackboard with a chalk as Go Jang Geun marvel at the blackboard & chalk & asked they have to throw the blackboard away once it is filled. Horace Newton Allen use a duster to rub it away & finds it fascinating. Then proceed to the laboratory then Horace Newton Allen show some chemistry experiment & it has a small explosive reaction where Horace Newton Allen said that this is where they will learn chemistry as chemistry is close associate in making medication (pharmaceutical drug). Then to Jejungwon library as they finds the book are mainly in English as Horace Newton Allen said that the medium of teaching is English in which surprise other as Hwang Jeong smile
Chemistry is a huge part of medicine, both as a diagnostic and treatment tool. Chemistry departments in hospital medical labs analyze blood, urine, etc. for proteins, sugars (glucose in the urine is a sign of diabetes), and other metabolic and inorganic substances. Chemistry is also the use of chemical in treating illness
Jejungwon the first western hospital in Korea, was founded in 1885. The first Medical School in Korea was open in 1886 under the hospital management. Dr. O. R. Avison, who came to Korea in 1893, resumed the medical education there, which was interrupted for some time before his arrival in Korea. He inaugurated translating and publishing medical textbooks with the help of Kim Pil Soon who later became one of the first seven graduates in Severance Hospital Medical school. The first medical textbook translated into Korean was Henry Gray’s Anatomy. However, this twice translated manuscripts were never to be published on account of being lost and burnt down. The existing early anatomy textbooks, the editions of 1906 and 1909, are not the translation of Gray’s Anatomy, but that of Japanese anatomy textbook of Gonda. The remaining oldest medical textbook in Korean is Inorganic Materia Medica published in 1905. This book is unique among its kinds that O. R. Avison is the only translator of the book and it contains the prefaces of O. R. Avison and Kim Pil Soon. The publication of medical textbook was animated by the participation of other medical students, such as Hong Suk Hoo & Hong Jong Eun. The list of medical textbooks published includes almost all the field of medicine. The medical textbooks in actual existence are as follows. Inorganic Materia Medica (1905); Inorganic Chemistry (1906); Anatomy I(1906); Physiology(1906); Diagnostics I(1906); Diagnostics II(1907); Obstetrics(1908); Organic Chemistry (1909); Anatomy (1909) & Surgery (1910).
Then Horace Newton Allen showed the quarter as their names are tag on the doors. Horace Newton Allen tells that Hwang Jeong can use Jang Won’s name. Go Jang Geun tells Hwang Jeong that they are roommates & find it great that he is with Hwang Jeong. Yoon Je Wook is disgusted that they happened to be neighbours. Go Jang Geun finds the accommodation with great satisfaction then finds a bunk bed & he tells that it looks like it is for sleeping. Then Go Jang Geun asked whether he prefer to the top or the bottom bunk. Hwang Jeong said that he has age seniority, so he will choose
Remember Joseon they don’t have beds, there sleep on the ondol system with mattress. Go Jang Geun is so exciting in seeing the bunk bed that he choose the top bunk & tries it for comfort & then finds it really comforting. Go Jang Geun tells Hwang Jeong that he should treat “Jang Won†Yoo Seo Hwan for drinks. Hwang Jeong said he must, that Yoo Seo Hwan is some a fine man that “he†is intelligent, courageous & attractive & beautiful
Yoo Seok Ran smiling at her examination slips & keeps in her drawer, goes to bed & turns down the oil lamp then sleeps. The next morning, a call to wakes up. Go Jang Geun asked Hwang Jeong what is for breakfast. Hwang Jeong hear it Dak Yukgaejang (Clear Chicken soup). Go Jang Geun gets up quickly in anticipation. Go Jang Geun jumps down from his top bunk & said that he has been here for 10 days, this is the 1st time he can have a decent meal worth eating as Hwang Jeong gets dressed
Kim Mak Saeng is the cook of Jejungwon kitchen as Mong Chong said that the student are all up from bed. Kim Mak Saeng knows & the breakfast is already ready to be served. But Kim Mak Saeng said that this is asking too much from her to asked her to cook soup so early in the morning & Kim Mak Saeng complains that how early she has to get up to do this breakfast was really hard on her. Mong Chong concurs but to have Kim Mak Saeng to be in charge of the kitchen is really great & there after they can all get a decent meal. Kim Mak Saeng said that she did a bang up job & her waist can’t straighten up & she shouldn’t had said that she will handle the kitchen. Kim Mak Saeng reminds herself that she has heard Yi Gua mentioned that Mong Chong is looking after a group of children that she brought something for them to eat. Mong Chong is so taken aback over Kim Mak Saeng’s kindness for the children & thanked her. Kim Mak Saeng said not to let anyone see it & make a scene. Mong Chong said not to worry as he looks at Kim Mak Saeng somewhat endearing as Kim Mak Saeng asked him about what is wrong with him. Mong Chong said that this is for the children, what about him, Kim Mak Saeng stuff a chicken thigh into his mouth to shut him up & asked if this is alright with him. Mong Chong said that this is sufficient & laughs
It seems that Kim Mak Saeng as her destiny is foretold that she will end up with the younger man fortune, so far she has 2 potential candidates with Yi Gua & Mong Chong but my bet is on Mong Chong
Hwang Jeong comes in with an announcement that Horace Newton Allen said that form a group of 2 after eating the chicken not to discard the chicken bone then to retain them & bring them t the lecture hall. Yoon Je Wook asked what is it for, the bones are for memorial rituals. Hwang Jeong said he doesn’t know that he just revert what Horace Newton Allen has said. Yoon Je Wook said that Horace Newton Allen is really strange. Hwang Jeong comes to the breakfast table where Go Jang Geun wants to share his breakfast as Hwang Jeong asked him to carry on as he sees Baek Do Yang diligently cleaning his chicken bones & making a check on the account of the bones
In the lecture hall, Horace Newton Allen is going to introduce an interesting lesson. Horace Newton Allen asked if everybody had eaten chicken for breakfast. Horace Newton Allen said that in front of their desk is the bones of the chicken, he wants them to arrange the bones to its full skeletal anatomy like this as shows the human skeleton. Although the human & bird skeleton make up is different, after doing for a while, they may finds some similarities & asked them to commence
http://www.inspection.gc.ca/english/fssa/labeti/mcmancv/pouvol/pouvol2.gif
The similarities between chicken & human is bone anatomy that it has a skull, vertebrate, ribs, pelvis, femur, tibia , ulna, fibula humerus & radius. This is from what I can recall from my biology lesson in school when we were asked the same question, but we didn’t have to paste the chicken we had for breakfast
Baek Do Yang has arrange the bones accordingly as Hwang Jeong has a mess pile as Yoon Je Wook asked how did he know about the skeleton composite, as both Hwang Jeong & Baek Do Yang reconstruct the skeleton anatomy of the chicken bones. In the end, Baek Do Yang was the 1st to complete the reconstruct of the skeleton of the chicken as the classmate marvel at the complete Baek Do Yang’s reconstruction of the chicken skeleton
Then Yoo Seok Ran comes in to inform that there is a patient arriving. Horace asked what patient as Yoo Seok Ran said that Mong Chong & Yi Gua are carrying the patient in as they speak. Horace Newton Allen acknowledged the emergency & calls Hwang Jeong then he calls Baek Do Yang to take over the class in his absence. Horace Newton Allen, Yoo Seok Ran & Hwang Jeong leaves as the student asked what is this, leaving half was through lesson as Baek Do Yang order the class to quiet down
Yoo Seok Ran runs through concisely & accurately describing orally on the patient condition & description that he was up in the tree trying to retrieve the kite then slip & fell & crashes into the earthen below & leave with multiple wounds & injuries. Horace Newton Allen asked when did the accident happen. Yoo Seok Ran said about an hour ago. Yoo Seok Ran said that the family prior tried to administered their own 1st aid, so that is why late, the patient has lost a lot of blood. Hwang Jeong said that they must move him into surgery at once. Hwang Jeong order Mong Chong & Yi Gua to bring the patient into surgical theatre as Mong Chong & Yi Gua carefully carry the patient as Hwang Jeong asked them to hasten their speed. The wife of the patient is accompany, as Yoo Seok Ran, Hwang Jeong & Horace Newton Allen all gowned up for surgery as Horace Newton Allen prepare the catgut for suturing. Hwang Jeong removes & cut through the patient clothes to reveal the wounds as Yoo Seok Ran wind up the dynamo for electricity to the surgical operating light. Horace Newton Allen administer anesthesia as Yoo Seok Ran checks the patient whether he is full anesthetise.
The class sits around idle waiting for Horace Newton Allen with Baek Do Yang managing the class. Then one of the student said that he is finished with the skeleton & leaves as Baek Do Yang asked where is the student is going. The student that he is going to the surgical theatre to observe. Then another student goes & invites the rest of the class to go & watch, as all the student rushes to watch the surgery. Go jang Geun leaves, leaving Kim Do, Yoon Je Wook & Baek Do Yang in the class. Yoon Je Wook takes Hwang Jeong’s chicken skeleton & crushes in on the floor & asked Baek Do Yang to come along. Kim Do the last in the class smiles as the student crowds around the window of the surgical theatre trying to find a good spot to observe
Baek Do Yang sees Yoo Seok Ran assisting Horace Newton Allen & Hwang Jeong. Horace Newton Allen said there are too many wounds & that Hwang Jeong need to help suture some of them. Hwang Jeong declines that he is not qualified to do so as he is still a medical student. Horace Newton Allen reminds Hwang Jeong that he is 1st & foremost his medical assistant before he is a medical student, moreover his skill in suturing he is really full certain & aware in recognising his abilities in suturing. Horace Newton Allen asked Hwang Jeong to accept the catgut & surgical needle. Yoo Seok Ran encourage Hwang Jeong to just take the catgut & surgical needle that he will do well. Hwang Jeong accepts from Yoo Seok Ran the catgut & surgical needle with the forceps & starts to suture. Baek Do Yang is displeased that Yoo Seok Ran is in the surgical theatre as Horace Newton Allen & Hwang Jeong suture the wounds as Yoo Seok Ran swaps the blood off to give a clear vision. Yoo Seok Ran assisting Horace Newton Allen & Hwang Jeong as they walked together in great symphony of coordination. Yoo Seok Ran cuts the catgut after suturing
Mi Ryeong asked Baek Gyun Hyeon whether it is through that there is free lodging & food & they receive a salary if they work in Jejungwon. Baek Gyu Hyeon confirm that it is true & that he has given priority to them on the jobs. Mi Ryeong tells she would not drink & moreover the Japanese will not come. Baek Gyu Hyeon tells that they are not going to accompany people in drinking tables & moreover the Japanese has their own legation hospital & Doctors that they can go to & there is no need for them to come to Jejungwon. The other Gisaeng asked whether they can drink after work. The Gisaeng tells that she can’t do without drinks. Baek Gyun Hyeon said that who is stopping them after work, he might have a few drinks with them after work too. The Gisaeng laugh with excitement as he finds then cute & praise Gojong for being so benevolence in established Jejungwon. Baek Gyu Hyeon queries why Mi Ryeong’s maid, Nang Rang is coming along as well. Nang Rang said that she will go where Mi Ryeong goes. Mi Ryeong tells Baek Gyu Hyeon to let her be, she may have some use in some places in Jejungwon. Nang Rang said that she always can finds herself useful & assures Baek Gyu Hyeon
Horace Newton Allen, Hwang Jeong & Yoo Seok Ran comes out from surgery as Horace Newton Allen asked what are they gathering here is all about. Baek Do Yang said that the lesson is over & completed, so they came to see the surgery. Baek Do Yang said that observation on surgical procedure can increase their practical knowledge. Horace Newton Allen affirms that it is true. A student disgruntle complains that they has to play with chicken bones but then Hwang Jeong gets to assist in surgery & asked whether this is carry it too far. Some students said that Horace Newton Allen giving disregards to position, status & organisation as he totally ignore them & his priorities since Hwang Jeong is last in the class. Other students said that if he knew that it is going to be so, he wouldn’t have make himself last in the class to reap this benefits
Yoon Je Wook said that Baek Do Yang reconstruct the chicken skeleton the fastest, why does the last in the class (Hwang Jeong) able to assist Horace Newton Allen. Yoo Seok Ran explains that Hwang Jeong before being in this medical school was Horace Newton Allen’s medical assistant. Horace Newton Allen tells Yoo Seok Ran that it will do. Horace Newton Allen knows what they are getting at in their complains but however, Horace Newton Allen said that none of them is qualified to treat patient as of yet. The student said that who is from birth will know how to do things as the other student concurs. Horace Newton Allen sighs at their bickering as Yi Gua comes to tell Horace Newton Allen that the nurses has arrive
Baek Gyu Hyeon introduce that Gojong has bestowed these beautiful & talented Gisaeng to Jejungwon as nurses. The Gisaeng does a traditional bow or Sebae in the simplified jeol to greet Horace Newton Allen as they introduce themselves as the other Gisaeng gave traditional bows & introduce themselves as Horace Newton Allen did the same jeol bow in return to introduce himself as the Superintendent of Jejungwon & gets laugh from the Gisaeng as Yoo Seok Ran picks Horace Newton Allen to suggest that he is not suppose to return the greeting in this manner
Confucianism has had a very strong influence on all aspects of Korean society. One ancient Confucian tradition that still remains today is the notion of bowing to elders as a sign of respect, known as Jeol. There are various types of Jeols, and which one you use depends on the formality of the situation and the people involved. For example, when two people meet for the first time, the usual greeting is for both people to do a small Jeol, nodding their head while leaning their upper body forward a bit. It is used in the same way as a handshake. Another part of Confucianism is the concept of honouring ones ancestors. On the official day of Seollal (Lunar new year), Koreans change into Hanboks to symbolize new beginnings by starting off with a clean body and heart. The Jeol is also a very important aspect of this ritual and of course, in such a formal occasion, a light bow would simply just not suffice. In this case, the bow is similar to what you may have seen Buddhists or Muslims doing. This kind of Jeol, performed on Seollal, is called a Saebae and to perform it one must get down on both of their knees and bend forward toward the floor. A tradition that young people in Korea particularly love is that during the Seollal if they do a Keun Jeol to their elders, like parents and grandparents, they can receive a little envelope with some money tucked inside. People also make this traditional formal bow to their elders on such special occasions as wedding days or traditional holidays. In the case of women, usually she places her right hand above the left hand, and vice versa for the man. There are two ways of observing sebae for women: simplified jeol and formal jeol. Simplified jeol is commonly performed in everyday. However, the formal jeol is usually performed for showing respect to elders on special occasions such as wedding ceremonies or other formal events. Place your right hand above your left hand. Stand up straight with your hands resting in front of your lower abdomen (right below the navel). Release your hands naturally as you bend your knees and sit. Rest your hands in front of your knees, placing them at shoulder’s width. Then bow your head as you bend your upper body. Take your hands off the floor as you raise your upper body. Resume your standing position with your hands in front of your lower abdomen.
Horace Newton Allen remembers Mi Ryeong that he has pull her teeth & asked how she is & asked whether her teeth is alright. Mi Ryeong apologise that she was rather rude in her manners on that day. Horace Newton Allen tells he is happy to meet her. Horace Newton Allen tells the Gisaeng that this place doesn’t segregate or prejudice against gender that are they find here to treat patients of both gender. Baek Gyu Hyeon said of course they are as the Gisaeng has some hesitation in giving their concurring answer. Horace Newton Allen tells that Yoo Seok Ran will teach them. Yoo Seok Ran said she will teach them the basics first. Oh Choong Hwan goes to see that Gojong has send them some nurse & shock to see that they were formerly Gisaeng that Mi Ryeong waves to Oh Choong Hwan as he stares at Baek Gyu Hyeon as he tells them that they come just the right time
Oh Choong Hwan will like to have a few words with Horace Newton Allen & he will like Yoo Seok Ran to come along. Oh Choong Hwan tells that they may be aware that Jejungwon’s financial situation is not that healthy. The financial support that is giving by Joseon government is not sufficient to pay part of the staff salary in Jejungwon, even not sufficient to maintain the medicine expenditure for Jejungwon, moreover to sustain the medical students daily expenses. Horace Newton Allen said that it is indeed become serious. Oh Choong Hwan wants to reduce the manpower by sacrificing without further ado & heavy hearted. Horace Newton Allen didn’t understand the idiom Oh Choong Hwan use as Yoo Seok Ran explains the idiom. Horace Newton Allen asked who does Oh Choong Hwan wants to sacrifice. Oh Choong Hwan said that the servant of Jejungwon will be half that wouldn’t have create any ripple effect in the management of Jejungwon. Horace Newton Allen asked whether this will be sufficient. Oh Choong Hwan said there is one more as Horace Newton Allen asked who may that be. Oh Choong Hwan said that it will have to be Yoo Seok Ran. Horace Newton Allen disagree what is the reason for “firing†Yoo Seok Ran. Oh Choong Hwan asked why the is a reason, the nurses are already here then they will just use them. Oh Choong Hwan asked why they don’t use the nurses but must have Yoo Seok Ran. This nurses has been bestowed by Gojong. Horace Newton Allen said that Yoo Seok Ran assist him in acting as the interpreter to access the patient diagnostic. Oh Choong Hwan understands but he sees the Horace Newton Allen’s proficient in the Korean language doesn’t seem justify in having an interpreter around. Horace Newton Allen asked whether this have any to do with the previously on the misconduct of the medical exams that Oh Choong Hwan is vending his grievances on Yoo Seok Ran. Oh Choong Hwan asked what is Horace Newton Allen trying to implied that they has already agrees with Min Young Ik not to mentioned this incident. Horace Newton Allen said that the situation suggest that it is so. Oh Choong Hwan said that if Horace Newton Allen implies so, it is really unfairness serve to him. Oh Choong Hwan said that he is doing this not out of personal feeling but the sake of Jejungwon that he is proceeding with this exercise
So Geun Gae’s father with the Baekjeong elder as the Baekjeong elder tells that he is had only drank half way & he has stops drinking. So Geun Gae’s father said when he drinks it reminds him of his son, as he says that at this time, he should have overcome with his loss & forget about his son. Baekjeong elder said that no matter what that his son went all out to tried to save his mother that why he did so, the heavens will forgive his son for his sins. So Geun Gae’s father asked Baekjeong elder that he really thinks so, no matter what his son has done, it was for a good cause. Baekjeong elder assures So Geun Gae’s father that his son has done well & there is none like him now. So Geun Gae’s father burning his son’s procession as Baekjeong elder tells that he needs to out his son to rest. Baekjeong elder asked So Geun Gae’s father about the kind of the place that he had delivery the meat to. So Geun Gae said that it is a place called Jejungwon or something like that as So Geun Gae’s father said that it is located in Jeong Dong. Baekjeong elder said that it is the request of Yoo Hee Seo therefore So Geun Gae’s father must do well in the butchery for the delivery of the meat. So Geun Gae’s father acknowledge
Mrs Yoo agrees that it is fine that her daughter is no longer doing the post as Chaperon. Yoo Seok Ran said that she doesn’t want to do as Kim Mak Saeng tells that Yoo Seok Ran was force to be “laid offâ€. Kim Mak Saeng said that she doesn’t want to manage the kitchen anymore since Yoo Seok Ran is no longer working there. Yoo Seok Ran asked Kim Mak Saeng to continue with managing the Jejungwon kitchen. Mrs Yoo put her foot down that her daughter thinks that she sends Kim Mak Saeng over to manage Jejungwon’s kitchen. Mrs Yoo sends Kim Mak Saeng to keep her daughter under surveillance. Mrs Yoo praise Oh Choong Hwan for doing well. Yoo Seok Ran tells her mother as Mrs Yoo said how can her daughter be associated with Gisaeng & asked her husband to affirms. As Yoo Hee Seo treats Yoo Seok Ran as a son, Yoo Seok Ran eats together with her father as he has more liberal thinking, his wife joins in the meals. In Joseon, men & women don’t eat together, usually women waits on their husband meals & eat later after they finished.
Yoo Hee Seo tells his wife to eat, as Mrs Yoo tells that this matter is already a close & shut case as the head of the household he needs to give his comments over the matter. Yoo Hee Seo then goes to tell his daughter not to be too concern & disappointed. Yoo Seok Ran said she will. Yoo Hee Seo said that another opportunity will rise again as who would have thought before that a hospital like Jejungwon would have been established & nowadays the world changes so rapidly & just like that it has happened. Yoo Hee Seo encouraged his daughter to wait for that opportunity & be relax about it. Yoo Seok Ran understands. Mrs Yoo asked how can her husband give their daughter those kind of encouragement that her husband should put a stop to their daughter kind of aspiration but instead spurs her on to strive. Yoo Hee Seo asked his wife to continue eating her meal.
Baek Do Yang greets Oh Choong Hwan as he tells Baek Do Yang that he has force Yoo Seok Ran to leave. Baek Do Yang tells Oh Choong Hwan that he has done well. Oh Choong Hwan said that if their regards in the matter with Jejungwon is of his concern but he doesn’t know whether it is correct measure as a matter of principal to have force Yoo Seok Ran out. Baek Do Yang said that it is because of the arrival of the nurses that it has to be done. Oh Choong Hwan affirms & tells it is already late & asked Baek Do Yang to retire
Hwang Jeong studying & feeling a little tired as he takes Yoo Seok Ran norigae out from his drawer & looks at it fondly. Go Jang Geun comes in from the cold then finds Hwang Jeong hiding something. Go Jang Geun said that it looks like a female ornament & asked whether it is a gift from his love. Hwang Jeong brushes as nothing as Go Jang Geun is curious to know what is it. Go Jang Geun said that it is as this things can’t conceal from his eyes & asked Hwang Jeong to give him take a look. Go Jang Geun said that Hwang Jeong is persistence means that it is indeed true as Go Jang Geun tries to grab the norigae from Hwang Jeong’s arm reach & accidentally they kisses each other by accident & spits to clean their lips.
Baek Do Yang calls for Hwang Jeong whether he is inside as Hwang Jeong answer that he is. Baek Do Yang asked whether he will step outside as he will like to have a few words with him. Hwang Jeong outs the norigae into his pocket as he steps out. Hwang Jeong asked what is the purpose in looking for him. Baek Do Yang tells that it looks like Hwang Jeong has not learn & aware as Hwang Jeong asked what is the meaning. Baek Do Yang said that Yoo Seok Ran can’t continue being the chaperon in Jejungwon. Yoo Seok Ran has taken a risk in helping to assist Hwang Jeong to qualify entry to Jejungwon & does he has the slightest concern over Yoo Seok Ran’s personal welfare. Hwang Jeong question why is there anything that is not working out as he knew that Yoo Seok Ran likes the works in Jejungwon. Baek Do Yang said that it is not that because she doesn’t want to do, it is that she been force out. Baek Do Yang said that the arrival of the nurses then the expenditure in Jejungwon will increase, anyhow in people eyes seeing Yoo Seok Ran will be same in the same league as the nurses, it is deem inappropriate therefore she was force to leave. Hwang Jeong said that this is absurd that how can they compare Yoo Seok Ran with the nurses in abilities. Baek Do Yang said that this is what he wants to mentioned to Hwang Jeong that Hwang Jeong still doesn’t understand why the reason behind Yoo Seok Ran’s leaving, it is because she has help to assist Hwang Jeong to filled in the selection quota. Yoo Seok Ran said it is because of Hwang Jeong that she has been prejudice against for a Joseon woman’s one & only opportunity to gain a place in studying of Western medicine & she lost that chance. Hwang Jeong will explain the situation to Oh Choong Hwan. Baek Do Yang said did he think he didn’t try to do exactly that, he has done that but it is useless. Baek Do Yang accuse that lending that Yoo Seok Ran has save Hwang Jeong a few times that Hwang Jeong is making use of the naive Yoo Seok Ran’s sincerity.
Hwang Jeong asked what Baek Do Yang is trying to say. Baek Do Yang asked if Hwang Jeong doesn’t want to incur public misunderstanding & criticism, it is best that he keeps his distance from Yoo Seok Ran. It will be a dire risk for Yoo Seok Ran’s integrity if the misunderstanding spiral to something ugly, he doesn’t wish to happen & he is certain that it is not what Hwang Jeong wants for her. Baek Do Yang leaves for Hwang Jeong to digest as he recalls encouraging Yoo Seok Ran to take the posting of chaperon as Yoo Seok Ran said that she wish to do, but she has not told her parents about the matter then Baek Do yang tells that Yoo Seok Ran lost a lifetime chance for a Joseon woman to enter into western medicine. Yoo Seok Ran assisting them will the multiple wound patient that fell from a tree. Baek Do Yang said that Yoo Seok Ran’s force “laid off†is because that she help Hwang Jeong to qualified for the selection. Baek Gyu Hyeon peels off Yoo Seok Ran’s disguise then baek Do Yang asked that Hwang Jeong don’t make use of the naive Yoo Seok Ran’s sincerity & to keep his distance from now on
Hwang Jeong goes to see Yoo Seok Ran in her house as Yoo Seok Ran goes out to meet him at the entrance. Kim Mak Saeng said that Hwang Jeong is standing out there, if Mrs Yoo finds out, it will be troubled & asked Yoo Seok Ran to be quick & come into the house soon. Yoo Seok Ran understands as Kim Mak Saeng passes the lantern to Yoo Seok Ran & goes in. Yoo Seok Ran approaches Hwang Jeong & as he turns in a snowing night & they meet. Hwang Jeong bows in greeting to Yoo Seok Ran
Yoo Seok Ran: What is the purpose of your visit so early in the morning? What is the matter?
Hwang Jeong: I heard that you will not be working in Jejungwon anymore
Yoo Seok Ran: It is alright. Anyhow I will have thought that the arrival of the nurses that I will be more or less be fired. Is it because of this matter that you didn’t get any sleep to come over here? You must be hungry since you are here, why don’t you send your greeting to my father & have breakfast before leaving…Ah! Right…Your English lessons, you still need to continue with the lesson, once you have the English vocabulary, you will able to read English novels
Hwang Jeong: Agassi? I thinks I can able to managed the English lesion on my own, there is any difficulties in that
Yoo Seok Ran: Is it? Yes, the lecture in medical school consist of English lessons
Hwang Jeong takes out her norigae & return back to Yoo Seok Ran
Yoo Seok Ran: You kept this norigae all this while with you
Hwang Jeong: yes….laughs…Yes….It is because it was beautiful to look at that I didn’t wish for anyone to see it
Yoo Seok Ran: It is nothing beautiful to look at…But why are you returning this….to me
Hwang Jeong: I wish to return this to you….laughs…this norigae’s owner is not me
Yoo Seok Ran: It is not necessary to return this to me
Hwang Jeong: No….I must….It seems that I can’t be carrying something that is inappropriate for me to carry this around with me
Hwang Jeong cleans the norigae on his sleeves then hands it over to Yoo Seok Ran
Hwang Jeong: Since you are no longer working in Jejungwon there after that it may be hard for us that we can’t often meet with each other
Yoo Seok Ran: Yes it is, but I will find the time to visit Jejungwon to send greetings
Hwang Jeong looks sad
Yoo Seok Ran: Your face don’t look too well, this there something the matter?
Hwang Jeong: No there is nothing a matter…..Then I will take my leave
Hwang Jeong bows farewell to Yoo Seok Ran & leaves great sadness although he tries to hide it from Yoo Seok Ran. As Hwang Jeong walks away, Yoo Seok Ran looks at the distance at Hwang Jeong leaving & looks at the return norigae & stares at Hwang Jeong
Episode 10
Episode 10 Part 1
Episode 10 Part 2
Episode 10 Part 3
Episode 10 Part 4
Episode 10 Part 5
Episode 10 Part 6
Episode 10 Part 7
Jejoongwon Episode 11
Jejoongwon Episode 12
Jejoongwon Episode 10 (Mandarin Subtitles)
Jejoongwon Episode 11
(with English subtitles)
Jejoongwon Episode 1
Jejoongwon Episode 2
Jejoongwon Episode 3
Jejoongwon Episode 4
Jejoongwon Episode 5
Jejoongwon Episode 6
Jejoongwon Episode 7
Jejoongwon Episode 8
Jejoongwon Episode 9
Jejoongwon Episode 10
Jejoongwon Episode 11
Jejoongwon Episode 12
Jejoongwon Episode 13
Jejoongwon Episode 14
Jejoongwon Episode 15
Jejoongwon Episode 16
Source: (Thank you and credits to
http://wiki.d-addicts.com/
http://www.viikii.net/
http://dramatomy.com/
http://diggingtheweb.webatu.com/
http://www.mysoju.com/
and all sources for the information, video clips and pictures)
